Decorations, Medals, Ribbons, & Similar Devices, 17276-17334 [06-2854]
Download as PDF
<![CDATA[
17276
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
C. Paperwork Reduction Act
The Paperwork Reduction Act does
not apply, because the rule does not
impose any information collection
requirements that require the approval
of the Office of Management and Budget
under 44 U.S.C. 3501, et seq.
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE
Department of the Army
32 CFR Part 578
RIN 0702–AA41
Decorations, Medals, Ribbons, &
Similar Devices
Department of Army, DOD.
Final rule.
AGENCY:
ACTION:
SUMMARY: The Department of the Army
is revising our rule concerning the
regulation that prescribes policy,
criteria, and administrative instructions
concerning individual military awards.
This rule finalizes the proposed rule
that was published in the Federal
Register on November 2, 2005.
DATES: Effective Date: May 5, 2006.
ADDRESSES: U.S. Army Human
Resources Command, Military Awards
Branch, ATTN: AHRC–PDO–PA, 200
Stovall Street, Alexandria, VA 22332–
0471.
Ms.
Denise Harris, U.S. Army Human
Resources Command, Military Awards
Branch at (703)325–9171.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
A. Background
In the November 2, 2005, issue of the
Federal Register (70 FR 66602), the
Department of the Army issued a
proposed rule to revise 32 CFR part 578.
This final rule incorporates laws
enacted and policies approved by AR
600–8–22, Military Awards, in October
1990. The Department of the Army
received a response from one
commenter, requesting that the Army
implement a policy to create a medal to
accompany a Department of Defense
certificate. The commenter was
informed that the Army does not govern
the certificate in question, and therefore
cannot create a medal to accompany the
certificate. The commenter was also
advised to submit a written request for
creation of a new medal to the
Department of Defense.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
B. Regulatory Flexibility Act
This rule has been reviewed under the
Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601–
612, which requires the preparation of
a regulatory flexibility analysis for any
regulation that will have a significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities (i.e., small
businesses and small governments). The
Department of the Army has determined
that this rule will have no significant
economic impact on small entities.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
D. Executive Order 12866
According to the criteria listed in
section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866,
HQ, U.S. Army Human Resources
Command has determined that the
proposed rule is not a significant
regulatory action. As such, the proposed
rule is not subject to Office of
Management and Budget review under
section 6(a)(3) of the Executive Order.
E. Eric Porter,
Brigadier General, United States Army,
The Adjutant General.
List of Subjects in 32 CFR Part 578
Decorations, Medals, Awards,
Military personnel.
I For the reasons stated in the preamble,
the Department of the Army is revising
32 CFR part 578 to read as follows:
PART 578—DECORATIONS, MEDALS,
RIBBONS, & SIMILAR DEVICES
General
Sec.
578.1 Purpose.
578.2 Explanation of terms.
578.3 Display sets of award elements and
the Medal of Honor.
578.4 U.S. Military decorations.
578.5 Award recommendations.
578.6 Wartime criteria.
578.7 Peacetime criteria.
578.8 General rules.
578.9 Medal of Honor.
578.10 Distinguished Service Cross.
578.11 Distinguished Service Medal.
578.12 Silver Star.
578.13 Legion of Merit.
578.14 Distinguished Flying Cross.
578.15 Soldier’s Medal.
578.16 Bronze Star Medal.
578.17 Purple Heart.
578.18 Meritorious Service Medal.
578.19 Air Medal.
578.20 Army Commendation Medal.
578.21 Army Achievement Medal.
578.22 Prisoner of War Medal.
578.23 National Defense Service Medal.
567.24 Antarctica Service Medal.
578.25 Armed Forces Expeditionary Medal.
578.26 Vietnam Service Medal.
578.27 Southwest Asia Service Medal.
578.28 Kosovo Campaign Medal.
578.29 Afghanistan Campaign Medal.
578.30 Iraq Campaign Medal.
578.31 Global War on Terrorism
Expeditionary Medal.
578.32 Global War on Terrorism Service
Medal.
578.33 Korean Defense Service Medal.
578.34 Armed Forces Service Medal.
578.35 Humanitarian Service Medal.
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
578.36 Military Outstanding Volunteer
Service Medal.
578.37 Army Good Conduct Medal.
578.38 Army Reserve Components
Achievement Medal.
578.39 Army Reserve Components Overseas
Training Ribbon.
578.40 Overseas Service Ribbon.
578.41 Army Service Ribbon.
578.42 Noncommissioned Officer
Professional Development Ribbon.
578.43 Armed Forces Reserve Medal.
578.44 Korean Service Medal.
578.45 Medal of Humane Action.
578.46 Army of Occupation Medal.
578.47 World War II Victory Medal.
578.48 European-African-Middle Eastern
Campaign Medal.
578.49 Asiatic-Pacific Campaign Medal.
578.50 American Campaign Medal.
578.51 Women’s Army Corps Service
Medal.
578.52 American Defense Service Medal.
578.53 Army of Occupation of Germany
Medal.
578.54 World War I Victory Medal.
578.55 Service medals and ribbons no
longer available for issue.
578.56 United States Unit Awards.
578.57 Presidential Unit Citation.
578.58 Valorous Unit Award.
578.59 Meritorious Unit Commendation.
578.60 Army Superior Unit Award.
578.61 Appurtenances to military
decorations.
578.62 Service ribbons.
578.63 Lapel buttons.
578.64 Miniature decorations.
578.65 Supply, service and requisition of
medals and badges.
578.66 Original issue or replacement.
578.67 Manufacture, sale and illegal
possession.
578.68 Badges and tabs; general.
578.69 Combat Infantryman Badge.
578.70 Combat Medical Badge.
578.71 Combat Action Badge.
578.72 Expert Infantryman Badge.
578.73 Expert Field Medical Badge.
578.74 Parachutist badges.
578.75 Parachutist Badge-Basic.
578.76 Senior Parachutist Badge.
578.77 Master Parachutist Badge.
578.78 Parachute Rigger Badge.
578.79 Military Free Fall Parachutist Badge.
578.80 Army Aviator Badges.
578.81 Flight Surgeon Badges.
578.82 Diver Badges.
578.83 Special Operations Diver Badge.
578.84 Explosive Ordnance Disposal
Badges.
578.85 Explosive Ordnance Disposal BadgeBasic.
578.86 Senior Explosive Ordnance Disposal
Badge.
578.87 Master Explosive Ordnance Disposal
Badge.
578.88 Pathfinder Badge.
578.89 Air Assault Badge.
578.90 Aviation Badges.
578.91 Aviation Badge-Basic.
578.92 Senior Aviation Badge.
578.93 Master Aviation Badge.
578.94 Driver and Mechanic Badge.
578.95 Glider Badge (Rescinded).
578.96 Nuclear Reactor Operator Badge
(Rescinded).
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
578.97 Marksmanship Qualification Badge.
578.98 Ranger Tab.
578.99 Special Forces Tab.
578.100 Sapper Tab.
578.101 Physical Fitness Badge.
578.102 U.S. Civilian Marksmanship
Program.
578.103 President’s Hundred Tab.
578.104 Identification Badges.
578.105 Presidential Service Badge and
Certificate.
578.106 Vice Presidential Service Badge
and Certificate.
578.107 Office of the Secretary of Defense
Identification Badge.
578.108 Joint Chiefs of Staff Identification
Badge.
578.109 Army Staff Identification Badge.
578.110 Guard, Tomb of the Unknown
Soldier Identification Badge.
578.111 Army ROTC Nurse Cadet Program
Identification Badge.
578.112 Drill Sergeant Identification Badge.
578.113 U.S. Army Recruiter Identification
Badge.
578.114 Career Counselor Badge.
578.115 Army National Guard Recruiting
and Retention Identification Badges.
578.116 U.S. Army Reserve Recruiter
Identification Badge.
578.117 Foreign and International
Decorations and Awards to U.S. Army
Personnel—General.
578.118 Individual foreign decorations.
578.119 Foreign unit decorations.
578.120 Foreign badges.
578.121 United Nations Service Medal.
578.122 Inter-American Defense Board
Medal.
578.123 Philippine Defense Ribbon.
578.124 Philippine Liberation Ribbon.
578.125 Philippine Independence Ribbon.
578.126 United Nations Medal.
578.127 North Atlantic Treaty Organization
(NATO) Medal.
578.128 Multinational Force and Observers
Medal.
578.129 Republic of Vietnam Campaign
Medal.
578.130 Kuwait Liberation Medal—Saudi
Arabia.
578.131 Kuwait Liberation Medal—Kuwait.
578.132 Republic of Korea War Service
Medal.
578.133 Certificates for decorations.
578.134 Certificate of Achievement.
578.135 Certificate of appreciation to
employers.
578.136 Certificates for badges.
578.137 Cold War Recognition Certificate.
Authority: Sec. 3012, Pub. L. 84–1028, 70A
Stat. 157; 10 U.S.C. 3013.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.1
Purpose.
The primary purpose of the awards
program is to provide tangible evidence
of public recognition for acts of valor
and for exceptional service or
achievement. Medals constitute one of
the principal forms for such evidence;
in the United States Army, medals are
of the following categories:
(a) Military decorations are awarded
on a restricted individual basis in
recognition of and as a reward for
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
heroic, extraordinary, outstanding, and
meritorious acts, achievements, and
services; and such visible evidence of
recognition is cherished by recipients.
Decorations are primarily intended to
recognize acts, achievements, and
services in time of war.
(b) The Army Good Conduct Medal is
awarded in recognition of exemplary
behavior, efficiency, and fidelity during
enlisted status in active Federal military
service.
(c) Service medals are awarded
generally in recognition of honorable
performance of duty during designated
campaigns or conflicts. Award of
decorations, and to a lesser degree,
award of the Army Good Conduct Medal
and of service medals, provide a potent
incentive to greater effort, and are
instrumental in building and
maintaining morale.
§ 578.2
Explanation of terms.
The following definitions are
furnished for clarity and uniformity in
the determination and award of
decorations:
(a) Above and beyond the call of duty.
Exercise of a voluntary course of action,
the omission of which would not justly
subject the individual to censure for
failure in the performance of duty. It
usually includes the acceptance of
existing danger or extraordinary
responsibilities with praiseworthy
fortitude and exemplary courage. In its
highest degrees it involves the voluntary
acceptance of additional danger and risk
of life.
(b) Active Federal military service.
The term ‘‘active Federal military
service’’ means all periods of active
duty, Active Guard Reserve (AGR)
service and, except for service creditable
for the Armed Forces Reserve Medal,
excludes periods of active duty for
training (ADT) and full-time training
duty (FTTD). Service as a cadet at the
United States Military Academy is
considered to be active duty for the
purposes of military awards and
decorations.
(c) Active Guard Reserve. Army
National Guard of the U.S. (ARNGUS)
and U.S. Army Reserve (USAR)
personnel serving on active duty (AD)
under 10 U.S.C. and Army National
Guard personnel serving on full-time
National Guard duty (FTNGD) under 32
U.S.C. These personnel are on FTNGD
or AD (other than training) for 180 days
or more for the purpose of organizing,
administering, recruiting, instructing, or
training the Reserve Components and
are paid from National Guard Personnel,
Army or Reserve Personnel Army
appropriations.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17277
(d) Area of operation. The foreign
territory upon which troops have
actually landed or are present and
specifically deployed for the direct
support of the designated military
operation; adjacent water areas in which
ships are operating, patrolling, or
providing direct support of operations;
and the airspace above and adjacent to
the area in which operations are being
conducted.
(e) Award. Recognition given to
individuals or units for certain acts or
services, or badges, accolades, emblems,
citations, commendations, streamers,
and silver bands. Also an adjectival
term used to identify administrative
functions relating to recognition (for
example, awards boards, award
recommendations, and so forth).
(f) Award precondition. Any
eligibility criterion not specified by this
regulation which must be met before
awarding a decoration.
(g) Biographical sketch. Identification
of an individual that includes as a
minimum: Full name, Social Security
Number (SSN), date and place of birth,
marital status, education, and military
service.
(h) Bravery. Quality or state showing
courage; level of conduct which is
expected of professional Army soldiers.
(i) Combat heroism. Act or acts of
heroism by an individual engaged in
actual conflict with an armed enemy, or
in military operations which involve
exposure to personal hazards, due to
direct enemy action or the imminence of
such action.
(j) Combat zone. The region where
fighting is going on; the forward area of
the theater of operations where combat
troops are actively engaged. It extends
from the frontline to the front of the
communications zone.
(k) Decoration. Distinctively designed
mark of honor denoting heroism or
meritorious/outstanding service/
achievement for individuals and units.
(l) Direct participation. ‘‘Hands-on’’
activity at the site, or sites, of the
military act or operation. The individual
must be physically present at the
designated location, having contributed
to and influenced the action.
(m) Direct support. Services being
supplied the combat forces in the area
of operations by ground units, ships,
and aircraft providing supplies and
equipment to the forces concerned,
provided it involves actually entering
the designated area; and ships and
aircraft providing fire, patrol, guard,
reconnaissance, or other military
support.
(n) Distinguished himself or herself
by. A person to have distinguished
himself or herself must, by praiseworthy
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
17278
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
accomplishment, be set apart from other
persons in the same or similar
circumstances. Determination of this
distinction requires careful
consideration of exactly what is or was
expected as the ordinary, routine, or
customary behavior and
accomplishment for individuals of like
rank and experience for the
circumstances involved.
(o) Duty of great responsibility. Duty
which, by virtue of the position held,
carries the ultimate responsibility for
the successful operation of a major
command, activity, agency, installation,
or project. The discharge of such duty
must involve the acceptance and
fulfillment of the obligation so as to
greatly benefit the interests of the
United States.
(p) Duty of responsibility. Duty, which
by virtue of the positions held, carries
a high degree of the responsibility for
the successful operation of a major
command, activity, agency, installation,
or project, or which requires the
exercise of judgment and decision
affecting plans, policies, operations, or
the lives and well being of others.
(q) Extraordinary heroism. Act or acts
of heroism or gallantry involving the
risk of life. Minimum level of valorous
performance in combat consistent with
a recommendation for the Distinguished
Service Cross.
(r) Foreign Decoration. Any order,
device, medal, badge, insignia, emblem
or award, tendered by or received from
a foreign government.
(s) Foreign government. Includes any
unit of a foreign governmental authority,
including any foreign national, State,
local and municipal Government; any
international or multinational
organization whose membership is
composed of any unit of foreign
government described above; and any
agent or representative of any such unit
or organization while acting as such.
(t) Gallantry and intrepidity at the risk
of life. Fearless spontaneous conduct at
the certain risk of life, above and
beyond the call of duty, which clearly
sets the soldier apart from all other
comrades. Minimum level of valorous
performance in combat consistent with
a recommendation for the Medal of
Honor.
(u) Gallantry in action. Spirited and
conspicuous acts of heroism and
courage. Minimum level of valorous
performance in combat consistent with
a recommendation for the Silver Star.
(v) Heroism. Extreme courage
demonstrated in attaining a noble end.
Varying levels of documented heroic
actions are necessary to substantiate
recommendations for the Bronze Star
Medal with ‘‘V,’’ Air Medal with ‘‘V,’’
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
and the Army Commendation Medal
with ‘‘V.’’
(w) In connection with military
operations against an armed enemy.
This phrase covers all military
operations including combat, support,
and supply which have a direct bearing
on the outcome of an engagement or
engagements against armed opposition.
To perform duty or to accomplish an act
of achievement in connection with
military operations against an armed
enemy, the individual must have been
subjected either to personal hazard as a
result of direct enemy action, or the
imminence of such action, or must have
had the conditions under which his
duty or accomplishment took place
complicated by enemy action or the
imminence of enemy action.
(x) Key individual. A person who is
occupying a position that is
indispensable to an organization,
activity, or project.
(y) Medal. A term used to—
(1) Include the three categories of
awards, namely: Decorations, Army
Good Conduct Medal, and service
medals.
(2) Refer to the distinctive physical
device of metal and ribbon which
constitutes the tangible evidence of an
award.
(z) Meritorious Achievement. An act
which is well above the expected
performance of duty. The act should be
an exceptional accomplishment with a
definite beginning and ending date. The
length of time is not a primary
consideration; however, speed of
accomplishment of an important task
can be a factor in determining the value
of an act.
(aa) Meritorious Service. Service
which is distinguished by a succession
of outstanding acts of achievement over
a sustained period of time. Individual
performance must exceed that expected
by virtue of grade and experience, based
on accomplishments during an entire
tour of duty.
(bb) Military merit. Demonstrated
conduct or character deserving of
recognition.
(cc) Officer. Except where expressly
indicated otherwise, the word ‘‘officer’’
means ‘‘commissioned or warrant
officer.’’
(dd) Operation. A military action, or
the carrying out of a strategic, tactical,
service, training, or administrative
military mission; the process of carrying
on combat including movement, supply,
attack, defense, and maneuvers needed
to gain the objectives of any battle or
campaign.
(ee) Outstanding or unusually
meritorious performance. Performance
of duty determined by the employing
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
component to have contributed to an
unusually significant degree toward the
furtherance of good relations between
the United States and the foreign
government tendering the decoration.
This requires that the service be of
national significance to the foreign
government and that it be performed
under exceptionally difficult,
extraordinary, or hazardous conditions.
(ff) Peacetime criteria. (1) In a period
when the United States is not engaged
in the prosecution of a formal declared
war.
(2) Applied outside a combat zone
when the United States is engaged in
military operations against an armed
enemy, but is not prosecuting a formally
declared war, except that in the
communications zone those individuals
whose duties are in connection with
military operations against an armed
enemy may be considered under
wartime criteria.
(3) A period in specified areas where
U.S. troops are engaged in military
operations involving conflict with an
opposing foreign force or while serving
with friendly foreign forces engaged in
an armed conflict against an opposing
armed force in which the United States
is not a belligerent party.
(gg) Primary next of kin. Primary next
of kin are, in order of precedence,
surviving spouse, eldest child, father or
mother, eldest brother or sister, or eldest
grandchild.
(hh) Reserve Components of the
Army. The Army National Guard of the
United States and the U.S. Army
Reserve.
(ii) U.S. Individual Army decorations.
U.S. Individual Army decorations are
the Medal of Honor, Distinguished
Service Cross, Distinguished Service
Medal, Silver Star, Legion of Merit,
Distinguished Flying Cross, Soldier’s
Medal, Bronze Star Medal, Purple Heart,
Meritorious Service Medal, Air Medal,
Army Commendation Medal, and the
Army Achievement Medal.
(jj) U.S. unit decorations. U.S. unit
decorations are the Presidential Unit
Citation, Valorous Unit Award,
Meritorious Unit Commendation, and
Army Superior Unit Award.
(kk) Valor. Heroism performed under
combat conditions.
(ll) Wartime criteria. (1) A period of
formally declared war and for 1 year
after the cessation of hostilities.
(2) A period of military operations
against an armed enemy and for 1 year
after cessation of hostilities. Only those
individuals actually in the combat zone
or those in the communications zone
whose duties involve direct control or
support of combat operations are to be
considered under wartime criteria.
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
17279
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
(3) A period of national emergency
declared by the President or by the
Congress.
§ 578.3 Display sets of award elements
and the Medal of Honor.
(a) Government agencies. Upon
approval by the Secretary of the Army,
samples of military decorations may be
furnished, without charge, for one
display at the headquarters of each
Army and higher field commander, in
the offices of the chiefs of governmental
agencies not under military jurisdiction
where opportunity for the public to
view the display is assured, and in each
office of Headquarters, Department of
the Army (HQDA) with activities that
include matters pertaining to
decorations.
(b) Civilian institutions. Upon
approval by the Secretary of the Army,
samples of military decorations may be
furnished, at cost price, to museums,
libraries, and to national headquarters of
historical, numismatic, and military
societies; and to institutions of such
public nature as will assure an
opportunity for the public to view the
exhibits under circumstances beneficial
to the Army. All decorations furnished
to civilian institutions for exhibition
purposes will be engraved with the
words, ‘‘For Exhibition Purposes only.’’
(c) Requests. Letter requests for
decorations for exhibit or display will
be made to Commander, U.S. Army
Human Resources Command (USA
HRC), ATTN: AHRC–PDO–PA, 200
Stovall Street, Alexandria, VA 22332–
0471.
(d) Display. Service medals for service
prior to World War II will not be
provided for display purposes since
only minimum essential quantities are
available for issue to authorized
recipients.
(e) Purchase of medals. Except for the
Medal of Honor, all other decorations,
service medals, and ribbons can be
purchased from private vendors who
have been issued a certificate of
authority by the Institute of Heraldry. A
list of certified vendors can be obtained
from HQ, USA HRC (see § 578.3 (c)).
(f) Display sets of the Medal of Honor.
Upon written requests, The Adjutant
General of the Army can approve issue
of a display Medal of Honor to
government agencies (defined in
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section).
Adequate security arrangement must be
provided for the medal so that it will
not be lost through vandalism or theft.
Maximum exposure of the medal to the
public must be ensured, on a free of
charge basis, under circumstances
beneficial to the Army.
§ 578.4
U.S. Military decorations.
To whom awarded, see Table 1 below.
TABLE 1
Awarded for:
Decorations listed in
order of precedence
Medal of Honor ...........
Distinguished Service
Cross.
Distinguished Service
Medal.
Silver Star ....................
Legion of Merit ............
Distinguished Flying
Cross.
Soldier’s Medal ............
Bronze Star Medal ......
Purple Heart ................
Meritorious Service
Medal.
Air Medal .....................
Army Commendation
Medal.
Army Achievement
Medal.
Awarded to:
Military
Civilian
Achievement or
service
United States
Foreign
United States
Combat ........................
Combat ........................
n/a ....................
n/a ....................
War 1 .................
War ...................
n/a ....................
War ...................
n/a ....................
n/a ....................
n/a.
n/a.
War ..............................
War & Peace ....
War & Peace ....
War & Peace ....
War 2 .................
War.2
Combat ........................
n/a ...............................
Combat ........................
Noncombat ..................
Noncombat ..................
Combat 3 ......................
For wounds received
as the result of hostile action.
n/a ...............................
n/a ....................
War & Peace ....
War & Peace 4 ..
War ...................
War & Peace ....
War & Peace ....
War ...................
War & Peace 5 ..
War ...................
War 2 .................
n/a ....................
n/a ....................
War.2
n/a.
n/a.
n/a ....................
War & Peace 4 ..
n/a ....................
War & Peace 4 ..
War & Peace 4 ..
War & Peace 7,8
War & Peace 4 ..
War & Peace 4 ..
n/a ....................
n/a ....................
n/a ....................
n/a ....................
n/a.
n/a.
n/a.
Peace & War 9 ..
Peace ...............
Peace ...............
n/a ....................
n/a.
Combat 3 ......................
Noncombat ..................
Combat 3 ......................
Noncombat ..................
n/a ...............................
War & Peace 4 ..
War & Peace 4 ..
War ...................
War 2 .................
War.2
War ...................
Peace ...............
Peace & War 6, 9
War & Peace 6 ..
War & Peace 6 ..
n/a ....................
n/a.
Peace 6 .............
Peace 6 .............
n/a ....................
n/a.
Heroism
Foreign
Notes:
1 The Medal of Honor is awarded only to U.S. military personnel.
2 Under limited circumstances. Recommendations will be forwarded to HQ, USA HRC for processing.
3 Awarded with Bronze ‘‘V’’ Device for valor in combat.
4 Awarded for peacetime when no formal war has been declared but the U.S. is engaged in military operations against an armed enemy.
5 Awarded to foreign military personnel in one of four degrees.
6 Not awarded to general officers.
7 Awarded to military personnel wounded by terrorists or while members of a peacekeeping force.
8 Approval authority is the Secretary of the Army.
9 Authorized for award in a combat theater for non-combat meritorious service and achievement.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.5
Award recommendations.
(a) It is the responsibility and
privilege of any individual having
personal knowledge of an act,
achievement, or service believed to
warrant the award of a decoration to
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
submit a recommendation for
consideration. It is usually desirable
that the intended recipient not be
informed of a pending recommending or
given an implied promise of an award
prior to final approval and clearance.
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
This is especially true when the
intended recipient is a foreigner.
(b) The Department of the Army (DA)
Form 638 (Recommendation for Award)
will be used to initiate, process and
approve award recommendations of all
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
17280
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
U.S. Army individual decorations, to
include valor and heroism decorations.
(c) Narrative description of
meritorious service or achievement for
awards of the Meritorious Service Medal
(MSM), Army Commendation Medal
(ARCOM), and Army Achievement
Medal (AAM) will be limited to bullet
format in the space allowed on the DA
Form 638. Bullet format or narratives
may be used for the Legion of Merit
(LM). Narratives are required for all
other awards and will be added as an
addendum to the recommendation.
Narrative should be prepared on 81⁄2 by
11-inch bond paper and is limited to
one double-spaced typewritten page
except for recommendations of the
Distinguished Service Medal and above.
Narratives for valor must contain a
description of the following elements:
Terrain and weather of the area in
which the action took place; enemy
conditions, to include morale,
proximity, firepower, casualties and
situation prior to, during and after the
act; the effect of the act on the enemy;
the action of comrades in the immediate
vicinity of the act and the degree of their
participation in the act; if the act
occurred in aerial flight, the type and
position of the aircraft and the
individual’s crew position; the degree to
which the act was voluntary; the degree
to which the act was outstanding and
exceeded what was normally expected
of the individual; all unusual
circumstances; and overall effects or
results of the act.
(d) Heroism award recommendations
will contain statements of eyewitnesses,
preferably in the form of certificates,
affidavits, or sworn statements; extracts
from official records; sketches; maps;
diagrams; photographs; and so forth,
which support and amplify stated facts
for the heroism award.
(e) Recommendations will be
forwarded through command channels
to the commander authorized to
approve or disapprove it. Each
intermediate commander/supervisor
will recommend approval or
disapproval, and cite specific reasons
whenever disapproval is recommended.
(f) Except for the provisions of 10
U.S.C. 1130 outlined in paragraph (g) of
this section and lost awards, each
recommendation for an award of a
military decoration must be entered
administratively into military channels
within 2 years of the act, achievement,
or service to be honored. Submission
into military channels is defined as
‘‘signed by the initiating official and
endorsed by a higher official in the
chain of command.’’
(g) Pursuant to 10 U.S.C. 1130, a
Member of Congress can request
consideration of a proposal for the
award or presentation of decoration (or
the upgrading of a decoration), either for
an individual or unit, that is not
otherwise authorized to be presented or
awarded due to limitations established
by law or policy. Based upon such
review, the Secretary of the Army shall
make a determination as to the merits of
approving the award or presentation of
the decoration and other determinations
necessary to comply with congressional
reporting under 10 U.S.C. 1130.
§ 578.6
Wartime criteria.
Wartime criteria, by whom awarded.
The Medal of Honor is awarded only by
the President. Other decorations are
awarded by the President, the Secretary
of Defense, and the Secretary of the
Army. When wartime conditions erupt,
authority to further delegate decorations
approval authority will be requested
from the Secretary of the Army. Initial
delegation will be requested consistent
with the award approval authority
outlined in Table 2 below.
TABLE 2
Delegation of Award Approval—Wartime Criteria
The primary purpose of this table is to outline the various awards and decorations approval authorities for use during the immediate stages of
Army combat operations. Once delegated, this authority is reviewed every 30, 60, or 90 days during combat operations to determine if further delegation is expedient and justified. Wartime delegation is withdrawn from approval authorities upon redeployment of the unit. This
table is not absolute and is subject to change as necessary by the Secretary of the Army. Award approval levels outlined in Table 3 are applicable to Table 2.
Approval authority
May further delegate
Awarded to
Medal of Honor ..............................
DSC & all lesser decorations .........
President of the United States .....
Secretary of the Army or others
as designated by the Secretary
of the Army.
N/A ................................................
N/A ................................................
DSC, SS, LM, DFC and SM ..........
CG of a U.S. Army Force (Serving
in the rank of General) (See
note 1).
MG and BG commanders (BG
must be serving in MG position), commanders of separate
units, may award the BSM, AM,
and ARCOM (See note 2).
BSM, AM, ARCOM ........................
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
Awards
Senior Army Commander and
commanders of a separate
force serving in the rank of LTG
(see note 1).
MG and BG (serving in MG positions) commanders of separate
units, may award the BSM, AM
and ARCOM (see note 2).
PH ..................................................
CG of any separate unit and Hospital commanders receiving
casualties.
To any field grade commander
who has orders issuing authority.
U.S. military personnel.
a. U.S. Army Active and Reserve
Component personnel.
b. U.S. Navy, Marine Corps, Air
Force, and Coast Guard personnel with concurrence of the
appropriate Service Secretary.
U.S. Army personnel and members of the other armed services and members of the armed
forces of forces of friendly foreign nations in the ranks comparable to the grade of O–6
(COL) or lower provided concurrence is obtained from that
Service or foreign government.
U.S. Army personnel and members of the armed forces of
friendly foreign nations in the
ranks comparable to the grade
of 0–6 (COL) and below, provided concurrence is obtained
from that Service or foreign
government.
Member of the Army and member
of other Services provided concurrence is obtained from that
Service.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
17281
TABLE 2—Continued
Delegation of Award Approval—Wartime Criteria
The primary purpose of this table is to outline the various awards and decorations approval authorities for use during the immediate stages of
Army combat operations. Once delegated, this authority is reviewed every 30, 60, or 90 days during combat operations to determine if further delegation is expedient and justified. Wartime delegation is withdrawn from approval authorities upon redeployment of the unit. This
table is not absolute and is subject to change as necessary by the Secretary of the Army. Award approval levels outlined in Table 3 are applicable to Table 2.
Awards
Approval authority
May further delegate
Awarded to
PUC, VUA, MUC ............................
As provided in § 578–57; § 578–
58 and § 578–59.
Not further delegated ....................
Campaign Participation Credit .......
Senior Army Commander serving
in the rank of LTG or higher.
Not further delegated ....................
Assault landing Credit ....................
Senior Army Commander serving
in the rank of LTG or higher.
Not further delegated ....................
Combat Badges .............................
Commanding General of any separate unit.
To any field grade commander
who has orders issuing authority.
U.S. units and foreign allied units
(see § 578–57; § 578–58; and
§ 578–59.
Only to eligible U.S. Army units
and RC units called to active
duty.
Only to eligible U.S. Army units
and RC units called to Active
duty. (DA General Orders
Issued)
See § 578.69, § 578.70, § 578.71,
§ 578.72, § 578–74, § 578–79,
§ 578–84 and § 578–99 for specific elgibility requirements for
combat requirements for combat badges. See also Table 9
on who may be awarded these
badges.
Notes:
1. The senior Army commander (SAC) upon arrival in the theater of operations, or as soon thereafter as practical, will submit a request to
CFR, USA HRC (see § 578.3(c)), requesting this delegation be activated.
2. Authority to approve award of the ARCOM under wartime criteria may be delegated to Colonel level commanders.
§ 578.7
Peacetime criteria.
Peacetime criteria, by whom awarded.
Awards for peacetime service are made
by the President, the Secretary of
Defense, and the Secretary of the Army.
When peacetime criteria apply,
authority to award decorations is
automatically delegated as shown in
Table 3 below.
TABLE 3
Delegation of award approving authority-peacetime criteria
Commanders and principal HQDA
agency officials
May award
To
Chief of Staff, U.S. Army ................
DSM and all less decorations .......
General ............................................
LM, MSM, ARCOM, and AAM ......
Lieutenant General ..........................
LM ..................................................
All U.S. Army personnel and personnel of other Services (see note
2).
1. U.S. Army personnel.
2. U.S. Navy, Marine Corps, and Air Force Personnel below brigadier
general attached to their organizations (see note 2).
1. U.S. Army personnel upon retirement or for posthumous awards
only (except general grade officers).
2. U.S. Army personnel assigned and attached for duty to their command or agency.
3. U.S. Navy, Marine Corps, and Air Force Personnel below brigadier
general attached to their organizations (see note 2).
1. U.S. Army personnel assigned and attached for duty to their command or agency.
2. U.S. Navy, Marine Corps, and Air Force Personnel below brigadier
general attached to their organizations (see note 2).
1. U.S. Army personnel assigned and attached for duty to their command or agency.
2. U.S. Navy, Marine Corps, and Air Force Personnel below brigadier
general attached to their organizations (see note 2).
1. U.S. Army personnel assigned and attached for duty to their command or agency.
2. U.S. Navy, Marine Corps, and Air Force Personnel below brigadier
general attached to their organizations (see note 2).
1. U.S. Army personnel assigned and attached for duty to their command.
2. U.S. Navy, Marine Corps, and Air Force Personnel below brigadier
general attached to their organizations (see note 2).
MSM, ARCOM, and AAM ..............
Major General .................................
LM (see note 1) .............................
MSM, ARCOM, and AAM ..............
MSM, ARCOM, and AAM ..............
Colonel ............................................
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
Brigadier General ............................
ARCOM, AAM ...............................
Lieutenant Colonel ..........................
AAM ...............................................
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
17282
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 3—Continued
Delegation of award approving authority-peacetime criteria
Project Managers Program Managers, Product Managers, and Program Executive Officers
Major Generals and civilian equivalent Senior Executive Service
(SES).
Brigadier Generals and civilian
equivalent SES.
Colonels and civilian equivalent
General Schedule (GS) 15.
Lieutenant Colonels ........................
May award
To
MSM, ARCOM and AAM ...............
Service members assigned to their projects (see note 2).
MSM, ARCOM and AAM ...............
Service members assigned to their projects (see note 2).
ARCOM and AAM .........................
Service members assigned to their projects (see note 2).
AAM ...............................................
Service members assigned to their projects (see note 2).
Notes:
1. Major Army commanders and officials of principal HQDA agencies in the grade of Major General have authority to approve awards of the
Legion of Merit, to retiring and deceased persons, other than general officers, assigned to their commands or agencies.
2. See paragraph 1–36, AR 600–8–22 for instructions on awarding Army decorations to members of the other U.S. Services.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.8
General rules.
(a) Awards for civilian service.
Awards for DA civilians are governed by
Army Regulation (AR) 672–20, Incentive
Awards. AR 672–20 provides
implementing instructions for incentive
awards, honorary awards and devices,
awards from nonfederal organizations,
and medals for public service.
(b) Posthumous awards. Awards may
be made following the death of the
person being honored in the same
manner as they are made for a living
person except that the orders and
citation will indicate that the award is
being made posthumously. The
engraved medal and certificate will not
contain the word posthumous. Orders
announcing the award, together with the
certificate, medal, citation and related
documents will be forwarded to the
appropriate commander for
presentation. Eligible classes of next of
kin are listed in the order of their
precedence in § 578.2 (gg).
(c) Interim awards and awards of a
lesser decoration. (1) To ensure that a
deserving act, achievement, or service
receives recognition, the appropriate
authority may promptly award a
suitable lesser military decoration
pending final action on a
recommendation for a higher award,
except for retiring U.S. Army general
officers. When a higher award is
approved, the approving authority will
revoke the interim award in the same
orders published for the higher award.
The decoration will be returned by the
recipient, unless the higher award is
approved posthumously, in which case
the next of kin will be permitted to
retain both awards.
(2) The authority taking final action
may award the decoration
recommended, award a lesser
decoration (or consider the interim
award as adequate recognition), or in
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:34 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
the absence of an interim award,
disapprove award of any decoration.
(d) Duplication of awards. (1) Only
one decoration will be awarded to an
individual or unit for the same act,
achievement, or period of meritorious
service.
(2) The award of a decoration in
recognition of a single act of heroism or
meritorious achievement does not
preclude an award for meritorious
service at the termination of an
assignment. Recommendations for
award of a decoration for meritorious
service will not refer to acts of heroism
or meritorious achievements, which
have been previously recognized by
award or decoration.
(3) Continuation of the same or
similar type service already recognized
by an award for meritorious service or
achievement will not be the basis for a
second award. If appropriate, an award
may be made to include the extended
period of service by superseding the
earlier award, or the award previously
made be amended to incorporate the
extended period of service.
(e) Conversion of awards. Awards of
certain decorations (Silver Star, Bronze
Star Medal, Purple Heart, and Army
Commendation Medal) on the basis of
existing letters, certificates, and/or
orders, as hereinafter authorized will be
made only upon letter application of the
individuals concerned to the National
Personnel Records Center (NPRC), 9700
Page Avenue, St. Louis, MO 63132–5100
(Soldiers who retired or were
discharged on or after October 1, 2002
should send their requests to the
Commander, U.S. Army Human
Resources Command, St. Louis, ATTN:
AHRC–CC–B, 1 Reserve Way, St. Louis,
MO 63132–5200).
(f) Character of service. No decoration
shall be awarded or presented to any
individual whose entire service
subsequent to the time of the
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
distinguished act, achievement, or
service shall not have been honorable.
The Act of July 9, 1918 (40 Stat. 871) as
amended (10 U.S.C. 1409); the Act of
July 2, 1926 (44 Stat. 789), as amended
(10 U.S.C. 1429).
(g) Time limitations. (1) Except for the
provisions of 10 U.S.C. 1130 and lost
awards addressed below, each
recommendation for an award of a
military decoration must be entered
administratively into military channels
within 2 years of the act, achievement,
or service to be honored. Submission
into military channels is defined as
‘‘signed by the initiating official and
endorsed by a higher official in the
chain of command.’’
(2) Pursuant to 10 U.S.C. 1130, a
Member of Congress can request
consideration of a proposal for the
award or presentation of decoration (or
the upgrading of a decoration), either for
an individual or unit, that is not
otherwise authorized to be presented or
awarded due to limitations established
by law or policy. Based upon such
review, the Secretary of the Army shall
make a determination as to the merits of
approving the award or presentation of
the decoration and other determinations
necessary to comply with congressional
reporting under 10 U.S.C. 1130.
(3) To be fully effective, an award
must be timely. Undue delay in
submitting a recommendation may
preclude its consideration. It is highly
desirable that a recommendation be
placed in military channels and acted
upon as quickly as possible. If
circumstances preclude submission of a
completely documented
recommendation, it is best to submit it
as soon as possible and note that
additional data will be submitted later.
However, to ensure prompt recognition,
interim awards should be considered
and are encouraged as addressed above.
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
(4) No military decoration, except the
Purple Heart and exceptions for
decorations approved under 10 U.S.C.
1130, will be awarded more than 3 years
after the act or period of service to be
honored.
(5) These time limitations do not
apply to retroactive and conversion
awards made in confirmation of
recognition of previously issued orders,
letters, or certificates or in exchange of
decorations hereinafter authorized.
(6) In cases where it can be
conclusively proven that formal
submission of a recommendation for
award was not made within the time
limitations indicated above, because
either the person recommending or the
person being recommended was in a
prisoner of war (POW), missing in
action (MIA) or in a medically
incapacitated status, award of the Silver
Star or lesser decorations may be
approved without regard to elapsed time
since the act, achievement, or service
occurred, that is to be honored.
(7) If the Secretary of the Army
determines that a statement setting forth
the distinguished act, achievement, or
service, and a recommendation for
official recommendation recognition
was made and supported by sufficient
evidence within 2 years after the
distinguished service, and that no award
was made because the statement was
lost, or through inadvertence the
recommendation was not acted upon; he
or she may, within 2 years after the date
of the determination, award any
appropriate military decoration. In each
case, the following will be provided:
(i) Conclusive evidence of the formal
submission of the recommendation into
military channels.
(ii) Conclusive evidence of the loss of
the recommendation or the failure to act
on the recommendation through
inadvertence.
(iii) A copy of the original
recommendation, or its substantive
equivalent. As a minimum, the
recommendation should be
accompanied by statements, certificates,
or affidavits corroborating the events or
services involved. It is emphasized that
the proponent must provide
Commander, USA HRC (see § 578.3(c)),
with adequate information for
Secretarial evaluation of the deed or
service to determine if an award is to be
made. The person signing a
reconstructed award recommendation
must be identified clearly in terms of his
or her official relationship to the
intended recipient at the time of the act
or during the period of service to be
recognized.
(h) U.S. awards to foreign military
personnel. (1) It is the Department of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
Defense (DOD) policy to recognize
individual acts of heroism,
extraordinary achievement or
meritorious achievement on the part of
service members of friendly foreign
nations when such acts have been of
significant benefit to the United States
or materially contributed to the
successful prosecution of a military
campaign by Armed Forces of the
United States. Such acts or achievement
shall be recognized through the award
of an individual U.S. decoration.
(2) U.S. campaign and service medals
shall not be awarded to members of
foreign military establishments.
(3) Foreign military personnel in
ranks comparable to the grade of 0–6
and below, at the time the act was
performed and at the time the
decoration is presented, may be
awarded the following decorations:
Silver Star; Distinguished Flying Cross;
Bronze Star Medal; or the Air Medal for
valorous acts in actual combat in direct
support of military operation; the
Soldier’s Medal, for heroic acts in direct
support of operations, but not involving
actual combat; and the Legion of Merit
(see § 578.13 for the Legion of Merit to
foreign military personnel).
(i) Announcement of awards. (1)
Decorations and the Army Good
Conduct Medal.
(i) Awards made by the President, the
Secretary of Defense, and the Secretary
of the Army will be announced in DA
General Orders (DAGO).
(ii) Awards of decorations and the
Army Good Conduct Medal made by
principal HQDA officials will be
announced in permanent orders.
(iii) Awards of decorations and the
Army Good Conduct Medal made
according to delegated authority will be
announced in permanent orders by the
commanders authorized to make the
awards.
(2) Service medals and service
ribbons. Service medals and service
ribbons are administratively awarded to
individuals who meet the qualifying
criteria. Orders are not required.
(3) Badges. Permanent awards of
badges, except basic marksmanship
qualification badges, identification
badges, and the Physical Fitness Badge
will be announced in permanent orders
by commanders authorized to make the
award or permanent orders of HQDA.
(j) Engraving of awards. The grade,
name, and organization of the awardee
are engraved on the reverse of the Medal
of Honor. The name only of the awardee
is engraved on the reverse side of every
other decoration, the POW Medal and
the Army Good Conduct Medal.
Normally engraving will be
accomplished prior to presentation.
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17283
When this is impracticable, the awardee
will be informed that he or she may
mail the decoration or Army Good
Conduct Medal to the Commander, U.S.
Army TACOM, Clothing and Heraldry
Product Support Integration Directorate
(PSID), P.O. Box 57997, Philadelphia,
PA 19111–7997, for engraving at
Government expense.
(k) Presentation of decorations. (1)
The Medal of Honor is usually
presented to living awardees by the
President of the United States at the
White House. Posthumous presentation
to the next of kin normally is made in
Washington, DC by the President or his
or her personal representative.
(2) Other U.S. military decorations
will be presented with an appropriate
air of formality and with fitting
ceremony.
(3) Foreign decorations will not be
presented by members of the U.S. Army
to designated recipients whether
awardees or next of kin.
(4) Conversion awards, service
medals, and service ribbons usually are
not presented with formal ceremony.
However, such presentation may be
made at the discretion of the local
commander.
(5) Whenever practical, badges will be
presented to military personnel in a
formal ceremony as provided in Field
Manual (FM) 3–21.5. Presentations
should be made as promptly as practical
following announcement of awards, and
when possible, in the presence of the
troops with whom the recipients were
serving at the time of the qualification.
(6) Presentation of the Army Good
Conduct Medal to military personnel
may be made at troop formations. (See
FM 3–21.5.) Ceremonies will not be
conducted to present the Army Good
Conduct Medal to former military
personnel or next of kin.
(7) The Army Lapel Button will be
formally presented at troop formations
or other suitable ceremonies. The U.S.
Army Retired Lapel Button will be
presented at an appropriate ceremony
prior to their departure for retirement.
These buttons may be presented to a
separating soldier at the same time as
the Army Good Conduct Medal and any
other approved decoration.
(l) Act of presentation. In the act of
presentation, a decoration may be
pinned on the clothing of the awardee
whether in uniform or civilian clothing
or on the next-of-kin in the case of a
presentation following the recipient’s
death; however, this will not be
construed as authority to wear the
decoration for any person other than the
individual honored. As an alternative to
pinning the decoration, especially on
next-of-kin, it may be handed to the
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
17284
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
recipient in an opened decoration
container.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.9
Medal of Honor.
(a) Criteria. The Medal of Honor (10
U.S.C. 3741) was established by Joint
Resolution of Congress, July 12, 1962
(amended by Act of July 9, 1918 and Act
of July 25, 1963) is awarded by the
President in the name of Congress to a
person who, while a member of the
Army, distinguished himself or herself
conspicuously by gallantry and
intrepidity at the risk of his life above
and beyond the call of duty while
engaged in an action against an enemy
of the United States; while engaged in
military operations involving conflict
with an opposing foreign force; or while
serving with friendly foreign forces
engaged in an armed conflict against an
opposing armed force in which the
United States is not a belligerent party.
The deed performed must have been
one of personal bravery or self-sacrifice
so conspicuous as to clearly distinguish
the individual above his comrades and
must have involved risk of life.
Incontestable proof of the performance
of the service will be exacted and each
recommendation for the award of this
decoration will be considered on the
standard of extraordinary merit.
Eligibility is limited to members of the
Army of the United States in active
Federal military service.
(b) Description. A gold-finished
bronze star, one point down, 19⁄16
inches in diameter with rays
terminating in trefoils, surrounded by a
laurel wreath in green enamel,
suspended by two links from a bar
bearing the inscription ‘‘Valor’’ and
surmounted by an eagle grasping laurel
leaves in one claw and arrows in the
other. In the center of the star is the
head of Minerva surrounded by the
inscription ‘‘United States of America.’’
Each ray of the star bears an oak leaf in
green enamel. On the reverse of the bar
are stamped the words ‘‘The Congress
To.’’ The medal is suspended by a hook
to a ring fastened behind the eagle. The
hook is attached to a light-blue moired
silk neckband, 13⁄16 inches in width and
213⁄4 inches in length, behind a square
pad in the center made of the ribbon
with the corners turned in. On the
ribbon bar are 13 white stars arranged in
the form of a triple chevron, consisting
of two chevrons of 5 stars and one
chevron of 3 stars. A hexagonal rosette
of light-blue ribbon 1⁄2 inch
circumscribing diameter, with a fanshaped ribbon insert showing white
stars, is included for wear on civilian
clothing.
(c) Medal of Honor Roll. The Medal of
Honor Roll was established by Act of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
Congress, April 27, 1916, as amended by
38 U.S.C. 1562. It provides that each
Medal of Honor awardee may have his
or her name entered on the Medal of
Honor Roll. Each person whose name is
placed on the Medal of Honor Roll is
certified to the Veterans Administration
as being entitled to receive a special
pension of $1000 per month for life, if
the person desires. Payment will be
made by the Veterans Administration
beginning as of the date of application
thereof (38 U.S.C. 1562). The payment
of this special pension is in addition to,
and does not deprive the pensioner of
any other pension, benefit, right, or
privilege to which he or she is or may
thereafter be entitled. The awardee will
submit a DD Form 1369 (Application for
Enrollment on the Medal of Honor Roll
and for the Pension Authorized by the
Act of Congress) to have his or her name
placed on the Medal of Honor Roll and
to receive the special pension. The
application will bear the full personal
signature of the awardee, or in cases
where the awardee cannot sign due to
disability or incapacity, the signature of
the awardee’s legally designated
representative, and be forwarded to
Commander, USA HRC (see § 578.3(c)).
Applicant will receive a DD Form
1370A (Certificate of Enrollment on the
Medal of Honor Roll).
(d) Additional benefits. (1)
Supplemental uniform allowance.
Enlisted recipients of the Medal of
Honor are entitled to a supplemental
uniform allowance. (See AR 700–84.)
(2) Air transportation for Medal of
Honor awardees. (See DOD Regulation
4515.13–R.)
(3) Commissary privileges for Medal
of Honor recipients and their eligible
family members. (See AR 600–8–14.)
(4) Identification cards for Medal of
Honor recipients and their eligible
family members. (See AR 600–8–14.)
(5) Admission to U.S. Service
Academies. Children of Medal of Honor
awardees, otherwise qualified, are not
subject to quota requirements for
admission to any of the U.S. Service
Academies. (See U.S. Service
Academies annual catalogs.)
(6) Exchange privileges for Medal of
Honor recipients and their eligible
family members. (See AR 600–8–14.)
(7) Burial honors for Medal of Honor
recipients are identical to those who
become deceased while on active duty.
(See AR 600–8–1 and AR 600–25.)
§ 578.10
Distinguished Service Cross.
(a) Criteria. The Distinguished Service
Cross was established by Act of
Congress July 9, 1918 (amended by Act
of July 25, 1963), 10 U.S.C. 3742. It is
awarded to a person who, while serving
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
in any capacity with the Army,
distinguishes himself or herself by
extraordinary heroism not justifying the
award of a Medal of Honor while
engaged in an action against an enemy
of the United States; while engaged in
military operations involving conflict
with an opposing force, or while serving
with friendly foreign forces engaged in
an armed conflict against an opposing
Armed Force in which the United States
is not a belligerent party. The act or acts
of heroism must have been so notable
and have involved risk of life so
extraordinary as to set the individual
apart from his comrades.
(b) Description. A cross of bronze 2
inches in height and 113⁄16 inches in
width with an eagle on the center and
a scroll below the eagle bearing the
inscription ‘‘For Valor.’’ On the reverse,
the center of the cross is circled by a
wreath. The cross is suspended by a ring
from moired silk ribbon, 13⁄8 inches in
length and 13⁄8 inches in width,
composed of a band of red (1⁄8-inch),
white (1⁄16-inch), blue (1-inch), white
(1⁄16-inch), and red (1⁄8-inch). (Sec. 3742,
70A Stat. 215; 10 U.S.C. 3742)
§ 578.11
Distinguished Service Medal.
(a) Criteria. (1) The Distinguished
Service Medal was established by Act of
Congress on July 9, 1918 (10 U.S.C.
3743). It is awarded to any person who,
while serving in any capacity with the
U.S. Army, has distinguished himself or
herself by exceptionally meritorious
service to the Government in a duty of
great responsibility. The performance
must be such as to merit recognition for
service which is clearly exceptional.
Exceptional performance of normal duty
will not alone justify an award of this
decoration.
(2) For service not related to actual
war the term ‘‘duty of great
responsibility’’ applies to a narrower
range of positions than in time of war
and requires evidence of conspicuously
significant achievement. However,
justification of the award may accrue by
virtue of exceptionally meritorious
service in a succession of high positions
of great importance.
(3) Awards may be made to persons
other than members of the Armed
Forces of the United States for wartime
services only, and then only under
exceptional circumstances with the
express approval of the President, in
each case.
(b) Description. The coat of arms of
the United States in bronze surrounded
by a circle of dark-blue enamel 11⁄2
inches in diameter, bearing the
inscription ‘‘For Distinguished Service
MCMXVIII.’’ On the reverse, a blank
scroll upon a trophy of flags and
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
weapons. The medal is suspended by a
bar from a moired silk ribbon, 13⁄8
inches in length and 13⁄8 inches in
width, composed of a bank of scarlet
(5⁄8-inch), a stripe of dark-blue (1⁄16inch), a band of white (5⁄8-inch), a stripe
of dark-blue (1⁄16-inch), and a band of
scarlet (5⁄16-inch). (Sec. 3743, 70A Stat.
216; 10 U.S.C. 3743).
§ 578.12
Silver Star.
(a) Criteria. The Silver Star was
established by Act of Congress July 9,
1918 (amended by Act of July 25, 1963,
10 U.S.C. 3746). It is awarded to a
person who, while serving in any
capacity with the U.S. Army, is cited for
gallantry in action against an enemy of
the United States while engaged in
military operations involving conflict
with an opposing foreign force, or while
serving with friendly foreign forces
engaged in an armed conflict against an
opposing armed force in which the
United States is not a belligerent party.
The required gallantry, while of lesser
degree than that required for the
Distinguished Service Cross, must
nevertheless have been performed with
marked distinction. It is also awarded
upon letter application to Commander,
USA HRC (see § 578.3(c)), to those
individuals who, while serving in any
capacity with the U.S. Army, received a
citation for gallantry in action in World
War I published in orders issued by a
headquarters commanded by a general
officer.
(b) Description. A bronze star 11⁄2
inches in circumscribing diameter. In
the center thereof is a 3⁄16-inch diameter
raised silver star, the center lines of all
rays of both stars coinciding. The
reverse has the inscription ‘‘For
Gallantry in Action.’’ The star is
suspended by a rectangular-shaped
metal loop with corners rounded from a
moired silk ribbon 13⁄8 inches in length
and 13⁄8 inches in width, composed of
stripes of blue (3⁄32-inch), white (3⁄64inch), blue (7⁄32-inch), white (7⁄32-inch),
red (7⁄32-inch), white (7⁄32-inch), blue
(7⁄32-inch), white (3⁄64-inch), and blue
(3⁄32-inch). (Sec. 3746, 70A Stat. 216; 10
U.S.C. 3746)
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.13
Legion of Merit.
The Legion of Merit was established
by Act of Congress July 20, 1942 (10
U.S.C. 1121). It is awarded to any
member of the Armed Forces of the
United States or of a friendly foreign
nation who has distinguished himself or
herself by exceptionally meritorious
conduct in the performance of
outstanding services and achievement.
(a) Criteria for members of Armed
Forces of the United States. The
performance must have been such as to
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
merit recognition of key individuals for
service rendered in a clearly exceptional
manner. Performance of duties normal
to the grade, branch, specialty, or
assignment, and experience of an
individual is not an adequate basis for
this award.
(b) For service not related to actual
war, the term ‘‘key individuals’’ applies
to a narrower range of positions than in
time of war and requires evidence of
significant achievement. In peacetime,
service should be in the nature of a
special requirement or of an extremely
difficult duty performed in an
unprecedented and clearly exceptional
manner. However, justification of the
award may accrue by virtue of
exceptionally meritorious service in a
succession of important positions.
(c) Awards will be made without
reference to degree.
(d) Criteria for members of the Armed
Forces of foreign nations. The LM in the
degrees described below, may be
awarded to foreign military personnel
who distinguish themselves by
‘‘exceptional meritorious conduct in
performance of outstanding service’’ to
the United States in accordance with
Executive Order (E.O.) 9260.
(e) The LM awarded to members of
the Armed Forces of foreign nations is
awarded in the following degrees:
(1) Chief Commander: A domed fivepointed American white star plaque of
heraldic form bordered in purplish-red
enamel 215⁄16 inches circumscribing
diameter with 13 white stars on a blue
field emerging from a circle of clouds;
backing the star, a laurel wreath with
pierced, crossed arrows pointing
outward between each arm of the star
and the wreath. The reverse is engraved
with the words ‘‘United States of
America.’’
(2) Commander: A five-pointed
American white star of heraldic form
bordered in purplish-red enamel 21⁄4inches circumscribing diameter with 13
white stars on a blue field emerging
from a circle of clouds; backing the star,
a laurel wreath with pierced, crossed
arrows pointing outward between each
arm of the star and the wreath. A bronze
wreath connects an oval suspension ring
to a neck ribbon. The reverse of the fivepointed star is enameled in white
bordered in purplish-red enamel; in the
center is a disk surrounded by the
words ‘‘Annuit Coeptis’’ and
‘‘MDCCLXXXII,’’ and on the scroll are
the words ‘‘United States of America.’’
The moired silk neck ribbon is 211⁄4
inches in length and 115⁄16 inches in
width composed of a bank of purplishred (113⁄16-inches) with edges of white
(1⁄16-inch).
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17285
(3) Officer: A five-pointed American
white star of heraldic form bordered in
purplish-red enamel 17⁄8-inches
circumscribing diameter with 13 white
stars on a blue field emerging from a
circle of clouds; backing the star, a
laurel wreath with modeled, crossed
arrows pointing outward between each
arm of the star and the wreath, and an
all-bronze device of the same design as
the pendant 3⁄4 inch in diameter on the
center of the suspension ribbon. On the
reverse is a disk surrounded by the
words ‘‘Annuit Coeptis’’ and
‘‘MDCCLXXXII,’’ and on the scroll are
the words ‘‘United States of America.’’
The pendant is suspended by a moired
silk ribbon 17⁄8 inches in length and 13⁄8
inches in width, composed of a bank of
purplish-red (11⁄4-inches) with edges of
white (1⁄16-inch).
(4) Legionnaire: Same as prescribed in
paragraph (e)(3) of this section, except
the all-bronze device is not worn on the
ribbon. (Sec. 1121, 70A Stat. 88; 10
U.S.C. 1121, E.O. 9260, October 29,
1942, 7 FR 8819, 3 CFR, 1943 Cum.
Supp.)
§ 578.14
Distinguished Flying Cross.
(a) Criteria. The Distinguished Flying
Cross was established by Act of
Congress July 2, 1926, (10 U.S.C. 3749).
It is awarded to any person who, while
serving in any capacity with the Army
of the United States, distinguished
himself or herself by heroism or
extraordinary achievement while
participating in aerial flight. The
performance of the act of heroism must
be evidenced by voluntary action above
and beyond the call of duty. The
extraordinary achievement must have
resulted in an accomplishment so
exceptional and outstanding as to
clearly set the individual apart from his
comrades, or from other persons in
similar circumstances. Awards will be
made only to recognize single acts of
heroism or extraordinary achievement
and will not be made in recognition of
sustained operational activities against
an armed enemy.
(b) Description. On a bronze 11⁄2-inch
cross pattee, a four-bladed propeller
111⁄16 inches across the blades; in the
reentrant angles, rays forming a 1-inch
square. The cross is suspended by a
plain, straight link from a moired silk
ribbon 13⁄8 inches in length and 13⁄8
inches in width, composed of stripes of
blue (7⁄64-inch), white (9⁄64-inch), blue
(11⁄32-inch), white (3⁄64-inch), red (3⁄32inch), white (3⁄64-inch), blue (11⁄32-inch),
white (9⁄64-inch), and blue (7⁄64-inch).
(Sec. 3749, 70A Stat. 217; 10 U.S.C.
3749, E.O. 4601, March 1, 1927, as
amended by E.O. 7786, January 8, 1938,
3 FR 39.)
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
17286
§ 578.15
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
Soldier’s Medal.
(a) Criteria. The Soldier’s Medal was
established by Act of Congress July 2,
1926 (10 U.S.C. 3750). It is awarded to
any person of the Armed Forces of the
United States or of a friendly foreign
nation who, while serving in any
capacity with the Army of the United
States, including Reserve Component
soldiers not serving in a duty status, as
defined in 10 U.S.C. 101(d), at the time
of the heroic act, who distinguished
himself or herself by heroism not
involving actual conflict with an enemy.
The same degree of heroism is required
as that for an award of the Distinguished
Flying Cross. The performance must
have involved personal hazard or
danger and the voluntary risk of life
under conditions not involving conflict
with an armed enemy. Awards will not
be made solely on the basis of having
saved a life.
(b) Description. On a 13⁄8-inch bronze
octagon, an eagle displayed, standing on
a fasces, between two groups of stars of
six and seven, above the group of six a
spray of leaves. On the reverse is a
shield paly of 13 pieces on the chief, the
letters ‘‘U.S.’’ supported by sprays of
laurel and oak, around the upper edge
the inscription ‘‘Soldier’s Medal,’’ and
across the face the words ‘‘For Valor.’’
The medal is suspended by a
rectangular-shaped metal loop with
corners rounded from a moired silk
ribbon 13⁄8 inches in length and 13⁄8
inches in width, composed of two
outside stripes of blue (3⁄8-inch), the
center containing 13 white and red
stripes of equal width (7 white and 6
red). (Sec. 3750, 70A Stat. 217; 10 U.S.C.
3750.)
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.16
Bronze Star Medal.
(a) Criteria. The Bronze Star Medal
was established by Executive Order
9419, February 4, 1944 (superseded by
E.O. 11046, August 24, 1962 and
amended by 10 U.S.C. 1133). It is
awarded to any person who, while
serving in any capacity in or with the
Army of the United States after
December 7, 1941, distinguished
himself or herself by heroic or
meritorious achievement or service, not
involving participation in aerial flight,
in connection with military operations
against an armed enemy; or while
engaged in military operations involving
conflict with an opposing armed force
in which the United States is not a
belligerent party. Per 10 U.S.C. 1133,
award of the Bronze Star Medal is
limited to members of the Armed Forces
of the United States who receive
imminent danger pay.
(1) Heroism. Awards may be made for
acts of heroism, performed under
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
circumstances described above, which
are of lesser degree than required for the
award of the Silver Star.
(2) Meritorious achievement and
service. Awards may be made to
recognize single acts of merit and
meritorious service. The lesser degree
than that required for the award of the
LM, must nevertheless have been
meritorious and accomplished with
distinction.
(3) Awards may be made, by letter
application to NPRC, 9700 Page Avenue,
St. Louis, MO 63132–5100 (Soldiers
who retired or were discharged after
October 1, 2002 should send their
requests to the Commander, U.S. Army
Human Resources Command, St. Louis,
ATTN: AHRC–CC–B, 1 Reserve Way, St.
Louis, MO 63132–5200), enclosing
documentary evidence, if possible, to
each member of the Armed Forces of the
United States who, after December
6,1941, has been cited in orders or
awarded a certificate for exemplary
conduct in ground combat against an
armed enemy between December 7,
1941 and September 2, 1945, inclusive,
or whose meritorious achievement has
been otherwise confirmed by documents
executed prior to July 1, 1947. For this
purpose, an award of the Combat
Infantryman Badge or Medical Badge is
considered as a citation in orders.
Documents executed since August 4,
1944 in connection with
recommendations for the award of
decorations of higher degree than the
Bronze Star Medal will not be used to
establish a basis for the award under
this paragraph.
(4) Upon letter application, award of
the Bronze Star Medal may be made to
eligible soldiers who participated in the
Philippine Islands Campaign between
December 7, 1941 to May 10, 1942.
Performance of duty must have been on
the island of Luzon or the Harbor
Defenses in Corregidor and Bataan. Only
soldiers who were awarded the
Distinguished Unit Citation
(redesignated the Presidential Unit
Citation on November 3, 1966) may be
awarded this decoration. Letter
application should be sent to NPRC (see
paragraph (a)(3) of this section).
(b) Description. A bronze star 11⁄2
inches in circumscribing diameter. In
the center thereof is a 3⁄16-inch diameter
raised bronze star, the center line of all
rays of both stars coinciding. The
reverse has the inscription ‘‘Heroic or
Meritorious Achievement.’’ The star is
suspended by a rectangular-shaped loop
with corners rounded from a moired silk
ribbon 13⁄8 inches in length and 13⁄8
inches in width, composed of stripes of
white (1⁄32-inch), red (9⁄16-inch), white
(1⁄32-inch), blue (1⁄8-inch), white (1⁄32-
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
inch), red (9⁄16-inch), and white (1⁄32inch). A bronze block letter ‘‘V’’ 1⁄4 inch
in height with serifs at the top of the
members is worn on the suspension and
service ribbons of the Bronze Star Medal
to denote an award made for heroism
(valor). Not more than one ‘‘V’’ device
will be worn. When one or more oakleaf clusters appear on the same ribbon
the ‘‘V’’ device is worn on the wearer’s
right. (E.O. 9419, February 4, 1944, 9 FR
1495)
§ 578.17
Purple Heart.
(a) Criteria. The Purple Heart was
established by General George
Washington at Newburgh, New York, on
August 7, 1782, during the
Revolutionary War. It was reestablished
by the President of the United States per
War Department General Orders
(WDGO) 3, 1932 and is currently
awarded pursuant to Executive Order
11016, April 25, 1962; Executive Order
12464, February 23, 1984; Public Law
98–525, October 19, 1984. Public Law
103–160, November 30, 1993; Public
Law 104–106, February 10, 1996; and
Public Law 105–85, November 18, 1997.
It is awarded in the name of the
President of the United States to any
member of the Armed Forces of the
United States who, while serving under
competent authority in any capacity
with one of the U.S. Armed Services
after April 5, 1917 who has been
wounded or killed, or who has died or
may hereafter die after being wounded:
(1) In any action against an enemy of
the United States.
(2) In any action with an opposing
armed force of a foreign country in
which the Armed Forces of the United
States are or have been engaged.
(3) While serving with friendly
foreign forces engaged in an armed
conflict against an opposing armed force
in which the United States is not a
belligerent party.
(4) As a result of an act of any such
enemy of opposing armed forces.
(5) As the result of an act of any
hostile foreign force.
(6) After March 28, 1973, as a result
of an international terrorist attack
against the United States or a foreign
nation friendly to the United States,
recognized as such an attack by the
Secretary of Army, or jointly by the
Secretaries of the separate armed
services concerned if persons from more
than one service are wounded in the
attack.
(7) After March 28, 1973, as a result
of military operations while serving
outside the territory of the United States
as part of a peacekeeping force.
(b) While clearly an individual
decoration, the Purple Heart differs from
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
all other decorations in that an
individual is not ‘‘recommended’’ for
the decoration; rather he or she is
entitled to it upon meeting specific
criteria.
(1) A Purple Heart is authorized for
the first wound suffered under
conditions indicated above, but for each
subsequent award an Oak Leaf Cluster
will be awarded to be worn on the
medal or ribbon. Not more than one
award will be made for more than one
wound or injury received at the same
instant or from the same missile, force,
explosion, or agent.
(2) A wound is defined as an injury
to any part of the body from an outside
force or agent sustained under one or
more of the conditions listed above. A
physical lesion is not required,
however, the wound for which the
award is made must have required
treatment by a medical officer and
records of medical treatment for wounds
or injuries received in action must have
been made a matter of official record.
(3) When contemplating an award of
this decoration, the key issue that
commanders must take into
consideration is the degree to which the
enemy caused the injury. The fact that
the proposed recipient was participating
in direct or indirect combat operations
is a necessary prerequisite, but is not
sole justification for award.
(4) Examples of enemy-related
injuries which clearly justify award of
the Purple Heart are as follows:
(i) Injury caused by enemy bullet,
shrapnel, or other projectile created by
enemy action.
(ii) Injury caused by enemy placed
mine or trap.
(iii) Injury caused by enemy released
chemical, biological, or nuclear agent.
(iv) Injury caused by vehicle or
aircraft accident resulting from enemy
fire.
(v) Concussion injuries caused as a
result of enemy generated explosions.
(5) Examples of injuries or wounds
which clearly do not qualify for award
of the Purple Heart are as follows:
(i) Frostbite or trench foot injuries.
(ii) Heat stroke.
(iii) Food poisoning not caused by
enemy agents.
(iv) Chemical, biological, or nuclear
agents not released by the enemy.
(v) Battle fatigue.
(vi) Disease not directly caused by
enemy agents.
(vii) Accidents, to include explosive,
aircraft, vehicular, and other accidental
wounding not related to or caused by
enemy action.
(viii) Self-inflicted wounds, except
when in the heat of battle, and not
involving gross negligence.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
(ix) Post traumatic stress disorders.
(x) Jump injuries not caused by enemy
action.
(6) It is not intended that such a strict
interpretation of the requirement for the
wound or injury to be caused by direct
result of hostile action be taken that it
would preclude the award being made
to deserving personnel. Commanders
must also take into consideration the
circumstances surrounding an injury,
even if it appears to meet the criteria.
Note the following examples:
(i) In a case such as an individual
injured while making a parachute
landing from an aircraft that had been
brought down by enemy fire; or, an
individual injured as a result of a
vehicle accident caused by enemy fire,
the decision will be made in favor of the
individual and the award will be made.
(ii) Individuals injured as a result of
their own negligence; for example,
driving or walking through an
unauthorized area known to have been
mined or placed off limits or searching
for or picking up unexploded munitions
as war souvenirs, will not be awarded
the Purple Heart as they clearly were
not injured as a result of enemy action,
but rather by their own negligence.
(7) Members killed or wounded in
action by friendly fire, 10 U.S.C. 1129.
(i) For purposes of award of the
Purple Heart, the Secretary of the Army
shall treat a member of the Armed
Forces described in paragraph (a) of this
section in the same manner as a member
who is killed or wounded in action as
the result of an act of an enemy of the
United States.
(ii) A member described in this
subsection is a member who is killed or
wounded in action by weapon fire while
directly engaged in armed conflict, other
than as the result of an act of an enemy
of the United States, unless (in the case
of a wound) the wound is the result of
willful misconduct of the member.
(iii) This section applies to members
of the Armed Forces who are killed or
wounded on or after December 7, 1941.
In the case of a member killed or
wounded, as described in paragraph (b)
of this section, on or after December 7,
1941 and before November 30, 1993, the
Secretary of the Army shall award the
Purple Heart under provisions of
paragraph (a) of this section in each case
which is known to the Secretary before
such date or for which an application is
made to the Secretary in such manner
as the Secretary requires.
(c) A Purple Heart will be issued to
the next of kin of each person entitled
to a posthumous award. Issue will be
made automatically by the CG, USA
HRC, upon receiving a report of death
indicating entitlement.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17287
(d) Upon written application to NPRC
(see § 578.16(a)(3)) award may be made
to any member of the Army, who during
World War I, was awarded a Meritorious
Service Citation Certificate signed by
the Commander in Chief, American
Expeditionary Forces, or who was
authorized to wear wound chevrons.
Posthumous awards to personnel who
were killed or died of wounds after
April 5, 1917 will be made to the
appropriate next of kin upon
application to the CG, USA HRC (see
§ 578.3(c) for address).
(e) Any member of the Army who was
awarded the Purple Heart for
meritorious achievement or service, as
opposed to wounds received in action,
between December 7, 1941 and
September 22, 1943, may apply for
award of an appropriate decoration
instead of the Purple Heart.
(f) For those who became Prisoners of
War during World War II, the Korean
War and after April 25, 1962, the Purple
Heart will be awarded to individuals
wounded while prisoners of foreign
forces, upon submission by the
individual to the Department of the U.S.
Army of an affidavit that is supported
by a statement from a witness, if this is
possible. Documentation and inquiries
should be directed to Commander, USA
HRC (see § 578.3(c) for address).
(g) Any member of the U.S. Army who
believes that he or she is eligible for the
Purple Heart, but through unusual
circumstances no award was made, may
submit an application through military
channels, to Commander, USA HRC (see
§ 578.3(c) for address). Application will
include complete documentation, to
include evidence of medical treatment,
pertaining to the wound.
(h) Description. On a purple heart
within a bronze border, a profile head
in relief of General George Washington
in military uniform. Above the heart is
a shield of General Washington’s coat of
arms between two sprays of leaves in
green enamel. On the reserve below the
shield and leaves without enamel is a
raised bronze heart with the inscription
‘‘For Military Merit.’’ The entire device
is 111⁄16 inches in length. The medal is
suspended by a rectangular-shaped loop
with corners rounded from a moired silk
ribbon 13⁄8 inches in length and 13⁄8
inches in width consisting of a purple
(pansy) center with white edges (1⁄8inch).
§ 578.18
Meritorious Service Medal.
(a) Criteria. The Meritorious Service
Medal was established by Executive
Order 11448, January 16, 1969 as
amended by Executive Order 12312,
July 2, 1981. It is awarded to any
member of the Armed Forces of the
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
17288
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
United States or to any member of the
Armed Forces of a friendly foreign
nation who, has distinguished himself
or herself by outstanding meritorious
achievement or service under the
following circumstances:
(1) After January 16, 1969, for
meritorious service or achievement
while serving in a non-combat area.
(2) On or after September 11, 2001, for
outstanding non-combat meritorious
achievement or service in a non-combat
or combat area.
(b) Description. A Bronze medal, 11⁄2
inches in diameter overall, consisting of
six rays issuant from the upper three
points of a five-pointed star with
beveled edges and containing two
smaller stars defined by incised
outlines; in front of the lower part of the
star an eagle with wings upraised
standing upon two upward curving
branches of laurel tied with a ribbon
between the feet of the eagle. The
reverse has the encircled inscriptions
‘‘UNITED STATES OF AMERICA’’ and
‘‘MERITORIOUS SERVICE’’. The moired
ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide and consists
of the following stripes: 1⁄8 inch Crimson
67112; 1⁄4 inch White 67101; center 5⁄8
inch Crimson; 1⁄4 inch White; and 1⁄8
inch Crimson.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.19
Air Medal.
(a) Criteria. The Air Medal was
established by Executive Order 9158,
May 11, 1942 as amended by Executive
Order 9242–A, September 11, 1942. It is
awarded to any person who, while
serving in any capacity in or with the
U.S. Army, has distinguished himself or
herself by meritorious achievement
while participating in aerial flight.
Awards may be made to recognize
single acts of merit or heroism, or for
meritorious service as described.
(1) Awards may be made for acts of
heroism in connection with military
operations against an armed enemy or
while engaged in military operations
involving conflict with an opposing
armed force in which the United States
is not a belligerent party, which are of
a lesser degree than required for award
of the Distinguished Flying Cross.
(2) Awards may be made for single
acts of meritorious achievement,
involving superior airmanship, which
are of a lesser degree than required for
award of the Distinguished Flying Cross,
but nevertheless were accomplished
with distinction beyond that normally
expected.
(3) Awards for meritorious service
may be made for sustained distinction
in the performance of duties involving
regular and frequent participation in
aerial flight for a period of at least 6
months. In this regard, accumulation of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
a specified number of hours and
missions will not serve as the basis for
award of the Air Medal. Criteria in
§ 578.19(a)(1), concerning conditions of
conflict are applicable to award of the
Air Medal for meritorious service.
(4) Award of the Air Medal is
primarily intended to recognize those
personnel who are on current
crewmember or non-crewmember flying
status which requires them to
participate in aerial flight on a regular
and frequent basis in the performance of
their primary duties. However, it may
also be awarded to certain other
individuals whose combat duties
require regular and frequent flying in
other than a passenger status, or
individuals who perform a particularly
noteworthy act while performing the
function of a crewmember, but who are
not on flying status as prescribed in AR
600–106. These individuals must make
a discernible contribution to the
operational land combat mission or to
the mission of the aircraft in flight.
Examples of personnel whose combat
duties require them to fly include those
in the attack elements of units involved
in air-land assaults against an armed
enemy and those directly involved in
airborne command and control of
combat operations. Involvement in such
activities, normally at the brigade/group
level and below, serves only to establish
eligibility for award of the Air Medal;
the degree of heroism, meritorious
achievement or exemplary service
determines who should receive the
award. Awards will not be made to
individuals who use air transportation
solely for the purpose of moving from
point to point in a combat zone.
(5) Numerals, starting with 2 will be
used to denote second and subsequent
awards of the Air Medal.
(b) Description. A bronze compass
rose 111⁄16-inches circumscribing
diameter suspended by the pointer and
charged with an eagle volant carrying
two lightning flashes in its talons. The
points of the compass rose on the
reverse are modeled with the central
portion plain. The medal is suspended
from a moired silk ribbon 13⁄8 inches in
length and 13⁄8 inches in width,
composed of a band of ultramarine blue
(1⁄8-inch), a band of golden orange (1⁄4inch), a band of ultramarine blue (5⁄8inch), a band of golden orange (1⁄4-inch),
and a band of ultramarine blue (1⁄8inch), by a ring engaging the pointer.
(E.O. 9158, May 11, 1942, 7 FR 3541, as
amended by E.O. 9242A, September 11,
1942, 7 FR 7874).
§ 578.20
Army Commendation Medal.
(a) Criteria. The Army Commendation
Medal (ARCOM) was established by
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
War Department (WD) Circular 377, on
December 18, 1945 (amended in DAGO
10, March 31, 1960). It is awarded to
any members of the Armed Forces of the
United States who, while serving in any
capacity with the Army after December
6, 1941, distinguishes himself or herself
by an act of heroism, extraordinary
achievement, or meritorious service.
Award may be made to a member of the
Armed Forces of a friendly foreign
nation who, after June 1, 1962,
distinguishes himself or herself by an
act of heroism, extraordinary
achievement, or meritorious service,
which has been of mutual benefit to a
friendly nation and the United States.
(1) Awards of the ARCOM may be
made for acts of valor performed under
circumstances described above which
are of lesser degree than required for
award of the Bronze Star Medal. These
acts may involve aerial flight.
(2) An award of the ARCOM may be
made for acts of non-combat related
heroism, which do not meet the
requirements for an award of the
Soldier’s Medal.
(3) The ARCOM will not be awarded
to general officers.
(4) Awards of the ARCOM may be
made on letter application to NPRC (see
§ 578.16(a)(3) for address), to any
individual commended after December
6, 1941 and before January 1, 1946 in a
letter, certificate, or order of
commendation, as distinguished from
letter of appreciation, signed by an
officer in the grade or position of a
major general or higher. Awards of the
Army Commendation Ribbon and of the
Commendation Ribbon with Metal
Pendant are re-designated by DAGO 10,
March 31, 1960, as awards of the
ARCOM, without amendments of
certificates or of orders previously
issued.
(5) The Commander, Eighth U.S.
Army is authorized to award the Army
Commendation Medal for meritorious
service to Korean Augmentation to U.S.
Army (KATUSA) personnel.
(b) Description. On a 13⁄8-inch bronze
hexagon, one point up, an American
bald eagle with wings displayed
horizontally grasping three crossed
arrows and bearing on its breast a shield
paly of 13 pieces and a chief. On the
reverse between the words ‘‘For
Military’’ and ‘‘Merit’’ a panel, all above
a sprig of laurel. A moired silk ribbon
13⁄8 inches in length and 13⁄8 inches in
width, composed of stripes of white
(3⁄32-inch), green (25⁄64-inch), white (1⁄32inch), green (1⁄16-inch), white (1⁄32-inch),
green (1⁄16-inch), white (1⁄32-inch), green
(1⁄16-inch), white (1⁄32-inch), green (1⁄16inch), white (1⁄32-inch), green (25⁄64inch), and white (3⁄32-inch).
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
§ 578.21
Army Achievement Medal.
(a) Criteria. The Army Achievement
Medal (AAM) was established by the
Secretary of the Army, April 10, 1981.
It is awarded to any member of the
Armed Forces of the United States, or to
any member of the Armed Forces of a
friendly foreign nation, who while
serving in any capacity with the Army
distinguished himself or herself by
meritorious service or achievement of a
lesser degree than required for award of
the Army Commendation Medal under
the following circumstances:
(1) After August 1, 1981, for
meritorious service or achievement
while serving in a non-combat area.
(2) On or after September 11, 2001, for
non-combat meritorious achievement or
service.
(b) The AAM will not be awarded to
general officers.
(c) Description. A Bronze octagonal
medal, 11⁄2 inches in diameter, with one
angle at the top centered. On the
obverse is a design consisting of the
elements of the DA plaque and the date
‘‘1775’’ at the bottom. On the reverse, in
three lines, are the words ‘‘FOR
MILITARY ACHIEVEMENT’’ above a
space for inscription and below there
are two slips of laurel. The moired
ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide and consists
of the following stripes: 1⁄8 inch Green
67129; 1⁄16 inch White 67101; 1⁄8 inch
Green; 1⁄16 inch White; 9⁄32 inch
Ultramarine Blue 67118; center 1⁄16 inch
White; 9⁄32 inch Ultramarine Blue; 1⁄16
inch White; 1⁄8 inch Green; 1⁄16 inch
White; and 1⁄8 inch Green.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.22
Prisoner of War Medal.
(a) Criteria. The POW Medal is
authorized by Public Law 99–145, 10
U.S.C. 1128, November 8, 1985, as
amended by 10 U.S.C. 1128, November
29, 1989. It is authorized for any person
who, while serving in any capacity with
the U.S. Armed Forces, was taken
prisoner and held captive after April 5,
1917.
(1) The POW Medal is to be issued
only to those U.S. military personnel
and other personnel granted creditable
U.S. military service, who were taken
prisoner and held captive—
(i) While engaged in an action against
an enemy of the United States.
(ii) While engaged in military
operations involving conflict with an
opposing foreign force.
(iii) While serving with friendly forces
engaged in an armed conflict against an
opposing force in which the United
States is not a belligerent party.
(iv) By foreign armed forces that are
hostile to the United States, under
circumstances which the Secretary
concerned finds to have been
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
comparable to those under which
persons have generally been held
captive by enemy armed forces during
periods of armed conflict.
(2) U.S. and foreign civilians who
have been credited with U.S. military
service which encompasses the period
of captivity are also eligible for the
medal. The Secretary of Defense
authorized on January 27, 1990, the
POW Medal for the Philippine
Commonwealth Army and Recognized
Guerrilla Unit Veterans who were held
captive between December 7, 1941, and
September 26, 1945. DD Form 2510–1
(Prisoner of War Medal Application/
Information-Philippine Commonwealth
Army and Recognized Guerrilla
Veterans) was developed as the
application for Filipino Veterans who fit
this category.
(3) For purposes of this medal, past
armed conflicts are defined as World
War I, World War II, Korean War,
Vietnam Conflict, Grenada, Panama,
Persian Gulf War, and Somalia.
Hostages of terrorists and persons
detained by governments with which
the United States is not engaged actively
in armed conflict are not eligible for the
medal.
(4) Any person convicted of
misconduct or a criminal charge by a
U.S. military tribunal, or who receives
a less than honorable discharge based
upon actions while a prisoner of war, or
whose conduct was not in accord with
the Code of Conduct, and whose actions
are documented by U.S. military records
is ineligible for the medal. The Secretary
of the Army is the authority for deciding
eligibility in such cases.
(5) No more than one POW Medal will
be awarded. For subsequent award of
the medal, service stars will be awarded
and worn on the suspension and service
ribbon of the medal. A period of
captivity terminates on return to U.S.
military control. Escapees who do not
return to U.S. military control and are
recaptured by an enemy do not begin a
new period of captivity for subsequent
award of the POW Medal. (Service stars
are described in § 578.61.)
(6) The POW Medal may be awarded
posthumously.
(7) The primary next of kin of eligible
prisoners of war who die in captivity
may be issued the POW Medal
regardless of the length of stay in
captivity.
(8) Personnel officially classified as
Missing in Action (MIA) are not eligible
for award of the POW Medal. The POW
Medal will only be awarded when the
individual’s prisoner of war status has
been officially confirmed and
recognized as such by the DA. Likewise,
the return of remains, in and of itself,
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17289
does not constitute evidence of
confirmed prisoner of war status.
(b) Award of the POW Medal to active
military personnel, veterans, retirees
and their next of kin—(1) Active
Military Personnel. Award of the POW
Medal to military personnel in an active
war will be processed by the
Commander, USA HRC (see § 578.3 (c)),
after coordination with the Repatriation
and Family Affairs Division.
(2) Veterans, retirees and their next of
kin. All requests for the POW Medal
will be initiated by eligible former
POWs, or their next of kin, using a
personal letter or DD Form 2510
(Prisoner of War Medal Application/
Information). Applications should be
forwarded to the NPRC (see
§ 578.16(a)(3) for address).
(c) Description. A purple heart within
a Gold border, 13⁄8 inches wide,
containing a profile of General George
Washington. Above the heart appears a
shield of the Washington Coat of Arms
(a White shield with two Red bars and
three Red stars in chief) between sprays
of Green leaves. The reverse consists of
a raised Bronze heart with the words
‘‘FOR MILITARY MERIT’’ below the
coat of arms and leaves. The ribbon is
13⁄8 inches wide and consists of the
following stripes: 1⁄8 inch White 67101;
11⁄8 inches Purple 67115; and 1⁄8 inch
White 67101.
§ 578.23
National Defense Service Medal.
(a) Criteria. The National Defense
Service Medal (NDSM) was established
by Executive Order 10448, April 22,
1953, as amended by Executive Order
11265, January 11, 1966 and Executive
Order 12776, October 18, 1991. It is
awarded for honorable active service for
any period between June 27, 1950 and
July 27, 1954, both dates inclusive;
between January 1, 1961 and August 14,
1974, both dates inclusive; between
August 2, 1990 and November 30, 1995,
both dates inclusive; and from
September 11, 2001 to a date to be
determined.
(1) For the purpose of this award, the
following persons will not be
considered as performing active service:
(i) Army National Guard and U.S.
Army Reserve forces personnel on short
tours of duty to fulfill training
obligations under an inactive duty
training program.
(ii) Any service member on temporary
duty or temporary active duty to serve
on boards, courts, commissions, and
like organizations.
(iii) Any service member on active
duty for the sole purpose of undergoing
a physical examination.
(2) In addition to the conditions listed
above, Executive Order 12776 extended
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
17290
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
award of the NDSM to all members of
the Army National Guard and United
States Army Reserve who were part of
the selected Reserve in good standing
during the period August 2, 1990 to
November 30, 1995. During this period,
soldiers in the following categories will
not be considered eligible:
(i) Any soldier of the Individual
Ready Reserve, Inactive National Guard
or the standby or retired Reserve whose
active duty service was for the sole
purpose of undergoing a physical
examination.
(ii) Any soldier of the Individual
Ready Reserve, Inactive National Guard
or the standby or retired reserve whose
active duty service was for training
only, or to serve on boards, courts,
commissions and like organizations.
(3) On March 28, 2003, the President
signed an amendment to Executive
Order 10448 that extends the eligibility
criteria for award of the NDSM to
members of the selected Reserve of the
Armed Forces of the United States in
good standing during the period
beginning September 11, 2001 to a date
to be determined to be eligible for award
of the NDSM.
(4) Any member of the Army National
Guard or U.S. Army Reserve who, after
December 31, 1960, becomes eligible for
the award of the Armed Forces
Expeditionary Medal or the Vietnam
Service Medal, is also eligible for award
of the NDSM. The NDSM may be
awarded to members of the Reserve
Component who are ordered to Federal
active duty regardless of the duration
(except for categories listed above).
(5) To signify receipt of a second or
subsequent award of the NDSM, a
service star will be worn on the service
ribbon by U.S. Army personnel so
qualified. Second or third award of the
NDSM is authorized for soldiers who
served in one or more of the three time
periods as listed in paragraph (a) of this
section. It is not authorized for soldiers
who met the criteria in one time period,
left active duty and returned during the
same period of eligibility. (Service stars
are described in § 578.61)
(6) Cadets of the U.S. Military
Academy are eligible for the NDSM,
during any of the inclusive periods
listed above, upon completion of the
swearing-in ceremonies as a cadet.
(7) The NDSM may be awarded
posthumously.
(b) Description. On a Bronze medal,
11⁄4 inches in diameter, an eagle
displayed with inverted wings standing
on a sword and palm branch, all
beneath the inscription ‘‘NATIONAL
DEFENSE’’. On the reverse is a shield
taken from the Coat of Arms of the
United States with an open wreath
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
below it, the right side of oak leaves and
the left side of laurel leaves. The ribbon
is 13⁄8 inches wide and consists of the
following stripes: 7⁄16 inch Scarlet
67111; 1⁄32 inch White 67101; 1⁄32 inch
Old Glory Blue 67178; 1⁄32 inch White;
1⁄32 inch Scarlet; center 1⁄4inch Golden
Yellow 67104; 1⁄32 inch Scarlet; 1⁄32 inch
White; 1⁄32 inch Old Glory Blue; 1⁄32 inch
White; and 7⁄16 inch Scarlet.
§ 578.24
Antarctica Service Medal.
(a) Criteria. The Antarctica Service
Medal (ASM) was established by Public
Law 86–600 (DA Bulletin. 3, 1960). It is
awarded to any person who, after
January 2, 1946 and before a date to be
announced, meets any of the following
qualifications:
(1) Any member of the Armed Forces
of the United States or civilian citizen,
national, or resident alien of the United
States who, is a member of a direct
support or exploratory operation in
Antarctica.
(2) Any member of the Armed Forces
of the United States or civilian citizen,
national, or resident alien of the United
States who participates in or has
participated in a foreign Antarctic
expedition in Antarctica in coordination
with a United States expedition and
who is or was under the sponsorship
and approval of competent U.S.
Government authority.
(3) Any member of the Armed Forces
of the United States who participates in
or has participated in flights as a
member of the crew of an aircraft flying
to or from the Antarctic continent in
support of operations in Antarctica.
(4) Any member of the Armed Forces
of the United States or civilian citizen,
national, or resident alien of the United
States who serves or has served on a
U.S. ship operating south of latitude 60
degrees S. in support of U.S. programs
in Antarctica.
(5) Any person, including citizens of
foreign nations, not fulfilling any above
qualification, but who participates in or
has participated in a United States
expedition in Antarctica at the
invitation of a participating United
States Agency. In such case, the award
will be made by the Secretary of the
Department under whose cognizance
the expedition falls provided the
commander of the military support force
as senior U.S. representative in
Antarctica considers that the individual
has performed outstanding and
exceptional service and shared the
hardship and hazards of the expedition.
(b) Personnel who remain on the
Antarctic Continent during the winter
months will be eligible to wear a clasp
or a disc as described below:
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(1) A clasp with the words ‘‘Wintered
Over’’ on the suspension ribbon of the
medal:
(2) A 5⁄16 inch diameter disc with an
outline of the Antarctic continent
inscribed thereon fastened to the bar
ribbon representing the medal.
(3) The appurtenances in paragraphs
(b)(1) and (2) of this section are awarded
in bronze for the first winter, in gold for
the second winter and in silver for
personnel who ‘‘winter over’’ three or
more times.
(c) Subsequent to June 1, 1973,
minimum time limits for the award are
30 days under competent orders to duty
at sea or ashore, south of latitude 60
degrees S. Each day of duty under
competent orders at any outlying station
on the Antarctic continent will count as
2 days when determining award
eligibility. Effective July 1, 1987, flight
crews of aircraft providing logistics
support from outside the Antarctic area
may qualify for the award after 15
missions (one flight in and out during
any 24-hour period equals one mission).
Days need not be consecutive.
(d) No person is authorized to receive
more than one award of the ASM. Not
more than one clasp or disc will be
worn on the ribbon. Antarctica is
defined as the area south of latitude 60
degrees S. The ASM takes precedence
immediately after the Korean Service
Medal.
(e) Description. The medal is bronze,
11⁄4 inches in diameter, with a view of
a polar landscape and the standing
figure in Antarctica clothing facing to
the front between the horizontally
placed words ‘‘ANTARCTICA’’ on the
figure’s right and ‘‘SERVICE’’ on the
figure’s left. On the reverse is a polar
projection with geodesic lines of the
continent of Antarctica across which are
the horizontally placed words
‘‘COURAGE’’, ‘‘SACRIFICE’’, and
‘‘DEVOTION’’, all within a circular
decorative border of penguins and
marine life. The Suspension Ribbon
Clasp: On a metal clasp, 11⁄4 inches in
width and 1⁄4 inch in height, inscribed
with the words ‘‘WINTERED OVER’’ in
raised letters within a 1⁄32 inch rim. The
metal color of the clasp is Bronze for the
first winter, Gold for the second winter
and Silver for the third winter. The
Service Ribbon Attachment: On a metal
disc, 5⁄16 inch in diameter, a
superimposed delineation of the
Antarctica continent. The metal color of
the ribbon attachment is Bronze for the
first winter, Gold for the second winter
and Silver for the third winter. The
ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide and consists
of a 3⁄16 inch Black stripe on each edge
and graded from a White stripe in the
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
center to a Pale Blue, Light Blue,
Greenish Blue, and Medium Blue.
§ 578.25
Medal.
Armed Forces Expeditionary
(a) Criteria. The Armed Forces
Expeditionary Medal (AFEM) was
established by Executive Order 10977,
dated December 4, 1961 (DA Bulletin. 1,
1962) and Executive Order 11231, July
8, 1965. This medal is authorized for:
(1) U.S. military operations.
(2) U.S. operations in direct support
of the United Nations.
(3) U.S. operations of assistance for
friendly foreign nations.
(b) Requirements. The AFEM is
awarded for services after July 1, 1958,
meeting the following qualifications:
(1) Personnel must be a bona fide
member of a unit and engaged in the
operation, or meet one or more of the
following criteria:
(i) Have served not less than 30
consecutive days in the area of
operations.
(ii) Be engaged in direct support of the
operation for 30 consecutive days or 60
nonconsecutive days, provided this
support involves entering the area of
operations. The qualifying criteria for
non-unit direct support personnel in
Grenada is 6 consecutive days or 12
non-consecutive days.
(iii) Serve for the full period where an
operation is of less than 30 days
duration.
(iv) Be engaged in actual combat, or
duty which is equally as hazardous as
17291
combat, during the operation with
armed opposition, regardless of time in
the area.
(v) Participate as a regularly assigned
crewmember of an aircraft flying into,
out of, within, or over the area in
support of the military operation.
(2) If the criteria above have not been
fulfilled the individual must be
recommended, or attached to a unit
recommended, by the chief of a service
or the commander of a unified or
specified command for award of the
medal. Such recommendations may be
made to the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) for
duty of such value to the operation as
to warrant particular recognition.
(c) The designated U.S. military
operations, areas, and dates are
provided in Table 4 below:
TABLE 4
Area
Dates
Explanation
Quemoy and Matsu Islands ...............................
Lebanon ..............................................................
Taiwan Straits .....................................................
Berlin ..................................................................
Cuba ...................................................................
Congo .................................................................
Dominican Republic ...........................................
Korea ..................................................................
Cambodia—Operation EAGLE PULL ................
Vietnam—Operation FREQUENT WIND ...........
August 23, 1956 to June 1, 1963 ....................
July 1, 1958 to November 1, 1958 ..................
August 23, 1958 to January 1, 1959 ...............
August 14, 1961 to June 1, 1963 ....................
October 24, 1962 to June 1, 1963 ..................
November 23 to 27, 1964 ................................
April 28, 1965 to September 21, 1966 ............
October 1, 1966 to June 30, 1974 ..................
April 11 to 13, 1975 .........................................
April 29 to 30, 1975 .........................................
Mayaguez Operation ..........................................
Grenada—Operation URGENT FURY ...............
May 15, 1975 ...................................................
October 23, 1983 to November 21, 1983 ........
Libya—Operation ELDORADO CANYON ..........
Panama—Operation JUST CAUSE ...................
Haiti—Operation UPHOLD DEMOCRACY ........
April 12, 1986 to April 17, 1986 .......................
December 20, 1989 to January 31, 1990 ........
September 16, 1994 to March 31, 1995 .........
Evacuation of Cambodia.
Evacuation of Vietnam (see § 578.26(e) for
conversion of AFEM to VSM).
The qualifying criteria for non-unit direct support personnel in Grenada is 6 consecutive
days or 12 nonconsecutive days.
(d) Designated U.S. operations in
direct support of the United Nations are
provided in Table 5 below:
TABLE 5
Area
Dates
Congo .................................................................
Somalia—Operations RESTORE HOPE and
UNITED SHIELD.
Former Republic of Yugoslavia—Operations
JOINT ENDEAVOR and JOINT GUARD.
Former Republic of Yugoslavia—Operation
JOINT FORGE.
Explanation
July 14, 1960 to September 1, 1962.
December 5, 1992 to March 31, 1995.
June 1, 1992 to June 20, 1998 .......................
Only for participants deployed in BosniaHerzegovina and Croatia.
June 21, 1998 to a date to be determined.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
(e) Designated U.S. operations of
assistance for a friendly foreign nation
are provided in Table 6 below:
TABLE 6
Area
Dates
Vietnam ..............................................................
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
Explanation
July 1, 1958 to July 3, 1965.
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
17292
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 6—Continued
Area
Dates
Laos ....................................................................
Cambodia ...........................................................
Thailand ..............................................................
April 19, 1961 to October 7, 1962.
March 29, 1973 to August 15, 1973.
March, 29 1973 to August 15, 1973 ................
El Salvador .........................................................
Lebanon ..............................................................
Persian Gulf—Operation EARNEST WILL .........
January 1, 1981 to February 1, 1992.
June 1, 1983 to December 1, 1987.
July 24, 1987 (the date of the Bridgeton incident) to August 1, 1990.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
Southwest Asia:
—Operation SOUTHERN WATCH .............
—Maritime Intercept Operation ...................
—Vigilant Sentinel .......................................
—Operation NORTHERN WATCH .............
—Operation DESERT THUNDER ...............
—Operation DESERT FOX .........................
—Operation DESERT SPRING ..................
(f) One bronze service star is worn to
denote subsequent award of the AFEM.
To be eligible for additional awards,
service must be rendered in more than
one of the designated areas and dates
specified in paragraphs (c), (d), and (e)
of this section. No two awards will be
made for service in the same designated
area.
(g) Arrowhead Device. The arrowhead
device is a bronze replica of an Indian
arrowhead 1⁄4-inch high. It denotes
participation in a combat parachute
jump, helicopter assault landing,
combat glider landing, or amphibious
assault landing, while assigned or
attached as a member of an organized
force carrying out an assigned tactical
mission. A soldier must actually exit the
aircraft or watercraft, as appropriate, to
receive assault landing credit.
Individual assault credit is tied directly
to the combat assault credit decision for
the unit to which the soldier is attached
or assigned at the time of the assault. It
is worn on the service and suspension
ribbons of the AFEM when the unit is
credited with assault landing credit.
Only one arrowhead device will be
worn on the ribbon.
(h) Description. The medal is bronze,
11⁄4 inches in diameter, an eagle, with
wings addorsed and inverted, standing
on a sword loosened in its scabbard, and
super-imposed on a radiant compass
rose of eight points, all within the
circumscription ‘‘ARMED FORCES’’
above and ‘‘EXPEDITIONARY
SERVICE’’ below with a sprig of laurel
on each side. On the reverse is the
shield from the United States Coat of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
Explanation
Only those in direct support of Cambodia operations.
The area of operations is the area from 20
degrees north latitude northward to 30 degrees, 30 minutes, north latitude and from
46 degrees, 36 minutes, east longitude
eastward to 63 degrees east longitude.
These geographical limits include the Persian Gulf, Bahrain, Kuwait, the Gulf of
Oman and most of Saudi Arabia.
December 1, 1995 to a date to be determined.
December 1, 1995 to a date to be determined.
December 1, 1995 to February 15, 1997.
January 1, 1997 to a date to be determined.
November 11, 1998 to December 22, 1998.
December 16, 1998 to December 22, 1998.
December 31, 1998 to a date to be determined.
Arms above two laurel branches
separated by a bullet, all within the
circumscription ‘‘UNITED STATES OF
AMERICA’’. The ribbon is 1 3⁄8 inches
wide and consists of the following
stripes: 3⁄32 inch Green 67129; 3⁄32 inch
Golden Yellow 67104; 3⁄32 inch
Spicebrown 67196; 3⁄32 inch Black
67138; 7⁄32 inch Bluebird 67117; 1⁄16
inch Ultramarine Blue 67118; 1⁄16 inch
White 67101; 1⁄16 inch Scarlet; 7⁄32 inch
Bluebird; 3⁄32 inch Black; 3⁄32 inch
Spicebrown; 3⁄32 inch Golden Yellow;
and 3⁄32 inch Green.
§ 578.26
Vietnam Service Medal.
(a) Criteria. The Vietnam Service
Medal (VSM) was established by
Executive Order 11231, July 8, 1965. It
is awarded to all members of the Armed
Forces of the United States serving in
Vietnam and contiguous waters or
airspace thereover, after July 3, 1965
through March 28, 1973. Members of the
Armed Forces of the United States in
Thailand, Laos, or Cambodia, or the
airspace thereover, during the same
period and serving in direct support of
operations in Vietnam are also eligible
for this award.
(b) Qualifications: To qualify for
award of the VSM an individual must
meet one of the following qualifications:
(1) Be attached to or regularly serve
for 1 or more days with an organization
participating in or directly supporting
military operations.
(2) Be attached to or regularly serve
for 1 or more days abroad a Naval vessel
directly supporting military operations.
(3) Actually participate as a
crewmember in one or more aerial
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
flights into airspace above Vietnam and
contiguous waters directly supporting
military operations.
(4) Serve on temporary duty for 30
consecutive days or 60 nonconsecutive
days in Vietnam or contiguous areas,
except that time limit may be waived for
personnel participating in actual combat
operations.
(c) No person will be entitled to more
than one award of the VSM.
(d) Individuals qualified for the
AFEM for reason of service in Vietnam
between July 1, 1958 and July 3, 1965
(inclusive) shall remain qualified for
that medal. Upon request (unit
personnel officer) any such individual
may be awarded the VSM instead of the
AFEM. In such instances, the AFEM
will be deleted from the list of
authorized medals in personnel records.
No person will be entitled to both
awards for Vietnam service.
(e) Service members who earned the
AFEM for Operation FREQUENT WIND
between April 29–30, 1975, may elect to
receive the Vietnam Service Medal
instead of the AFEM. No service
member may be issued both medals for
service in Vietnam.
(f) Vietnam and contiguous waters, as
used herein, is defined as an area which
includes Vietnam and the water
adjacent thereto within the following
specified limits: From a point on the
East Coast of Vietnam at the juncture of
Vietnam with China southeastward to
21 degrees N. latitude, 108 degrees;
15′E. longitude; thence, southward to 18
degrees; N. latitude, 108 degrees; 15′ E.
longitude; thence southeastward to 17
degrees 30′ N. latitude, 111 degrees E.
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
longitude; thence southward to 11
degrees N. latitude; 111 degrees E.
longitude; thence southwestward to 7
degrees N. latitude, 105 degrees E.
longitude; thence westward to 7 degrees
N. latitude, 103 degrees; E. longitude;
thence northward to 9 degrees 30′ N.
latitude, 103 degrees E. longitude,
thence northeastward to 10 degrees 15′
N. latitude, 104 degrees 27′ E. longitude;
thence northward to a point on the West
Coast of Vietnam at the juncture of
Vietnam with Cambodia.
(g) The VSM may be awarded
posthumously.
(h) The boundaries of the Vietnam
combat zone for campaign participation
credit are as defined in paragraph (d) of
this section.
(i) One bronze service star is
authorized for each campaign under the
following conditions:
(1) Assigned or attached to and
present for duty with a unit during the
period in which it participated in
combat.
(2) Under orders in the combat zone
and in addition meets any of the
following requirements:
(i) Awarded a combat decoration.
(ii) Furnished a certificate by a
commanding general of a corps, higher
unit, or independent force that he
actually participated in combat.
(iii) Served at a normal post of duty
(as contrasted to occupying the status of
an inspector, observer, or visitor).
(iv) Aboard a vessel other than in a
passenger status and furnished a
certificate by the home port commander
of the vessel that he served in the
combat zone.
(3) Was an evadee or escapee in the
combat zone or recovered from a
prisoner-of-war status in the combat
zone during the time limitations of the
17293
campaign. Prisoners of war will not be
accorded credit for the time spent in
confinement or while otherwise in
restraint under enemy control.
(j) Description. The medal is Bronze,
11⁄4 inches in diameter, an oriental
dragon behind a grove of bamboo trees
above the inscription ‘‘REPUBLIC OF
VIETNAM SERVICE.’’ On the reverse, a
crossbow surmounted a by a torch above
the arched inscription ‘‘UNITED
STATES OF AMERICA’’. The ribbon is
1 3⁄8 inches wide and consists of the
following stripes: 1⁄8 inch Primitive
Green 67188; 5⁄16 inch Air Force Yellow
67103; 1⁄16 inch Old Glory Red 67156;
5⁄32 inch Air Force Yellow; center 1⁄16
inch Old Glory Red; 5⁄32 inch Air Force
Yellow; 1⁄16 inch Old Glory Red; 5⁄16
inch Air Force Yellow; and 1⁄8 inch
Primitive Green.
(k) The Vietnam campaigns are
provided in Table 7 below:
TABLE 7
Campaigns
Vietnam
Vietnam
Vietnam
Vietnam
Inclusive dates
Advisory Campaign ..............................
Defense Campaign ..............................
Counteroffensive ..................................
Counteroffensive Phase II ....................
Streamer inscription
Vietnam Counteroffensive Phase III ..................
March 15, 1962 to March 7, 1965 ...................
March 8, 1965 to December 24, 1965 ............
December 25, 1965 to June 30, 1966 .............
July 1, 1966 to May 31, 1967 (see footnote
below).
June 1, 1967 to January 29, 1968 ..................
Tet Counteroffensive ..........................................
Vietnam Counteroffensive Phase IV ..................
Vietnam Counteroffensive Phase V ...................
Vietnam Counteroffensive Phase VI ..................
January 30, 1967 to April 1, 1968 ...................
April 2, 1968 to June 30, 1968 ........................
July 1, 1968 to November 1, 1968 ..................
November 2, 1968 to February 22, 1969 ........
Tet 69 Counteroffensive .....................................
Vietnam Summer-Fall 1969 ...............................
Vietnam Winter-Spring 1970 ..............................
Sanctuary Counteroffensive ...............................
Vietnam Counteroffensive Phase VII .................
February 23, 1969 to June 8, 1969 .................
June 9, 1969 to October 31, 1969 ..................
November 1, 1969 to April 30, 1970 ...............
May 1, 1970 to June 30, 1970 ........................
July 1, 1970 to June 30, 1971 .........................
Consolidation I ....................................................
Consolidation II ...................................................
Vietnam Cease-Fire ...........................................
July 1, 1971 to November 30, 1971 ................
December 1, 1971 to March 29, 1972 ............
March 30, 1972 to January 28, 1973 ..............
Vietnam
Vietnam
Vietnam
Vietnam
Advisory 1962–1965.
Defense 1965.
Counteroffensive 1965–1966.
Phase II 1966, 1967.
Vietnam Counteroffensive, Phase III, 1967–
1968.
Tet Counteroffensive 1968.
Vietnam Counteroffensive, Phase IV 1968.
Vietnam Counteroffensive, Phase V 1968.
Vietnam Counteroffensive, Phase VI 1968–
1969.
Tet 69/Counteroffensive, 1969.
Vietnam Summer-Fall 1969.
Vietnam Winter-Spring 1970.
Sanctuary Counteroffensive 1970.
Vietnam Counteroffensive, Phase VII, 1970–
1971.
Consolidation I 1971.
Consolidation II 1971–1972.
Vietnam Cease-Fire 1972–1973.
Footnote: Arrowhead device authorized only for members of the 173d Airborne Brigade who actually participated in the landing in the vicinity
of Katum, Republic of Vietnam, between the hours of 0800–0907, inclusive on February 27, 1967. A bronze service star affixed to the Parachutist Badge is authorized for members of the 173d Airborne Brigade for participation in combat parachute jump on February 22, 1967 per Department of the Army General Orders 18, 1979.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.27
Southwest Asia Service Medal.
(a) The Southwest Asia Service Medal
(SWASM) was established by Executive
Order 12754, March 12, 1991. It is
awarded to all members of the Armed
Forces of the United States serving in
Southwest Asia and contiguous waters
or airspace thereover, on or after August
2, 1990 to November 30, 1995.
Southwest Asia and contiguous waters,
as used herein, is defined as an area
which includes the Persian Gulf, Red
Sea, Gulf of Oman, Gulf of Aden, that
portion of the Arabian Sea that lies
north of 10 degrees N. latitude and west
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
of 68 degrees E. longitude, as well as the
total land areas of Iraq, Kuwait, Saudi
Arabia, Oman, Bahrain, Qatar, and
United Arab Emirates.
(b) Members of the Armed Forces of
the United States serving in Israel,
Egypt, Turkey, Syria, and Jordan
(including the airspace and territorial
waters) between January 17, 1991 and
April 11, 1991, will also be eligible for
this award. Members serving in these
countries must have been under the
command and control of U.S. Central
Command or directly supporting
military operations in the combat
theater.
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(c) To be eligible, a service member
must meet one or more of the following
criteria:
(1) Be attached to or regularly serving
for one or more days with an
organization participating in ground or
shore (military) operations.
(2) Be attached to or regularly serving
for one or more days aboard a naval
vessel directly supporting military
operations.
(3) Be actually participating as a crew
member in one or more aerial flights
directly supporting military operations
in the areas designated in paragraphs (a)
and (b) of this section.
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
17294
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
(4) Be serving on temporary duty for
30 consecutive days or 60
nonconsecutive days. These time
limitations may be waived for people
participating in actual combat
operations.
(d) The SWASM may be awarded
posthumously to any person who lost
his or her life while, or as a direct result
of, participating in Operation DESERT
SHIELD or Operation DESERT STORM
without regard to the length of such
service, if otherwise eligible.
(e) One bronze service star will be
worn on the suspension and service
ribbon of the SWASM for participation
in each designated campaign. Service
stars are described in § 578.61. The
designated campaigns for Southwest
Asia are provided in Table 8 below:
TABLE 8
Campaign
Inclusive dates
Defense of Saudi Arabia ....................................
Liberation and Defense of Kuwait ......................
Southwest Asia Cease-Fire ................................
August 2, 1990 to January 16, 1991 ...............
January 17, 1991 to April 11, 1991 .................
April 12, 1991 to November 30, 1995 .............
(f) See AR 670–20 for the Civilian
Service in Southwest Asia Medal.
(g) Description. The medal is Bronze
11⁄4 inches wide, with the words
‘‘SOUTHWEST ASIA SERVICE’’ across
the center background. Above the center
is a desert scene with a tank, armored
personnel carrier, helicopter and camels
with the rising sun in the background.
Below the center is a seascape with
ship, tanker, aircraft and clouds in the
background. On the reverse, is an
upraised sword entwined with a palm
frond and ‘‘UNITED STATES OF
AMERICA’’ around the edge. The ribbon
is 13⁄8 inches wide and consists of the
following stripes: 1⁄16 inch Black 67138;
1⁄8 inch Chamois 67142; 1⁄16 inch Old
Glory Blue 67178; 1⁄16 inch White
67101; 1⁄16 inch Old Glory Red
67156; 3⁄16 inch Chamois; 3⁄32 inch
Myrtle Green 67190; center 1⁄16 inch
Black; 3⁄32 inch Myrtle Green; 3⁄16 inch
Chamois; 1⁄16 inch Old Glory Red; 1⁄16
inch White; 1⁄16 inch Old Glory Blue; 1⁄8
inch Chamois; and 1⁄16 inch Black.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.28
Kosovo Campaign Medal.
(a) Criteria. The Kosovo Campaign
Medal (KCM) was established by
Executive Order 13154, May 3, 2000. It
is awarded to members of the Armed
Forces of the United States who, after
March 24, 1999, meet the following
criteria:
(1) Participated in or served in direct
support of Kosovo Operation(s): ALLIED
FORCE; JOINT GUARDIAN;
ALLIEDHARBOUR; SUSTAIN HOPE/
SHINING HOPE; NOBLE ANVIL; or
Kosovo TASK FORCE(S): HAWK,
SABER; or HUNTER within the Kosovo
Air Campaign or Kosovo Defense
Campaign areas of eligibility.
(i) Kosovo Air Campaign. The Kosovo
Air Campaign began on March 24, 1999
and ended on June 10, 1999. The area
of eligibility for the Air Campaign
includes the total land area and air
space of Serbia (including Kosovo),
Montenegro, Albania, Macedonia,
Bosnia, Croatia, Hungary, Romania,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
Streamer inscription
Greece, Bulgaria, Italy and Slovenia; and
the waters and air space of the Adriatic
and Ionian Sea north of the 39th North
latitude.
(ii) Kosovo Defense Campaign. The
Kosovo Defense Campaign began on
June 11, 1999 to a date to be
determined. The area of eligibility for
the Defense Campaign includes the total
land area and air space of Serbia
(including Kosovo), Montenegro,
Albania, Macedonia, and the waters and
air space of the Adriatic Seas within 12
nautical miles of the Montenegro,
Albania, and Croatia coastlines south of
42 degrees and 52 minutes North
latitude.
(2) Service members must be bona
fide members of a unit participating in
or be engaged in direct support of the
operation for 30 consecutive days in the
area of eligibility or for 60
nonconsecutive days provided this
support involves entering the operations
area of eligibility for meet one or more
of the following criteria:
(i) Be engaged in actual combat, or
duty that is equally as hazardous as
combat duty, during the operation with
armed opposition, regardless of time in
the area of eligibility;
(ii) While participating in the
operation, regardless of time, is
wounded or injured and requires
medical evacuation from the area of
eligibility.
(iii) While participating as a regularly
assigned aircrew member flying sorties
into, out of, within, or over the area of
eligibility in direct support of the
military operations.
(b) The KCM may be awarded
posthumously to any person who lost
his or life without regard to the length
of such service.
(c) One bronze service star will be
worn on the suspension and service
ribbon of the KCM for participation in
each campaign (Kosovo Air Campaign
and Kosovo Defense Campaign).
Qualification for a second bronze
service star requires meeting the criteria
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Defense of Saudi Arabia 1990–1991.
Liberation and Defense of Kuwait 1991.
Southwest Asia Cease-Fire, 1991–1995.
for both campaigns. The 30 consecutive
or 60 nonconsecutive days that begin
during the Air Campaign and continues
into the Defense Campaign entitles a
member to only one bronze service star.
(d) Description. The medal is bronze,
13⁄8 inches in diameter, with the stylized
wreath of grain, reflecting the
agricultural domination of the area and
its economy, symbolizes the basic
human rights while highlighting the
desire of all for peace, safety and
prosperity. The rocky terrain, fertile
valley, and mountain pass refer to the
Dinartic Alps and the Campaign Theater
of operations. The sunrise denotes the
dawning of a new age of unity and hope;
the right to forge a future of freedom,
progress and harmony, thus fulfilling
the goal of the Alliance. On the reverse
an outline of the Yugoslavian Province
of Kosovo, denoting the area of conflict,
is combined with a NATO star and
highlighted compass cardinal points,
signifying the Alliance participants who
stabilized the region and provided
massive relief. The inscription ‘‘IN
DEFENSE OF HUMANITY’’ reinforces
the objective of the action. The ribbon
is 13⁄8 inches in width. It is composed
of the following vertical stripes: 15⁄32
inches Old Glory Blue 67178; 7⁄64 inch
Scarlet 67111; 5⁄32 inch White 67101;
7⁄64 inch Old Glory Blue 67178; 15⁄32
inch Scarlet 67111.
§ 578.29
Afghanistan Campaign Medal.
(a) The Afghanistan Campaign Medal
is authorized by Public Law 108–234,
May 28, 2004 and Executive Order
13363, November 29, 2004. It is
authorized for award to individuals who
served in direct support of Operation
ENDURING FREEDOM. The area of
eligibility encompasses all land area of
the country of Afghanistan and all air
spaces above the land. The period of
eligibility is on or after October 24, 2001
to a future date to be determined by the
Secretary of Defense or the cessation of
Operation ENDURING FREEDOM.
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
(b) Criteria. Service members
qualified for the Global War on
Terrorism Expeditionary Medal by
reasons of service between October 24,
2001 and February 28, 2005, in an area
for which the Afghanistan Campaign
Medal was subsequently authorized,
shall remain qualified for that medal.
Upon application, any such service
member may be awarded the
Afghanistan Campaign Medal in lieu of
the Global War on Terrorism
Expeditionary Medal for such service.
No service member shall be entitled to
both medals for the same act,
achievement or period of service.
(c) General. Service members must
have been assigned, attached, or
mobilized to units operating in the area
of eligibility for 30 consecutive days or
for 60 non-consecutive days or meet one
of the following criteria:
(1) Be engaged in combat during an
armed engagement, regardless of the
time in the area of eligibility.
(2) While participating in an
operation or on official duties, is
wounded or injured and requires
medical evacuation from the area of
eligibility.
(3) While participating as a regularly
assigned air crewmember flying sorties
into, out of, within or over the area of
eligibility in direct support of the
military operations; each day of
operations counts as one day of
eligibility.
(d) Rules. The following rules apply to
award of the Afghanistan Campaign
Medal:
(1) The Afghanistan Campaign Medal
may be awarded posthumously.
(2) Only one award of this medal may
be authorized for any individual.
(3) Under no condition shall
personnel or units receive the
Afghanistan Campaign Medal, the
Global War on Terrorism Expeditionary
Medal, the Global War on Terrorism
Service Medal, the Iraq Campaign
Medal, or the Armed Forces
Expeditionary Medal for the same
action, time period or service.
(e) Precedence. The Afghanistan
Campaign Medal shall be positioned
below the Kosovo Campaign Medal and
above the Iraq Campaign Medal.
(f) Description. On a bronze metal 1 3⁄8
inches (3.49 cm) in diameter above a
range of mountains is a map of
Afghanistan. Around the top is the
inscription ‘‘AFGHANISTAN
CAMPAIGN.’’ On the reverse, a
radiating demisun superimposed by an
eagle’s head couped. Inscribed across
the bottom half of the reverse side are
the three lines ‘‘FOR SERVICE’’ ‘‘IN’’
‘‘AFGHANISTAN’’ all enclosed by a
laurel wreath. The ribbon is 1 3⁄8 inches
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
wide and consists of the following
stripes: 5⁄64 inch Emerald 67128: 3⁄16
inch Scarlet 67111; 1⁄8 inch Black
67138; 7⁄32 inch White 67101; 1⁄32 inch
Scarlet 67111; 1⁄32 inch White 67101;
1⁄32 inch Old Glory Blue 67178; 1⁄32 inch
White 67101; 1⁄32 inch Scarlet 67111;
7⁄32 inch White 67101; 1⁄8 inch Black
67138; 3⁄16 inch Scarlet 67111; 5⁄64 inch
Emerald 67128.
§ 578.30
Iraq Campaign Medal.
(a) The Iraq Campaign Medal is
authorized by Public Law 108–234, May
28, 2004 and Executive Order 13363,
November 29, 2004. It is authorized for
award to individuals who have served
in direct support of Operation IRAQI
FREEDOM. The area of eligibility
encompasses all land area of the country
of Iraq, and the contiguous water area
out to 12 nautical miles, and all air
spaces above the land area of Iraq and
above the contiguous water area out to
12 nautical miles. The period of
eligibility is on or after March 19, 2003
to a future date to be determined by the
Secretary of Defense or the cessation of
Operation IRAQI FREEDOM.
(b) Criteria. Service members
qualified for the Global War on
Terrorism Expeditionary Medal by
reasons of service between March 19,
2003 and February 28, 2005, in an area
for which the Iraq Campaign Medal was
subsequently authorized, shall remain
qualified for that medal. Upon
application, any such service member
may be awarded the Iraq Campaign
Medal in lieu of the Global War on
Terrorism Expeditionary Medal for such
service. No service member shall be
entitled to both medals for the same act,
achievement or period of service.
(c) General. Service members must
have been assigned, attached, or
mobilized to units operating in the area
of eligibility for 30 consecutive days or
for 60 non-consecutive days or meet one
of the following criteria:
(1) Be engaged in combat during an
armed engagement, regardless of the
time in the area of eligibility.
(2) While participating in an
operation or on official duties, is
wounded or injured and requires
medical evacuation from the area of
eligibility.
(3) While participating as a regularly
assigned air crewmember flying sorties
into, out of, within or over the area of
eligibility in direct support of the
military operations; each day of
operations counts as one day of
eligibility.
(d) Rules. The following rules apply to
award of the Iraq Campaign Medal:
(1) The Iraq Campaign Medal may be
awarded posthumously.
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17295
(2) Only one award of this medal may
be authorized for any individual.
(3) Under no condition shall
personnel receive the Iraq Campaign
Medal, the Global War on Terrorism
Expeditionary Medal, the Global War on
Terrorism Service Medal, the Iraq
Campaign Medal, or the Armed Forces
Expeditionary Medal for the same
action, time period or service.
(e) Precedence. The Iraq Campaign
Medal shall be positioned below the
Afghanistan Campaign Medal and above
the Global War on Terrorism
Expeditionary Medal.
(f) Description. On a bronze metal 1⁄38
inches (3.49 cm) in diameter the relief
of Iraq, surmounted by two lines
throughout, surmounting a palm wreath.
Above is the inscription ‘‘IRAQ
CAMPAIGN.’’ On the reverse, the Statue
of Freedom surmounting a sunburst,
encircled by two scimitars points down
crossed at tip of blades, all above the
inscription ‘‘FOR SERVICE IN IRAQ.’’
The ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide and
consists of the following stripes: 5⁄32
inch Scarlet 67111; 1⁄16 inch White
67101; 1⁄32 inch Green 67129; 1⁄16 inch
White 67101; 5⁄32 inch Black 67138; 7⁄16
inch Chamois 67142; 5⁄32 inch Black
67138; 1⁄16 inch White 67101; 1⁄32 inch
Green 67129; 1⁄16 inch White 67101; 5⁄32
inch Scarlet 67111.
§ 578.31 Global War on Terrorism
Expeditionary Medal.
(a) The Global War on Terrorism
Expeditionary Medal (GWOTEM) was
established by Executive Order 13289,
March 12, 2003. It is authorized for
award to members of the Armed Forces
of the United States who deploy abroad
for service in the Global War on
Terrorism operations on or after
September 11, 2001 to a date to be
determined. Operations approved for
the GWOTEM are provided in paragraph
(g) of this section.
(b) Procedures. (1) The Secretary of
Defense in consultation with the
Chairman, Joint Chiefs of Staff will
designate approved operations on a
case-by-case basis when requested by
the Combatant Commanders.
(2) The general area of eligibility
(AOE) encompasses all foreign land,
water, and air spaces outside the fifty
states of the United States and outside
200 nautical miles of the shores of the
United States. The Secretary of Defense,
when recommended by the Chairman,
Joint Chiefs of Staff, shall designate the
specific area of eligibility per qualifying
operation.
(3) Because counter-terrorism
operations are global in nature, the AOE
for an approved operation may be
deemed to be non-contiguous. The
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
17296
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
Combatant Commander has the
authority to approve award of the medal
for units and personnel deployed within
his or her theater. Under no conditions
will units or personnel within the
United States, the general region
excluded in paragraph (b)(2) this section
be deemed eligible for the GWOTEM.
(c ) Criteria. Service members must be
assigned, attached or mobilized to a unit
participating in designated operations
for 30 consecutive days or 60
nonconsecutive days in the AOE, or
meet one of the following criteria:
(1) Be engaged in actual combat
against the enemy and under
circumstances involving grave danger of
death or serious bodily injury from
enemy action, regardless of time in the
AOE.
(2) While participating in the
designated operation, regardless of time,
is killed, wounded or injured requiring
medical evacuation from the AOE.
(3) Service members participating as a
regularly assigned air crew member
flying sorties into, out of, within, or over
the AOE in direct support of Operations
Enduring Freedom and/or Iraqi Freedom
are eligible to qualify for award of the
GWOTEM. Each day that one or more
sorties are flown in accordance with
these criteria shall count as one day
toward the 30 or 60 day requirement.
(d) General. (1) The GWOTEM may be
awarded posthumously.
(2) Service members may be awarded
both the GWOTEM and the Global War
on Terrorism Service Medal (GWOTSM)
if they meet the criteria for both awards;
however, the qualifying period of
service used to establish eligibility for
one award cannot be used to justify
eligibility for the other award.
(3) Order of Precedence. The
GWOTEM will be worn before the
GWOTSM and both shall directly follow
the Kosovo Campaign Medal (KCM)
(i.e., KCM, GWOTEM, GWOTSM, Korea
Defense Service Medal (KDSM), etc.).
(4) Subsequent awards. Only one
award of the GWOTEM may be
authorized to any individual; therefore,
an appurtenance (e.g., oak leaf cluster,
bronze service star) is authorized for
wear on the GWOTEM.
(e) [Reserved]
(f) Battle stars. (1) Battle stars may be
applicable for service members who
were engaged in actual combat against
the enemy and under circumstances
involving grave danger of death or
serious bodily injury from enemy
action. Only the Combatant Commander
can initiate a request for a Battle Star.
The request will contain the specific
unit(s) or individual(s) engaged in
actual combat, the duration for which
actual combat was sustained, and a
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
detailed description of the actions
against the enemy.
(2) The Chairman, Joint Chiefs of Staff
(CJCS) is the approving authority for
Battle Stars.
(3) The approval of battle stars by the
CJCS is the authority for the senior
Army commander in the combat theater
to approve campaign participation
credit. See paragraph 7–18, Table 7–1
and Figure 7–1, AR 600–8–22.
(g) Approved operations. Initial award
of the GWOTEM is limited to service
members deployed abroad in Operations
ENDURING FREEDOM and IRAQI
FREEDOM in the following designated
specific geographic areas of eligibility
AOE: Algeria, Bahrain, BosniaHerzegovina, Bulgaria (Bourgas), Chad,
Colombia, Crete, Guantanamo Bay Cuba,
Cyprus, Diego Garcia, Djibouti, Egypt,
Eritrea, Ethiopia, Georgia, Hungary,
Iran, Israel, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya,
Kosovo (only specific GWOT operations
not associated with operations
qualifying for the Kosovo Campaign
Medal), Kuwait, Kyrgyzstan, Lebanon,
Mali, Mauritania, Niger, Oman,
Pakistan, Philippines, Qatar, Romania
(Constanta), Saudia Arabia, Somalia,
Syria, Tajikistan, Turkey, Turkmenistan,
Uganda, United Arab Emirates,
Uzbekistan, Yemen, that portion of the
Arabian Sea north of 10 degrees north
latitude and west of 68 degrees
longitude, Bab El Mandeb, Gulf of Aden,
Gulf of Aqaba, Gulf of Oman, Gulf of
Suez, that portion of the Mediterranean
Sea east of 28 degrees east longitude,
Mediterranean Sea (‘‘Boarding And
Searching’’ Vessel Operations), Persian
Gulf, Red Sea, Strait of Hormuz, and the
Suez Canal.
(h) Description. (1) Ribbon. The
different topographies our Armed
Forces operate in are represented by the
colors tan for the deserts, green for the
grass or woodlands, blue for the
waterways and white for the snowy
regions. Blue also alludes the
atmosphere, the zone of airstrikes. Gold
is emblematic of excellence and high
achievement. The red, white and blue
stripes at center highlight this nation’s
role in the global war on terrorism.
(2) Obverse. The eagle, strong, keen of
eye and vigilant, represents the United
States and our resolve to make the
world safe from the terrorism. The
polestar and globe highlight the
worldwide scope of this mission to
secure our freedoms.
(3) Reverse. The torch and fasces
denote freedom and justice. The laurel
represents honor and high esteem.
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 578.32
Medal.
Global War on Terrorism Service
(a) The Global War on Terrorism
Service Medal (GWOTSM) was
established by Executive Order 13289,
March 12, 2003. It is authorized for
award to members of the Armed Forces
of the United States who have
participated in or served in support of
the Global War on Terrorism operations
outside of the designated areas of
eligibility defined in § 578.31 of this
part, on or after September 11, 2001 to
a future date to be determined.
Operations approved for the GWOTSM
are provided in paragraph (e) of this
section.
(b) Procedures. (1) The Chairman,
Joint Chiefs of Staff will designate
approved operations on a case-by-case
basis when requested by the Combatant
Commanders.
(2) At the request of the Combatant
Commander, the Chairman, Joint Chiefs
of Staff may approve specific efforts that
are rendered by unit(s) or individual(s)
that meet all other requirements for
award of the Global War on Terrorism
Service Medal however, are not issued
specific orders for the approved
operation(s).
(3) Battalion commanders and
commanders of separate units have the
authority to award the Global War on
Terrorism Service Medal for approved
operations to units and personnel
within his or her command.
(c) Criteria. Service members must be
assigned, attached; or mobilized to a
unit supporting designated operations
listed in § 578–31 of this part for 30
consecutive days or for 60
nonconsecutive days, or meet one of the
following criteria:
(1) Initial award of the Global War on
Terrorism Service Medal will be limited
to airport security operations from
September 27, 2001 through May 31,
2002 and service members who
supported Operations NOBLE EAGLE,
ENDURING FREEDOM, and IRAQI
FREEDOM.
(2) All service members on active
duty, including Reserve Components
mobilized, or National Guardsmen
activated on or after September 11, 2001
to a date to be determined having served
30 consecutive days or 60
nonconsecutive days are authorized the
Global War on Terrorism Service Medal.
(d) General. (1) The GWOTSM may be
awarded posthumously.
(2) Service members may be awarded
both the GWOTEM and the GWOTSM if
they meet the requirements of both
awards; however, the qualifying period
used to establish eligibility for one
cannot be used to justify eligibility for
the other award.
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
(3) Order of Precedence. The
GWOTSM will be worn directly below
the GWOTEM and both shall directly
follow the Kosovo Campaign Medal.
(4) Subsequent awards. Only one
award of the GWOTSM may be
authorized for any individual; therefore,
an appurtenance (e.g., oak leaf cluster,
bronze service star) is not authorized.
(e) Approved operations. Initial
approved operations for the Global War
on Terrorism Service Medal are Airport
Security Operations from September 27,
2001 through May 31, 2002 and
Operations NOBLE EAGLE, ENDURING
FREEDOM and IRAQI FREEDOM.
(f) Description. (1) Ribbon. The dark
red stripe denotes sacrifice. The gold
stripes symbolize achievement. The
blue stripes signify justice.
(2) Obverse. The obverse has a
stylized globe, the universal symbol of
the world. Surmounting the globe is six
arrows exemplifying fighting power and
readiness, also representing the area that
terrorism is being fought; diplomatic,
military, financial, intelligence,
investigative and law enforcement.
Below, a olive branch exemplifies peace
and an oak branch emphasizing strength
and protection.
(3) Reverse. The reverse is inscribed
‘FOR INTERNATIONAL RESPONSES
AGAINST TERRORISM’ between three
stars commemorate achievement and
below the year ‘2002’.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.33
Korea Defense Service Medal.
(a) Eligibility Requirements. The
Korea Defense Service Medal (KDSM)
was authorized by Section 543, 2003
National Defense Authorization Act. It
is awarded to members of the Armed
Forces who have served on active duty
in support of the defense of the
Republic of Korea from July 28, 1954 to
a date to be determined.
(1) The area of eligibility encompasses
all land area of the Republic of Korea,
and the contiguous water out to 12
nautical miles, and all air spaces above
the land and water areas.
(2) The KDSM period of eligibility is
July 28, 1954, to a future date to be
determined by the Secretary of Defense.
(b) Specific. Service members must
have been assigned, attached, or
mobilized to units operating in the area
of eligibility for 30 consecutive or for 60
nonconsecutive days, or meet the
following criteria:
(1) Be engaged in combat during an
armed engagement, regardless of the
time in the area of eligibility.
(2) Is wounded or injured in the line
of duty and requires medial evacuation
from the area of eligibility.
(3) While participating as a regularly
assigned air crew member flying sorties
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
into, out of, or within the area of
eligibility in direct support of military
operations. Each day that one or more
sorties are flown in accordance with
these criteria shall count as one day
toward the 30 or 60-day requirement.
(4) Personnel who serve in operations
and exercises conducted in the area of
eligibility are considered eligible for the
award as long as the basic time criteria
is met. Due to the extensive time period
for KDSM eligibility, the
nonconsecutive service period for
eligibility remains cumulative
throughout the entire period.
(c) Awarding. (1) The KDSM may be
awarded posthumously.
(2) Only one award of the KDSM is
authorized for any individual.
(d) Precedence. The KDSM shall be
positioned below the Global War on
Terrorism Service Medal in precedence;
and shall be positioned above the
Armed Forces Service Medal.
(e) Description. The ribbon is dark
green represents the land of Korea, blue
indicates overseas service and
commitment to achieving peace. Gold
denotes excellence, white symbolizes
idealism and integrity. The obverse is a
bronze-color disc bearing a Korean
‘‘circle dragon’’ within an encircling
scroll inscribed ‘‘Korea Defense Service
Medal’’ with, in base, two sprigs, laurel
to dexter side, bamboo to sinister. The
four-clawed dragon is a traditional
symbol of Korea and represents
intelligence and strength of purpose.
The sprig of laurel denotes honorable
endeavor and victory, the bamboo refers
to the land of Korea. The reverse is a
representation of the land mass of Korea
surmounted by two swords points up
saltirewise within a circlet garnished of
five points. The swords placed
saltirewise over a map of Korea signify
defense of freedom in that country and
the readiness to engage in combat to that
end. The circlet enclosing the device
recalls the forms of five-petal symbols
common in Korean armory.
§ 578.34
Armed Forces Service Medal.
(a) Criteria. The Armed Forces Service
Medal (AFSM) was established by
Executive Order 12985, January 11,
1996. It is awarded to members of the
Armed Forces of the United States who,
after June 1, 1992 meet the following
criteria:
(1) Participate, or have participated,
as members of U.S. military units, in a
U.S. military operation that is deemed
to be a significant activity; and
(2) Encounter no foreign armed
opposition or imminent threat of hostile
action.
(b) Eligibility requirements. To qualify
for award of the AFSM service members
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17297
must be bona fide members of a unit
participating for one or more days in the
operation within the designated area of
eligibility, or meet one or more of the
following criteria:
(1) Be engaged in direct support for 30
consecutive days in the area of
eligibility (or for the full period when an
operation is of less than 30 days
duration) or for 60 nonconsecutive days
provided this support involves entering
the area of eligibility.
(2) Participate as a regularly assigned
crew member of an aircraft flying into,
out of, within, or over the area of
eligibility in support of the operation.
(c) Qualifying operations. (1) The
AFSM may be authorized for significant
U.S. military activities for which no
other U.S. campaign or service medal is
appropriate, such as—
(i) Peacekeeping operations.
(ii) Prolonged humanitarian
operations.
(2) The AFSM may be awarded for
U.S. military operations in direct
support of the United Nations (UN) or
the North Atlantic Treaty Organization
(NATO), and for operations of assistance
to friendly foreign nations.
(d) General criteria. (1) The AFSM
provides recognition to participants
who deploy to the designated area of
eligibility for the qualifying operation.
Outstanding or meritorious performance
of non-deployed or remotely located
support units and individuals is not
justification for award of the AFSM.
Such performance may be recognized by
appropriate unit and/or individual
decorations.
(2) Because the AFSM may be
awarded for a prolonged humanitarian
operation, distinction between the
AFSM and the Humanitarian Service
Medal (HSM) must be maintained. The
following rules apply:
(i) The HSM is an individual U.S.
service medal, presented to individuals
who are physically present at the site of
immediate relief and who directly
contribute to and influence the
humanitarian action. The HSM is only
awarded for service during the
identified ‘‘period of immediate relief’’;
eligibility for the HSM terminates once
(if) the humanitarian action evolves into
an ‘‘established ongoing operation
beyond the initial emergency
condition.’’
(ii) The AFSM is a theater award,
authorized for presentation to all
participants who meet the eligibility
requirements established for a
designated operation.
(iii) For operations in which all
deployed participants are awarded the
HSM and for which the ‘‘period of
immediate relief’’ coincides with the
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
17298
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
duration of significant deployed
operations, award of the AFSM is not
authorized.
(iv) Humanitarian operations for
which some (or all) participants are
awarded the HSM, which continue
beyond the ‘‘period of immediate
relief,’’ may be recognized by award of
the AFSM. The AFSM may be awarded
for the entire period of the operation;
individuals awarded the HSM for direct
participation during the ‘‘period of
immediate relief’’ are also eligible for
the AFSM if awarded.
(e) Limitations on awarding the
AFSM. The following limitations apply
when determining whether the AFSM
should be awarded for a particular
mission or operation or when
determining eligibility for award to an
individual:
(1) The AFSM shall be awarded only
for operations for which no other U.S.
campaign or service medal is approved.
(2) For operations in which personnel
for only one Service participates, the
AFSM shall be awarded only if there is
no other suitable award available to that
Service.
(3) The military service of the
individual on which qualification for
the award of the AFSM is based shall
have been honorable.
(4) Award of the AFSM is not
authorized for participation in national
or international exercises.
(5) The AFSM will not be awarded for
NATO or United Nations operations not
involving significant, concurrent U.S.
military support operations.
(f) Approval and designation of area
of eligibility—(1) Approval of
operations. The Chairman of the Joint
Chiefs of Staff (CJCS) shall designate
U.S. military operations subsequent to
June 1, 1992 that qualify for the AFSM.
(2) Designation of area of eligibility.
(i) The CJCS shall specify the qualifying
area of eligibility for award of the
AFSM.
(ii) Prior to submission to the CJCS for
consideration, the proposed qualifying
area of eligibility will be coordinated
with the Joint Chiefs of Staff and the
Commander in Chiefs (CINCs) to ensure
all appropriate locations are included.
(iii) Upon the recommendation of a
CINC and in coordination with the Joint
Chiefs of Staff, the CJCS may adjust the
area of eligibility to reflect changes in
the location, scope and degree of
participation of forces deployed to, and
in direct support of, an operation for
which the AFSM has been awarded.
(g) Subsequent awards. No more than
one medal shall be awarded to any one
Service member. One bronze service star
is worn to denote second and
subsequent awards of the AFSM. To be
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
eligible for additional awards, service
must be rendered in more than one
designated area and period of service.
No two awards will be made for service
in the same designated area. (Service
stars are described in § 578.61)
(h) Manner of wearing. The AFSM
shall take precedence immediately after
the Southwest Asia Service Medal.
(i) Posthumous awards. The AFSM
may be awarded posthumously to
eligible soldier’s primary next of kin
(primary next of kin is defined in the
Glossary).
(j) Designated U.S. military
operations, area and dates are as
follows:
(1) Operations PROVIDE PROMISE,
JOINT ENDEAVOR, ABLE SENTRY,
DENY FLIGHT, MARITME MONITOR,
and SHARP GUARD, from November
20, 1995 to December 19, 1996.
(2) Operation JOINT GUARD from
December 20, 1996 to June 20, 1998.
(3) Operation JOINT FORGE from
June 21, 1998 to a date to be
determined.
(4) Operation UNITED NATIONS
MISSION in HAITI; U.S. FORCES in
HAITI and U.S. SUPPORT GROUPHAITI from April 1, 1995 to January 31,
2000.
(5) Operation PROVIDE COMFORT
from December 1, 1995 to December 31,
1996.
(k) See AR 672–20 for the Armed
Forces Civilian Service Medal.
(l) Description. The medal is Bronze,
11⁄4 inches in diameter with a demitorch (as on the Statue of Liberty)
encircled at the top by the inscription
‘‘ARMED FORCES SERVICE MEDAL’’
on the obverse side. On the reverse side
is an eagle (as on the seal of the DOD)
between a wreath of laurel in base and
the inscription ‘‘IN PURSUIT OF
DEMOCRACY’’ at the top. The ribbon is
13⁄8 inches wide and consists of the
following stripes: 1⁄16 inch Goldenlight
67107; 1⁄8 inch Jungle Green 67191; 1⁄8
inch Green 67129; 1⁄8 inch Mosstone
67127; 1⁄8 inch Goldenlight; Center 1⁄4
inch Bluebird 67117; 1⁄8 inch
Goldenlight; 1⁄8 inch Mosstone; 1⁄8 inch
Green; 1⁄8 inch Jungle Green; and 1⁄16
inch Goldenlight.
§ 578.35
Humanitarian Service Medal.
(a) Criteria. The Humanitarian Service
Medal (HSM) was established by
Executive Order 11965, January 19,
1977. It is awarded to members of the
Armed Forces of the United States who,
after April 1, 1975, distinguished
themselves by meritorious direct
participation in a DOD approved
significant military act or operation of a
humanitarian nature. It is not awarded
for participation in domestic
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
disturbances involving law
enforcement, equal rights to citizens, or
protection of properties.
(b) To be eligible, a service member
must meet the following requirements:
(1) Must be on active duty at the time
of direct participation in a DOD
approved humanitarian act or operation.
‘‘Active duty’’ means full-time duty in
the active military service of the United
States. It includes duty on the active
duty list, full-time training duty, annual
training duty, and attendance, while in
the active military service, at a school
designated as a Service school by law or
by the Secretary of the Military
Department concerned per 10 U.S.C.
101(22). This includes service as a cadet
at the U.S. Military Academy. Members
of the Army National Guard are eligible
provided that the use of active forces
has been authorized in the act or
operation.
(2) Must have directly participated in
the humanitarian act or operation
within the designated geographical area
of operation and within specified time
limits. ‘‘Direct participation’’ is defined
as ‘‘hands on’’ activity at the site or sites
of the military act or operation.
Specifically excluded from eligibility for
this medal are personnel or elements
remaining at geographically separated
military headquarters.
(3) Must provide evidence which
substantiates direct participation in a
DOD approved humanitarian act or
operation except when by-name
eligibility lists are published.
Acceptable evidence includes the
following:
(i) Certificates, letters of
commendation or appreciation.
(ii) Officer or enlisted evaluation
reports.
(iii) Copies of TDY or special duty
orders reflecting participation within
the specified timeframe and
geographical location cited.
(iv) After-action reports, situation
reports, rosters, unit files or any other
records or documentation which verify
the service members participation.
(v) Statements from commanders,
supervisors, or other officials who were
in a position to substantiate the service
members direct participation in the area
of operation.
(c) The HSM is a U.S. service medal
and does not preclude or conflict with
other service medals or decorations
awarded on the basis of valor,
achievement or meritorious service.
(d) No person will be awarded more
than one HSM for participation in the
same military act or operation.
(e) A service star will be worn to
denote direct participation in second or
subsequent humanitarian acts or
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
operations. The approved HSM
operations are provided in AR 600–8–22
and the HQDA Military Awards Branch
Web site: https://
www.perscomonline.army.mil/tagd/
awards/HSM.doc.
(f) See AR 672–20 for Civilian Award
for Humanitarian Service.
(g) Description. The medal is Bronze,
11⁄4 inches in diameter, surmounted by
an open hand, palm up, extending to the
upper left. On the reverse is a sprig of
oak in a left oblique slant between the
inscription ‘‘FOR HUMANITARIAN
SERVICE’’ in three horizontal lines, and
‘‘UNITED STATES ARMED FORCES’’ in
an arc around the base. The ribbon is
13⁄8 inches wide and consists of the
following stripes: 3⁄16 inch Imperial
Purple 67161; 1⁄16 inch White 67101; 5⁄16
inch Bluebird 67117; 1⁄4 inch Flag Blue
67124; 5⁄16 inch Bluebird; 1⁄16 inch
White; and 3⁄16 inch Imperial Purple.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.36 Military Outstanding Volunteer
Service Medal.
(a) Criteria. The Military Outstanding
Volunteer Service Medal (MOVSM) was
established by Executive Order 12830,
January 9, 1993. It may be awarded to
members of the Armed Forces of the
United States and their Reserve
Components, who subsequent to
December 31, 1992, perform outstanding
volunteer community service of a
sustained, direct and consequential
nature.
(b) To qualify for award of the
MOVSM a service member’s volunteer
service must meet the following
requirements:
(1) Be to the civilian community, to
include the military family community.
(2) Be significant in nature and
produce tangible results.
(3) Reflect favorably on the Military
Service and the DOD.
(4) Be of a sustained and direct
nature.
(c) While there is no specific time
period to qualify for the MOVSM (for
example, 500 hours of community
service within 24 calendar months),
approval authorities shall ensure the
service to be honored merits the special
recognition afforded by this medal. The
MOVSM is intended to recognize
exceptional community support over
time and not a single act or
achievement. Further, it is intended to
honor direct support of community
activities. For the purpose of this award,
attending membership meetings or
social events of a community service
group is not considered qualifying
service, while manning a community
crisis action telephone line is
considered qualifying service.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
(d) Approval authority for award of
the MOVSM will be commanders
(overseas and CONUS (continental
United States)) serving in the rank of
Lieutenant Colonel or higher. Before the
recommendation is forwarded to the
award approval authority, the
recommender must certify that the
service member meets the eligibility
criteria for award of the MOVSM.
Substantiating documentation, such as
record of hours contributed, letters or
certificates from activity supervisors, or
other proof of the service member’s
volunteer services may be attached as
enclosures to the recommendation.
(e) Description. The medal is Bronze,
13⁄8 inches in diameter bearing on the
obverse, five annulets interlaced enfiled
by a star and environed by a wreath of
laurel. On the reverse is a sprig of oak
between the inscription
‘‘OUTSTANDING VOLUNTEER
SERVICE’’ at the top and ‘‘UNITED
STATES ARMED FORCES’’ at the
bottom. The ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide
and consists of the following stripes: 1⁄8
inch Bluebird 67117; 1⁄8 inch
Goldenlight 67107; 3⁄16 inch Bluebird;
1⁄16 inch Green 67129; 5⁄32 inch
Goldenlight; center 1⁄16 inch Green; 5⁄32
inch Goldenlight; 1⁄16 inch Green; 3⁄16
inch Bluebird; 1⁄8 inch Goldenlight; and
1⁄8 inch Bluebird.
§ 578.37
Army Good Conduct Medal.
(a) Criteria. The Army Good Conduct
Medal (AGCM) was established by
Executive Order 8809, June 28, 1941
and was amended by Executive Order
9323, 1943 and by Executive Order
10444, April 10, 1953. It is awarded for
exemplary behavior, efficiency, and
fidelity in active Federal military
service. It is awarded on a selective
basis to each soldier who distinguishes
himself or herself from among his or her
fellow soldiers by his exemplary
conduct, efficiency, and fidelity
throughout a specified period of
continuous enlisted active Federal
military service. There is no right or
entitlement to the medal until the
immediate commander has approved
the award and the award has been
announced in permanent orders.
(b) Personnel eligible: (1) Active
Component enlisted soldiers.
(2) Active Guard Reserve (AGR)
enlisted personnel serving on extended
periods of active duty (other than for
training) under 10 U.S.C. and 32 U.S.C.
are eligible for award of the AGCM for
qualifying service beginning on or after
September 1, 1982, provided no period
of the service has been duplicated by
the same period of service for which the
soldier has been awarded the Army
Reserve Components Achievement
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17299
Medal (ARCAM). The AGCM
qualification period may commence
anytime during the 3 years immediately
preceding the September 1, 1982
effective date provided no portion of
service for the AGCM is included in a
period of service for which the ARCAM
was awarded.
(3) Retroactively to eligible Army of
the United States (AUS) enlisted
personnel.
(4) Other Army enlisted personnel as
may be directed by the Secretary of the
Army.
(c) Awarding authority. Unit
commanders are authorized to award
the AGCM to enlisted personnel serving
under their command jurisdiction who
meet the established criteria. Send
requests for award of the AGCM for
former soldiers to NPRC (see § 578.8(e)
for address). Requests for award of the
AGCM for Army National Guard and
Army Reserve members for periods of
active duty based on qualifying prior
active Federal military service (Regular
Army and AUS) will be forwarded
through normal command channels to
the Commander, USA HRC-St. Louis,
ATTN: ARPC–PSP–R, One Reserve Way,
St. Louis, MO 63132–5200. Separation
transfer points will review the records
of enlisted personnel being separated to
determine whether they qualify for the
AGCM. Where possible, make a
reasonable effort to contact the unit
commander before awarding the medal
to qualified members.
(d) Basis for approval. The immediate
unit commander’s decision to award the
AGCM will be based on his or her
personal knowledge and of the
individual’s official records for periods
of service under previous commanders
during the period for which the award
is to be made. The lack of official
disqualifying comment by such
previous commanders qualifies the use
of such period toward the award by the
current commander.
(e) Qualifying periods of service. Any
one of the following periods of
continuous enlisted active Federal
military service qualifies for award of
the AGCM or of an AGCM Clasp (see
paragraph (h) of this section in
conjunction with the criteria in
paragraph (f) of this section):
(1) Each 3 years completed on or after
August 27, 1940.
(2) For first award only, 1 year served
entirely during the period December 7,
1941 to March 2, 1946.
(3) For first award only, upon
termination of service on or after June
27, 1950, of less than 3 years but more
than 1 year.
(4) For first award only, upon
termination of service, on or after June
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
17300
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
27, 1950, of less than 1 year when final
separation was by reason of physical
disability incurred in the line of duty.
(5) For first award only, for those
individuals who died before completing
1 year of active Federal military service
if the death occurred in the line of duty.
(f) Character of service. Throughout a
qualifying period, each enlisted soldier
must meet all of the following criteria
for an award:
(1) The immediate commander
evaluates the soldier’s character as
above reproach.
(2) The record of service indicates that
the soldier has—
(i) Willingly complied with the
demands of the military environment.
(ii) Been loyal and obedient to their
superiors.
(iii) Faithfully supported the goals of
their organization and the Army.
(iv) Conducted themselves in such an
exemplary manner as to distinguish
them from their fellow soldiers.
(3) While any record of non-judicial
punishment could be in conflict with
recognizing the soldier’s service as
exemplary, such record should not be
viewed as automatically disqualifying.
The commander analyzes the record,
giving consideration to the nature of the
infraction, the circumstances under
which it occurred and when. Conviction
by court-martial terminates a period of
qualifying service; a new period begins
following the completion of sentence
imposed by court-martial.
(4) In terms of job performance, the
soldier’s efficiency must be evaluated
and must meet all requirements and
expectations for that soldier’s grade,
Military Occupational Specialty (MOS),
and experience.
(5) Individuals whose retention is not
warranted under standards prescribed
in AR 604–10, or for whom a bar to
reenlistment has been approved under
the provisions of AR 601–280, chapter
6 (specifically for the reasons
enumerated in paragraphs 6–4a, b, and
d), are not eligible for award of the
AGCM.
(g) Additional implementing
instructions. (1) Qualifying periods of
service (paragraph (e) of this section)
must be continuous enlisted active
Federal military service. When an
interval in excess of 24 hours occurs
between enlistments, that portion of
service before to the interruption is not
creditable toward an award.
(2) Release from enlisted status for
entry into service as a cadet or
midshipman at any U.S. service
academy, or discharge from enlisted
status for immediate entry on active
duty in an officer status is considered
termination of service for awarding the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
AGCM. A minimum of 12 months
enlisted service is required and must
have been completed for first award of
the AGCM; otherwise, the full 3 years of
qualifying enlisted service is required.
(3) A qualified person scheduled for
separation from active Federal military
service should receive the award at his
or her last duty station. Such award is
authorized up to 30 days before the
soldier’s departure en route to a
separation processing installation in
CONUS or overseas. Orders announcing
such advance awards will indicate the
closing date for the award prefixed with
date of separation, on or about, as the
response to the ‘‘Dates or period of
service’’ lead line. Example: From
October 31, 1977 to date of separation
on or about October 30, 1980. For
soldiers who are granted terminal leave
prior to retirement or End Tour of
Service (ETS), orders awarding second
and subsequent awards of the AGCM
may be issued up to 90 days before
retirement or ETS date.
(4) An award made for any authorized
period of less than 3 years must be for
the total period of obligated active
Federal military service. This applies to
first award only, all other awards of the
AGCM require 3 full years qualifying
service.
(5) Discharge under provisions of AR
635–200 for immediate (re)enlistment is
not termination of service.
(h) Disqualification for the Army
Good Conduct Medal. (1) Conviction by
courts-martial terminates a period of
qualifying service; a new period begins
the following day after completion of
the sentence imposed by the courtmartial.
(2) Individual whose retention is not
warranted under standards prescribed
in AR 604–10, or for whom a bar to
reenlistment has been approved under
the provisions of AR 601–280, chapter
6 (specifically for the reasons
enumerated in, paragraphs 6–4a, b, and
d, AR 601–280), are not eligible for
award of the AGCM.
(3) In instances of disqualification as
determined by the unit commander, the
commander will prepare a statement of
the rationale for his or her decision.
This statement will include the period
of disqualification and will be referred
to the individual according to AR 600–
37. The unit commander will consider
the affected individual’s statement. If
the commander’s decision remains the
same, the commander will forward his
or her statement, the individual’s
statement, and his or her consideration
for filing in the individual’s military
record.
(4) Disqualification for an award of
the AGCM can occur at any time during
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
a qualifying period (for example, when
manner of performance or efficiency
declines). The custodian of the soldier’s
record will establish the new
‘‘beginning date’’ for the soldier’s
eligibility for award of the AGCM,
annotate the date on the soldier’s DA
Form 2–1, and submit an automated
transaction. These procedures do not
apply if the soldier is disqualified under
the provisions of paragraph (h)(2) of this
section.
(i) Subsequent awards and clasps. A
clasp is authorized for wear on the
AGCM to denote a second or subsequent
award. Clasps authorized for second and
subsequent award are:
(1) Award: 2d; Clasp: Bronze, 2 loops;
(2) Award: 3d; Clasp: Bronze, 3 loops;
(3) Award: 4th; Clasp: Bronze, 4 loops;
(4) Award: 5th; Clasp: Bronze, 5 loops;
(5) Award: 6th; Clasp: Silver, 1 loop;
(6) Award: 7th; Clasp: Silver, 2 loops;
(7) Award: 8th; Clasp: Silver, 3 loops;
(8) Award: 9th; Clasp: Silver, 4 loops;
(9) Award: 10th; Clasp: Silver, 5 loops;
(10) Award: 11th; Clasp: Gold, 1 loop;
(11) Award: 12th; Clasp: Gold, 2 loops;
(12) Award: 13th; Clasp: Gold, 3 loops;
(13) Award: 14th; Clasp: Gold, 4 loops;
and
(14) Award: 15th; Clasp: Gold, 5 loops.
(j) Army Good Conduct Medal
certificate policy. (1) The DA Form 4950
(Good Conduct Medal Certificate) may
be presented to enlisted soldiers only on
the following occasions:
(i) Concurrent with the first award of
the AGCM earned on or after January 1,
1981.
(ii) Concurrent with retirement on or
after January 1, 1981.
(2) When presented at retirement, the
DA Form 4950 will reflect the last
approved award of the AGCM earned by
the soldier before retirement. The
number of the last earned will be
centered immediately beneath the line
‘‘THE GOOD CONDUCT MEDAL;’’ for
example, ‘‘Sixth Award.’’ The period
shown on the certificate will be the
period cited in the last award earned by
the soldier. The words ‘‘UPON HIS OR
HER RETIREMENT’’ may be typed
below the soldier’s name.
(3) The DA Form 4950 will not be
presented for second or subsequent
awards of the AGCM except as provided
in paragraph (j)(2) of this section.
(4) DA Form 4950 is available from
the U.S. Army Publications Distribution
Center, St. Louis, MO.
(k) Retroactive award. (1) Retroactive
award to enlisted personnel, and to
officer personnel who qualified in an
enlisted status, is authorized provided
evidence is available to establish
qualification. Where necessary, to
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
correct conflicting or duplicate awards,
previous general or permanent orders
may be revoked and new orders
published, citing this paragraph as
authority.
(2) Requests for retroactive awards to
enlisted persons which cannot be
processed due to lack of information
will be forwarded to Commander, U.S.
Army Enlisted Records and Evaluation
Center, Fort Benjamin Harrison, IN
46249–5301, by the commander having
command jurisdiction. Upon receipt of
eligibility information from U.S. Army
Enlisted Records and Evaluation Center
(USAEREC), the commander can take
action to confirm retroactive award of
the AGCM by publication of orders, or
by informing the soldier of findings of
ineligibility.
(l) Description. The medal is Bronze,
11⁄4 inches in diameter, with an eagle,
wings spread, standing on a closed book
and sword, encircled by the words
‘‘EFFICIENCY HONOR FIDELITY’’. On
the reverse is a five-pointed star and a
scroll between the words ‘‘FOR GOOD’’
and ‘‘CONDUCT’’, surrounded by a
wreath formed by a laurel branch on the
left and an oak branch on the right.
Clasps are placed on the ribbon to
represent subsequent awards. The
ribbon is 13⁄8inches ribbon consisting of
the following stripes: 1⁄16 inch
Soldier Red 67157; 1⁄16 inch White
67101; 1⁄16 inch Soldier Red; 1⁄16 inch
White; 1⁄16 inch Soldier Red; 1⁄16 inch
White; center 5⁄8 inch Soldier Red; 1⁄16
inch White; 1⁄16 inch Soldier Red; 1⁄16
inch White; 1⁄16 inch Soldier Red; 1⁄16
inch White; and 1⁄16 inch Soldier Red.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.38 Army Reserve Components
Achievement Medal.
(a) Criteria. The Army Reserve
Components Achievement Medal
(ARCAM) was established by the
Secretary of the Army on March 3, 1971
and amended by Department of the
Army General Orders (DAGO) 4, 1974.
It is awarded for exemplary behavior,
efficiency, and fidelity while serving as
a member of an Army National Guard
(ARNG) or USAR troop program unit
(TPU) or as an individual mobilization
augmentee (IMA). The first design bears
the inscription ‘‘United States Army
Reserve,’’ the other design bears the
inscription, ‘‘Army National Guard.’’
(b) Personnel eligible. The ARCAM is
authorized for award to Army personnel
including Active Guard Reserve (AGR)
officers in the rank of colonel and
below. Individual must have been a
member of an ARNG unit or USAR TPU,
excluding enlisted soldiers in an AGR
status. AGR enlisted soldiers are eligible
for the AGCM under the provisions of
§ 578.37(b). The medal is also awarded
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
to USAR soldiers serving as IMA after
completing qualifying service and on
recommendation of the unit commander
or HQDA official to which the IMA is
assigned.
(c) Award approval authority.
Approval authority for award of the
ARCAM for ARNG units and USAR TPU
soldiers is the soldier’s unit
commander. Commander, USA HRC-St.
Louis, One Reserve Way, St. Louis, MO
63132–5200, is the approval authority
for award of the ARCAM to USAR IMA
soldiers. Orders are not published for
the award of this medal. Approved
ARCAM is announced using an official
memorandum. The records custodian
will then annotate the records.
(d) Peacetime and wartime
applicability. The ARCAM is awarded
to eligible Army Reserve Component
soldiers during times of peace and war.
However, during periods of war, the
length of qualifying service is subject to
change at the discretion of the Secretary
of the Army.
(e) Basis or criteria for approval. (1)
Between March 3, 1972 and March 28,
1995, the medal was authorized on
completion of 4 years’ service with a
Reserve Component unit. Individual
must have completed 4 years of
qualifying service on or after March 3,
1972 and before March 28, 1995. A
qualifying year of service is one in
which a Reserve soldier earns a
minimum of 50 retirement points during
his/her retirement year. Qualifying
service for computation purposes is
based only by retirement ending year
dates.
(2) Effective March 28, 1995, the
period of qualifying service for award of
the ARCAM is reduced from 4 to 3
years. That is, soldiers completing 3
years of qualified service on or after
March 28, 1995 are eligible for ARCAM
consideration. This change is not
retroactive.
(3) All awards of the ARCAM must be
made under the following conditions:
(i) Such years of qualifying service
must have been consecutive. A period of
more than 24 hours between Reserve
enlistments or officer’s service will be
considered a break in service. Credit
toward earning the award must begin
anew after a break in service. Service
while attending Officer Candidate
School or Warrant Officer Candidate
school will be considered enlisted
service, and termination will occur
when the soldier is commissioned or
appointed a warrant officer.
(ii) Although only unit service may be
credited for award of this medal,
consecutive Ready Reserve service
between periods of unit service will not
be considered as a break in service and
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17301
service in the first unit may be added to
service in the second unit to determine
total qualifying service.
(iii) Soldiers who are ordered to active
duty in the AGR program will be
awarded the ARCAM if they have
completed 2 of the 3 years required
(Army Good Conduct Medal eligibility
starts on the effective date of the AGR
order). Soldiers with less than 2 years
will not receive an award. Service lost
may be recovered if the soldier is
separated honorably from the AGR
program and reverts to troop program
unit service, for example, a soldier
serves 1 year and 6 months of qualifying
service and is ordered to an AGR tour.
This service is not sufficient for award
of the ARCAM. When the soldier leaves
the AGR program that 1 year and 6
months is granted towards the next
award of the ARCAM. Only the State
adjutant general may determine that the
AGR service was not sufficiently
honorable enough to revoke the
previously earned time, regardless of the
type of separation given.
(iv) The member must have exhibited
honest and faithful service as is in
accordance with the standards of
conduct, courage and duty required by
law and customs of the service, of a
member of the same grade as the
individual to whom the standard is
being applied.
(4) A member must be recommended
for the award by his or her unit
commander whose recommendation is
based on personal knowledge of the
individual and the individual’s official
records of periods of service under prior
commanders during the period for
which the award is made.
(5) A commander may not delay
award or extend the qualifying period
for misconduct. A determination that
service is not honorable as prescribed
negates the entire period of the award.
(f) Unqualified service. (1) Service
performed in the Reserve Components
of the U.S. Air Force, Navy, Marine
Corps, or Coast Guard may not be
credited for award of the ARCAM.
(2) Release from Army Reserve
Component status for entry into service
as a cadet or midshipman at any U.S.
service academy or discharge from
Army Reserve Component for
immediate entry in the Regular Army, in
an officer or enlisted status, is
considered termination of service for the
purpose of qualifying for the ARCAM.
(3) Service while in an enlisted AGR
status may not be credited for award of
the ARCAM.
(g) Subsequent awards and Oak Leaf
Clusters. Second and succeeding awards
of the ARCAM are denoted by Oak Leaf
Clusters.
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
17302
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
District of Columbia and U.S.
possessions and territories in the
performance of duties in conjunction
with Active Army, joint services, or
Allied Forces. The day of departure
counts; the day of return does not.
(f) The ARCOTR is a training ribbon,
which does not conflict with service
medals or decorations.
(g) Numerals will be used to denote
second and subsequent awards of the
ARCOTR. (See § 578.61 Appurtenances
to military decorations.)
(h) Description. The ribbon is 13⁄8
inches in width; however, it is mounted
on the ribbon bar horizontally so that
the horizontal center stripe is 3⁄32 inch
Old Glory Red with a 3⁄64 inch White
stripe on each side. The remainder of
the ribbon is Ultramarine Blue.
§ 578.39 Army Reserve Components
Overseas Training Ribbon.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
(h) Description. The medal is Bronze,
11⁄4 inches in diameter, consisting of a
faceted twelve-pointed star with a
beveled edge, the points surmounting a
wreath of laurel and bearing on a disc
within a smaller wreath of laurel, a
torch between two swords crossed
saltirewise, points up and flanked by
two mullets. The reverse has the cuirass
from the DA seal centered below
‘‘ARMY NATIONAL GUARD’’ or
‘‘UNITED STATES ARMY RESERVE’’
and above ‘‘FOR ACHIEVEMENT’’. The
ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide ribbon
consisting of the following stripes: 5⁄16
inch Old Gold 67105; 1⁄8 inch
Ultramarine Blue 67118; 1⁄16 inch White
67101; center 3⁄8 inch Scarlet 67111; 1⁄16
inch White; 1⁄8 inch Ultramarine Blue;
and 5⁄16 inch Old Gold.
§ 578.40
(a) Criteria. The Army Reserve
Components Overseas Training Ribbon
(ARCOTR) was established by the
Secretary of the Army on July 11, 1984.
It is awarded to members of the Reserve
Components of the Army, (Army
National Guard and U.S. Army Reserve),
for successful completion of annual
training (AT) or active duty for training
(ADT) for a period not less than 10
consecutive duty days on foreign soil.
ARNG and USAR soldiers who
accompany the Reserve Component (RC)
unit (including unit cells) to which they
are assigned or attached as full-time unit
support (FTUS) during overseas training
are also eligible for the award.
(b) Effective July 11, 1984, all
members of the ARNG and USAR are
eligible for this award if they were
active Reserve status members of the
Army National Guard, U.S. Army
Reserve (not on active duty in the
Active Army), or AGR FTUS soldiers at
the time their unit underwent AT or
ADT on foreign soil.
(c) AGR personnel, not assigned to a
TPU, are also eligible for award of the
ARCOTR provided they are ordered
overseas specifically as advance party
to, simultaneously with, or in support of
mop-up operations of RC units training
overseas. Ten consecutive days overseas
must be met. Other AGR members
overseas for any other reason are not
eligible for the ARCOTR.
(d) The ARCOTR may be awarded
retroactively to those personnel who
successfully completed AT or ADT on
foreign soil in a Reserve status prior to
July 11, 1984 provided they have an
active status as defined above on or after
July 11, 1984.
(e) Soldiers must be credited with
completion of at least 10 consecutive
duty days outside the 50 States, the
(a) Criteria. The Overseas Service
Ribbon (OSR) was established by the
Secretary of the Army on April 10, 1981.
It is awarded to members of the U.S.
Army for successful completion of
overseas tours.
(b) Effective August 1, 1981, all
members of the Active Army, Army
National Guard and Army Reserve in an
active Reserve status are eligible for this
award. The ribbon may be awarded
retroactively to those personnel who
were credited with a normal overseas
tour completion before August 1, 1981
provided they had an Active Army
status as defined above on or after
August 1, 1981.
(c) Soldiers must be credited with a
normal overseas tour completion
according to AR 614–30. Service
members who had overseas service with
another branch of service (U.S. Navy,
Air Force, or Marine Corps) must be
credited with a normal overseas tour
completion by that service to qualify for
award of the Army OSR.
(d) Numerals will be used to denote
second and subsequent awards of the
OSR.
(e) Posthumous award of the OSR. For
first award of the OSR only, an
individual may be posthumously
awarded (on or after August 1, 1981) the
OSR before completion of the overseas
tour, provided the soldier’s death is
ruled ‘‘Line of duty-Yes.’’
(f) Description. The Army Overseas
Service ribbon is 13⁄8 inches in with. It
is composed of the following vertical
stripes: 3⁄16 inch National Flag Blue
67124, 5⁄16 inch Grotto Blue 67165, 1⁄16
inch Golden Yellow 67104, 1⁄4 inch
Brick Red 67113, 1⁄16 inch Golden
Yellow, 5⁄16 inch Grotto Blue, and 3⁄16
inch National Flag Blue.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
PO 00000
Overseas Service Ribbon.
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 578.41
Army Service Ribbon.
(a) Criteria. The Army Service Ribbon
(ASR) was established by the Secretary
of the Army on April 10, 1981. It is
awarded to members of the U.S. Army
for successful completion of initial entry
training.
(b) Effective August 1, 1981, all
members of the Active Army, Army
National Guard, and U.S. Army Reserve
in an active Reserve status are eligible
for this award. The ribbon may be
awarded retroactively to those
personnel who completed the required
training before August 1, 1981 provided
they had an Active Army status as
defined above on or after August 1,
1981.
(c) Officers will be awarded this
ribbon upon successful completion of
their basic/orientation or higher level
course. For those officer personnel
assigned a specialty, special skill
identifier, or MOS based on civilian or
other service acquired skills, this ribbon
will be awarded upon honorable
completion of 4 months active service.
(d) Enlisted soldiers will be awarded
this ribbon upon successful completion
of their initial MOS producing course.
For those enlisted soldiers assigned a
MOS based on civilian or other service
acquired skills, this ribbon will be
awarded on honorable completion of 4
months active service.
(e) Only one award of the ASR is
authorized, regardless of whether a
soldier completes both officer and
enlisted initial entry training.
(f) For first award only, an individual
may be posthumously awarded (on or
after August 1, 1981) the Army Service
Ribbon prior to completion of the
requisite training or time in service,
provided the soldier’s death is ruled
‘‘Line of duty-Yes.’’
(g) Description. The ribbon is 13⁄8
inches in width. It is composed of the
following vertical stripes: 7⁄32 inch
Scarlet 67111, 5/32 Orange 67110, 3⁄32
inch Golden Yellow 67104, 1⁄8 inch
Emerald 67128, Ultramarine Blue
67118, 1⁄8 inch Emerald, 3⁄32 inch
Golden Yellow, 5⁄32 inch Orange, and
7⁄32 inch Scarlet.
§ 578.42 Noncommissioned Officer
Professional Development Ribbon.
(a) Criteria. The Noncommissioned
Officer (NCO) Professional Development
Ribbon (NPDR) was established by the
Secretary of the Army on April 10, 1981.
It is awarded to members of Active
Army, ARNG, and USAR soldiers for
successful completion of designated
NCO professional development courses.
(b) Subsequent awards. The NPDR
consist of the basic ribbon with numeral
devices of 2, 3, or 4, which signify
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
satisfactory completion of the respective
levels of NCO professional development
courses. Numerals used in conjunction
with this service ribbon are the same
type as those used for subsequent
awards of the Air Medal.
(c) Policy. (1) A change approved in
February 1989 completely revamped the
wear policy of numerals on ribbons and
award suspension elements. Also,
simultaneously U.S. Army Training and
Doctrine Command (TRADOC)
announced that the First Sergeant
Course is not a recognized element of
the NCO Professional Development
Training System. Because of the impact
of these two far-reaching policy
changes, no grandfathering is allowed
for Active Army or RC soldiers
concerning the wear of numerals on the
NPDR. Only the numerals 2, 3, and 4 are
authorized for wear on the ribbon.
(2) Once a service member has been
awarded the NPDR upon graduation
from Primary Leadership Development
Course (PLDC) or Primary Leadership
Development Course-RC, subsequent
appropriate numerals will be awarded
to identify completion of higher level
NCO Education System (NCOES) or RC
NCOES courses.
(3) Senior NCOs selected by the U.S.
Army Sergeants Major Academy
(USASMA) who complete equivalent
resident courses conducted by the other
Services will wear the NPDR with
numeral 4.
(4) Soldiers who have been authorized
by their local commanders to attend
local NCO courses or training conducted
by the other Services and who qualify
for or are awarded another Service’s
training ribbon will not wear the other
Service’s ribbons on the Army uniform.
(5) Soldiers who have attended NCO
development courses, other than Senior
Level, conducted by another Service
while in the Army will not be granted
Army course equivalency recognition.
(6) Soldiers must successfully
complete one or more of the courses
listed in paragraph (d) of this section
which are further described in AR 351–
1. Graduates of NCO Academy courses
conducted prior to 1976 for the Active
Army, and 1980 for Reserve
Components, will be given credit for the
Primary Level only.
(7) Acceptable evidence of graduation
is a diploma, certificate, or a letter
signed by an appropriate service school
official.
(8) Effective March 30, 1989, a service
member will be awarded the NPDR with
the numeral which identifies the highest
level of NCOES or RC–NCOES
successfully completed as follows—Bar
Ribbon Device=Primary Level; 2=Basic
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
Level; 3=Advanced Level; and 4=Senior
Level.
(d) Requirements. Effective August 1,
1981, all Active Army, Army National
Guard and Army Reserve soldiers in an
active status are eligible for this award
for satisfactory completion of the
respective NCOES or RC–NCOES
courses as follows:
(1) Primary level—Primary NCO
Course, Combat Arms (PNCOC), Primary
Leadership Course (PLC), Primary
Technical Courses (Service School—
PTC), and Primary Leadership
Development Course (PLDC) for award
of the basic ribbon.
(2) Basic level—Basic NCO Course,
Combat Arms (BNCOC), Basic Technical
Courses (Service School—BTC), and
Basic NCO Course (CS/CSS–BNCOC) for
award of numeral 2.
(3) Advanced level—Advanced NCO
Courses (Service School—ANCOC) for
award of numeral 3.
(4) Senior level—U.S. Army Sergeants
Major Academy (USASMA) for award of
numeral 4. (See paragraph (c)(3) of this
section).
(e ) Special instructions. Special
instructions for ARNG and USAR are as
follows:
(1) Primary Level—Primary NCO
Course, Combat Arms–Reserve
Components (PNCOC–RC), and effective
October 1, 1985 Primary Leadership
Development Course–Reserve
Components (PLDC–RC).
(2) Basic Level—Basic NCO Course–
Reserve Components (CS/CSS BNCOC–
RC) through September 30, 1985
(PNCOC–RC and BNCOC–RC combined
for CA/CS/CSS). Effective October 1,
1987 Basic NCO Course/Reserve
Components (CA, CS, CSS) as
developed and implemented.
(f) Description. The ribbon is 13⁄8
inches in width. It is composed of the
following vertical stripes: 3⁄16 inch
Green 67129, 1⁄8 inch Yellow 67108, 3⁄16
inch Green, 1⁄16 inch Yellow; 1⁄4 inch
Flag Blue 67124, 1⁄16 inch Yellow, 3⁄16
inch Green, 1⁄8 inch Yellow, and 3⁄16
inch Green.
§ 578.43
Armed Forces Reserve Medal.
(a) Criteria. The Armed Forces
Reserve Medal (AFRM) was established
by Executive Order 10163, as
announced in DA Bulletin 15, 1950, and
was amended by Executive Order
10439, announced in DA Bulletin 3,
1953 and Executive Order 13013, dated
August 6, 1996.
(b) The reverse side of this medal is
struck in two designs for award to
personnel whose Reserve Component
service has been primarily in the
organized Reserve or primarily in the
National Guard. The first design
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17303
portrays the Minute Man from the
Organized Reserve Crest; the other
design portrays the National Guard
insignia.
(c) The AFRM is awarded for
honorable and satisfactory service as a
member or former member of one or
more of the Reserve Components of the
Armed Forces of the United States,
including the Coast Guard Reserve and
the Marine Corps Reserve, for a period
of 10 years under the following
conditions:
(1) Such years of service must have
been performed within a period of 12
consecutive years.
(2) Each year of active or inactive
status honorable service prior to July 1,
1949 in any Reserve Component listed
in AR 135–180, will be credited toward
award. For service performed on or after
July 1, 1949, a member must
accumulate, during each anniversary
year, a minimum of 50 retirement points
as prescribed in AR 135–180.
(3) Service in a regular component of
the Armed Forces, including the Coast
Guard, is excluded except that service
in a Reserve Component which is
concurrent in whole or in part with
service in a regular component will be
included. (Example: regular component
enlisted soldier with a Reserve
commission.)
(4) Any period during which Reserve
service is interrupted by one or more of
the following will be excluded in
computing, but will not be considered
as a break in the period of 12 years:
(i) Service in a regular component of
the Armed Forces.
(ii) During tenure of office by a State
official chosen by the voters of the
entire State, territory, or possession.
(iii) During tenure of office of member
of the legislative body of the United
States or of any State, territory, or
possession.
(iv) While service as judge of a court
of record of the United States, or of any
State, territory, possession, or the
District of Columbia.
(5) Members called to active duty. On
or after August 1, 1990, the member was
called to active duty and served under
10 U.S.C. 12301(a), 12302, 12304,
12406, or, in the case of the U.S. Coast
Guard Reserve, 14 U.S.C. 712. The
member volunteered and served on
active duty in support of specific U.S.
military operations or contingencies
designated by the Secretary of Defense,
as defined in of 10 U.S.C. 101(A) (13).
AGR members who receive orders
changing their current duty status (legal
authority under which they perform
duty), their duty location, or assignment
to support a contingency operation are
eligible for the award of the ‘‘M’’ Device.
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
17304
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
(d) The Ten-year-device is authorized
for wear on the AFRM to denote each
succeeding 10-year period as follows:
(1) A bronze hourglass shall be
awarded upon completion of the first
10-year period award.
(2) A silver hourglass shall be
awarded upon completion of the second
10-year period award.
(3) A gold hourglass shall be awarded
upon completion of the third 10-year
period award.
(4) A gold hourglass, followed by a
bronze hourglass shall be awarded upon
completion of the fourth 10-year period
award.
(e) ‘‘M’’ Device. The ‘‘M’’ Device is
authorized for wear on the AFRM by
members of the Reserve Components
who are called or who volunteer and
serve or active duty in support of
specific U.S. military operations or
contingencies designed by the Secretary
of Defense, as defined in of 10 U.S.C.
101(A)(13).
(1) When a member qualifies for the
‘‘M’’ Device, the Bronze ‘‘M’’ shall be
awarded, positioned on the ribbon and
medal, and a number shall be included
on the ribbon and medal. No more than
one AFRM may be awarded to any one
person. Multiple periods of service
during one designated contingency
(under provisions of § 578.41(c)) shall
count as one ‘‘M’’ Device award.
(2) If no ‘‘M’’ Device is authorized, the
appropriate hourglass shall be
positioned in the center of the ribbon.
If no hourglass is authorized, the ‘‘M’’
Device shall be positioned in the center
of the ribbon, followed by Arabic
numerals indicating the number of
times the device has been awarded,
starting with the second award, no
number is worn for the first award.
(3) If both the hourglass and the ‘‘M’’
Device are awarded, the hourglass shall
be positioned in first position on the
ribbon (at the wearer’s right), the ‘‘M’’
Device in the middle position, and the
number of times the ‘‘M’’ Device has
been awarded in the remaining position
(at the wearer’s left).
(f) Description. The medal is Bronze,
11⁄4 inches in diameter, with a flaming
torch in front of a crossed powder horn
and a bugle within a circle composed of
thirteen stars and thirteen rays. On the
reverse is a different design for each of
the reserve components. The reverse of
all medals have the inscription
‘‘ARMED FORCES RESERVE’’ around
the rim. Organized Reserve: On a
wreath, the Lexington Minuteman statue
as it stands on the Common in
Lexington, Massachusetts encircled by
thirteen stars. National Guard: The
National Guard insignia (two crossed
fasces superimposed on an eagle
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
displayed with wings reversed). Air
Force Reserve: The crest from the Air
Forces seal (on a wreath, an eagle
displayed in front of a cloud form).
Naval Reserve: The center device of the
Department of the Navy seal (an eagle
displayed on an anchor in front of a
ship in full sail). Marine Corps Reserve:
The Marine Corps insignia (eagle
perched on a globe superimposed on an
anchor). Coast Guard Reserve: The
central design of the Coast Guard seal
(crossed anchors superimposed by a
shield within an annulet).
(1) The devices are Bronze hourglass
to indicate 10 years service; silver
hourglass to indicate 20 years service;
gold hourglass to indicate 30 years
service; letter ‘‘M’’ to indicate
mobilization in support of U.S. Military
operations or contingencies designated
by the Secretary of Defense; and a
numeral to indicate number of times
mobilized.
(2) The ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide and
consists of the following stripes: 1⁄16
inch Bluebird 67117; 1⁄32 inch Chamois
67142; 1⁄16 inch Bluebird; 1⁄32 inch
Chamois; 1⁄16 inch Bluebird; 3⁄8 inch
Chamois; center 1⁄8 inch Bluebird; 3⁄8
inch Chamois; 1⁄16 inch Bluebird; 1⁄32
inch Chamois; 1⁄16 inch Bluebird; 1⁄32
inch Chamois; and 1⁄16 inch Bluebird.
§ 578.44
Korean Service Medal.
(a) Criteria. The Korean Service Medal
(KSM) was established by Executive
Order 10179, dated November 8, 1950.
It is awarded for service between June
27, 1950 and July 27, 1954, under any
of the following conditions:
(1) Within the territorial limits of
Korea or in waters immediately adjacent
thereto.
(2) With a unit under the operational
control of the Commander in Chief, Far
East, other than one within the
territorial limits of Korea, which has
been designated by the Commander in
Chief, Far East, as having directly
supported the military efforts in Korea.
(3) Was furnished an individual
certificate by the Commander in Chief,
Far East, testifying to material
contribution made in direct support of
the military efforts in Korea.
(b) The service prescribed must have
been performed under any of the
following conditions:
(1) On permanent assignment.
(2) On temporary duty for 30
consecutive days or 60 nonconsecutive
days.
(3) In active combat against the enemy
under conditions other than those
prescribed in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2)
of this section, provided a combat
decoration has been awarded or an
individual certificate has been furnished
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
by the commander of an independent
force or of a division, ship, or air group,
or comparable or higher unit, testifying
to such combat credit.
(c) One bronze service star is
authorized for each campaign under the
following conditions:
(1) Assigned or attached to and
present for duty with a unit during the
period in which it participated in
combat.
(2) Under orders in the combat zone
and in addition meets any of the
following requirements:
(i) Awarded a combat decoration.
(ii) Furnished a certificate by a
commanding general of a corps, higher
unit, or independent force that he
actually participated in combat.
(iii) Served at a normal post of duty
(as contrasted to occupying the status of
an inspector, observer, or visitor).
(iv) Aboard a vessel other than in a
passenger status and furnished a
certificate by the home port commander
of the vessel that he served in the
combat zone.
(3) Was an evader or escapee in the
combat zone or recovered from a
prisoner-of-war status in the combat
zone during the time limitations of the
campaign. Prisoners of war will not be
accorded credit for the time spent in
confinement or while otherwise in
restraint under enemy control. (§ 578.61
Appurtenances to military decorations)
(d) The arrowhead device is
authorized for wear on the KSM to
denote participation in a combat
parachute jump, helicopter assault
landing, combat glider landing, or
amphibious assault landing, while
assigned or attached as a member of an
organized force carrying out an assigned
tactical mission. Additional information
on the arrowhead device is in § 578.61.
(e) Description. The medal is Bronze,
11⁄4 inches in diameter, a Korean
gateway, encircled by the inscription
‘‘KOREAN SERVICE’’. On the reverse is
the Korean symbol taken from the center
of the Korean National flag with the
inscription ‘‘UNITED STATES OF
AMERICA’’ and a spray of oak and
laurel encircling the design. The ribbon
is 13⁄8 inches wide and consisting of the
following stripes: 1⁄32 inch White 67101;
19⁄32 inch Bluebird 67117; center 1⁄8 inch
White; 19⁄32 inch Bluebird; and 1⁄32 inch
White.
§ 578.45
Medal of Humane Action.
(a) Criteria. The Medal of Humane
Action was established by the act of
Congress July 20, 1949 (63 Stat. 477). It
is awarded to members of the Armed
Forces of the United States and to other
persons when recommended for
meritorious participation, for service
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
while participating in the Berlin airlift
or in direct support thereof.
(b) Service must have been for at least
120 days during the period June 26,
1948 and September 30, 1949, inclusive,
with the following prescribed
boundaries of area of Berlin airlift
operations:
(1) Northern boundary. 54th parallel
north latitude;
(2) Eastern boundary. 14th meridian
east longitude;
(3) Southern boundary. 48th parallel
north latitude;
(4) Western boundary. 5th meridian
west longitude.
(c) Posthumous award may be made
to any person who lost his life while, or
as a direct result of, participating in the
Berlin airlift, without regard to the
length of such service, if otherwise
eligible.
(d ) See DA Pamphlet 672–1 for the
list of Army units entitled to the Berlin
Airlift Device.
(e) Description. The medal is Bronze
and is 11⁄4 inches in diameter. The
miniature medal is 5⁄8 inch in diameter.
On the obverse, in the center, a C–54
airplane (as viewed from above) within
a wreath of wheat connected at the
bottom by a coat of arms. On the
reverse, an eagle, shield and arrows
from the seal of the DOD, beneath the
words ‘‘FOR HUMANE ACTION’’ and
above the inscription in four lines, ‘‘TO
SUPPLY NECESSITIES OF LIFE TO
THE PEOPLE OF BERLIN GERMANY’’.
The ribbon to the Medal for Humane
Action is 13⁄8 inches in width and
consists of the following stripes: 9⁄32
inch black; 1⁄16 inch white; 9⁄32 inch teal
blue; 3⁄64 inch white; 1⁄32 inch scarlet;
3⁄64 inch white; 9⁄32 inch teal blue; 1⁄16
inch white; and 9⁄32 inch black.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.46
Army of Occupation Medal.
(a) Criteria. The Army of Occupation
Medal (AOM) was established by War
Department General Orders (WDGO) 32,
1946. It is awarded for service for 30
consecutive days at a normal post of
duty (as contrasted to inspector, visitor,
courier, escort, passenger, temporary
duty, or detached service) while
assigned to any of the following:
(1) Army of Occupation of Germany
(exclusive of Berlin) between May 9,
1945 and May 5, 1955. (Service between
May 9 and November 8, 1945 will be
counted only if the European-AfricanMiddle Eastern Campaign Medal was
awarded for service before May 9, 1945.)
(2) Service for the prescribed period
with a unit which has been designated
in DA general orders as having met the
requirement for the Berlin airlift device.
(3) Service for which the individual
was awarded the Berlin airlift device in
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
orders issued by appropriate field
authority.
(4) Army of Occupation of Austria
between May 9, 1945 and July 27, 1955.
(Service between May 9 and November
8, 1945 will be counted only if the
European-African-Middle Eastern
Campaign Medal was awarded for
service before May 9, 1945.)
(5) Army of Occupation of Berlin
between May 9, 1945 and October 2,
1990. (Service between May 9 and
November 8, 1945 will be counted only
if the European-African-Middle Eastern
Campaign Medal was awarded for
service before May 9, 1945.)
(6) Army of Occupation of Italy
between May 9, 1945 and September 15,
1947 in the compartment of Venezia
Giulia E. Zara or Province of Udine, or
with a unit in Italy as designated in
DAGO 4, 1947. (Service between May 9
and November 8, 1945 will be counted
only if the European-African-Middle
Eastern Campaign Medal was awarded
for service before May 9, 1945.)
(7) Army of Occupation of Japan
between September 3, 1945 and April
27, 1952 in the four main islands of
Hokkaido, Honshu, Shikoku, and
Kyushu, the surrounding smaller
islands of the Japanese homeland, the
Ryukyu Islands, and the Bonin-Volcano
Islands. (Service between September 3,
1945 and March 2, 1946 will be counted
only if the Asiatic-Pacific Campaign
Medal was awarded for service before
September 3, 1945. In addition, service
which meets the requirements for the
KSM as prescribed in § 578.44 will not
be counted in determining eligibility for
this medal.)
(8) Army of Occupation of Korea
between September 3, 1945 and June 29,
1949, inclusive. (Service between
September 3, 1945 and March 2, 1946
will be counted only if the AsiaticPacific Campaign Medal was awarded
for service before September 3, 1945.)
(b) Clasps and the Berlin airlift device
are authorized for wear on the Army of
Occupation Medal. They are as follows:
(1) Army of Occupation Medal Clasp.
Soldiers who served in the European
Theater during the occupation of Europe
will wear the clasp inscribed
‘‘Germany.’’ Soldiers who served in the
Far East Theater during the occupation
of the Far East will wear the Clasp
inscribed ‘‘Japan.’’ Clasps bearing other
inscriptions are not authorized. (The
Army of Occupation Medal Clasp is
described in § 578.61).
(2) Berlin Airlift Device. This device is
awarded for service of 92 consecutive
days with a unit credited with
participation in the Berlin airlift, or by
competent field authority on an
individual basis. Qualifying service
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17305
must have been entirely within the
period from June 26, 1948 to September
30, 1949, inclusive. Orders announcing
award of the Berlin Airlift device will
specifically award the Army of
Occupation Medal to persons not
otherwise eligible therefor.
(c) Description. The medal is Bronze,
11⁄4 inches in width. On the obverse, the
Remagen Bridge abutments below the
words ‘‘ARMY OF OCCUPATION’’. On
the reverse, Fujiyama with a low
hanging cloud over two Japanese junks
above a wave scroll and the date
‘‘1945’’. A Bronze clasp 1⁄8 inch wide
and 11⁄2 inches in length with the word
‘‘GERMANY’’ or ‘‘JAPAN’’ is worn on
the suspension ribbon to indicate
service in Europe or the Far East.
NAVY: On the obverse is Neptune
mounted on a composite creature of a
charging horse and a sea serpent with a
trident grasped in right hand above
wave scrolls. Around the bottom of the
medal are the words ‘‘OCCUPATION
SERVICE’’. The reverse is the same as
the China Service Medal and is an eagle
perched on the shank of a horizontal
anchor with a branch of laurel entwined
around the anchor. On the left is the
word ‘‘FOR’’ and to the right is the word
‘‘SERVICE’’ and around the top is the
inscription ‘‘UNITED STATES NAVY’’.
MARINE CORPS: The medal for the
Marine Corps is the same as the Navy,
except the inscription around the top of
the reverse is ‘‘UNITED STATES
MARINE CORPS’’. The ribbon is the
same for both medals and is 13⁄8 inches
wide and consists of the following
stripes: 3⁄16 inch White 67101; 1⁄2 inch
Black 67138; 1⁄2 inch Scarlet 67111; and
3⁄16 inch White.
§ 578.47
World War II Victory Medal.
(a) Criteria. The World War II Victory
Medal was established by the act of
Congress July 6, 1945 (59 Stat. 461). It
is awarded for service between
December 7, 1941 and December 31,
1946, both dates inclusive.
(b) Description. The medal is Bronze,
13⁄8 inches in width. On the obverse is
a figure of Liberation standing full
length with head turned to dexter
looking to the dawn of a new day, right
foot resting on a war god’s helmet with
the hilt of a broken sword in the right
hand and the broken blade in the left
hand, the inscription ‘‘WORLD WAR II’’
placed immediately below the center.
On the reverse are the inscriptions
‘‘FREEDOM FROM FEAR AND WANT’’
and ‘‘FREEDOM OF SPEECH AND
RELIGION’’ separated by a palm branch,
all within a circle composed of the
words ‘‘UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
1941–1945’’. The ribbon is 13⁄8 inches
wide and consists of the following
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
17306
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
stripes: 3⁄8 inch double rainbow in
juxtaposition (blues, greens, yellows,
reds (center), yellows, greens, and
blues); 1⁄32 inch White 67101; center 9⁄16
inch Old Glory Red 67156; 1⁄32 inch
White; and 3⁄8 inch double rainbow in
juxtaposition. The rainbow on each side
of the ribbon is a miniature of the
pattern used in the WWI Victory Medal.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.48 European-African-Middle Eastern
Campaign Medal.
(a) Criteria. The European-AfricanMiddle Eastern Campaign Medal was
established by Executive Order 9265,
announced in WD Bulletin 56, 1942, as
amended by Executive Order 9706,
March 15, 1947. It is awarded for service
within the European-African-Middle
Eastern Theater between December 7,
1941 and November 8, 1945 under any
of the conditions as prescribed in
§ 578.49 (Asiatic-Pacific Campaign
Medal).
(b) The boundaries of EuropeanAfrican-Middle Eastern Theater are as
follows:
(1) Eastern boundary. The eastern
boundary is coincident with the western
boundary of the Asiatic-Pacific Theater
(§ 578.49).
(2) Western boundary. The western
boundary is coincident with the eastern
boundary of the American Theater
(§ 578.50 American Campaign Medal).
(c) One bronze service star is
authorized for each campaign under the
following conditions: (1) Assigned or
attached to, and present for duty with,
a unit during the period in which it
participated in combat.
(2) Under orders in the combat zone
and in addition meets any of the
following requirements:
(i) Awarded a combat decoration.
(ii) Furnished a certificate by a
commanding general of a corps or
higher unit or independent force that he
actually participated in combat.
(iii) Served at a normal post of duty
(as contrasted to occupying the status of
an inspector, observer, or visitor).
(iv) Aboard a vessel other than in a
passenger status and furnished a
certificate by the home port commander
of the vessel that he served in the
combat zone.
(3) Was an evadee or escapee in the
combat zone or recovered from a
prisoner-of-war status in the combat
zone during the time limitations of the
campaign. Prisoners of war will not be
accorded credit for the time spent in
confinement or while otherwise in
restraint under enemy control.
(d) The arrowhead is authorized for
wear on this medal to denote
participation in a combat parachute
jump, helicopter assault landing,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
combat glider landing, or amphibious
assault landing, while assigned or
attached as a member of an organized
force carrying out an assigned tactical
mission. (The arrowhead is described in
§ 578.61)
(e) Description. The Bronze medal is
11⁄4 inches in width. On the obverse is
a LST landing craft and troops landing
under fire with an airplane in the
background below the words
‘‘EUROPEAN AFRICAN MIDDLE
EASTERN CAMPAIGN’’. On the reverse,
an American bald eagle close between
the dates ‘‘1941–1945’’ and the words
‘‘UNITED STATES OF AMERICA’’. The
ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide and consists
of the following stripes: 3⁄16 inch Brown
67136; 1⁄16 inch Irish Green 67189; 1⁄16
inch White 67101; 1⁄16 inch Scarlet
67111; 1⁄4 inch Irish Green; center 1⁄8
inch triparted Old Glory Blue 67178,
White and Scarlet; 1⁄4 inch Irish Green;
1⁄16 inch White; 1⁄16 inch Black 67138;
1⁄16 inch White; and 3⁄16 inch Brown.
§ 578.49
Asiatic-Pacific Campaign Medal.
(a) Criteria. The Asiatic-Pacific
Campaign Medal was established by
Executive Order 9265 (WD Bulletin 56,
November 6, 1942), as amended by
Executive Order 9706, March 15, 1947.
It is awarded for service with the
Asiatic-Pacific Theater between
December 7, 1941 and March 2, 1946
under any of the following conditions:
(1) On permanent assignment in the
Asiatic-Pacific Theater.
(2) In a passenger status or on
temporary duty for 30 consecutive days
or 60 nonconsecutive days.
(3) In active combat against the enemy
and was awarded a combat decoration
or furnished a certificate by the
commanding general of a corps or
higher unit or independent force
showing that he actually participated in
combat.
(b) Boundaries of Asiatic-Pacific
Theater—(1) Eastern boundary.
Coincident with the western boundary
of the American Theater (§ 578.50
American Campaign Medal).
(2) Western boundary. From the North
Pole south along the 60th meridian east
longitude to its intersection with the
east boundary of Iran, thence south
along the Iran boundary to the Gulf of
Oman and the intersection of the 60th
meridian east longitude, thence south
along the 60th meridian east longitude
to the South Pole.
(c) One bronze service star is
authorized for each campaign under the
conditions outlined in § 578.48
European-African-Middle Eastern
Campaign Medal. (Service stars are
described in § 578.61).
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(d) The arrowhead is authorized for
wear on this medal to denote
participation in a combat parachute
jump, helicopter assault landing,
combat glider landing, or amphibious
assault landing, while assigned or
attached as a member of an organized
force carrying out an assigned tactical
mission. (The arrowhead is described in
§ 578.61).
(e) Description. The Bronze medal is
11⁄4 inches in width. On the obverse is
a tropical landing scene with a
battleship, aircraft carrier, submarine
and an aircraft in the background with
landing troops and palm trees in the
foreground with the words ‘‘ASIATIC
PACIFIC CAMPAIGN’’ above the scene.
On the reverse, an American bald eagle
close between the dates ‘‘1941–1945’’
and the words ‘‘UNITED STATES OF
AMERICA’’. The ribbon is 13⁄8 inches
wide and consists of the following
stripes: 3⁄16 inch Yellow 67108; 1⁄16 inch
White 67101; 1⁄16 inch Scarlet 67111;
1⁄16 inch White; 1⁄4 inch Yellow; center
1⁄8 triparted Old Glory Blue 67178,
White and Scarlet; 1⁄4 inch Yellow; 1⁄16
inch White; 1⁄16 inch Scarlet; 1⁄16 inch
White; and 3⁄16 inch Yellow.
§ 578.50
American Campaign Medal.
(a) Criteria. The American Campaign
Medal was established by Executive
Order 9265 (WD Bulletin 56, 1942), as
amended by Executive Order 9706,
March 15, 1947. It is awarded for service
within the American Theater between
December 7, 1941 and March 2, 1946
under any of the following conditions:
(1) On permanent assignment outside
the continental limits of the United
States.
(2) Permanently assigned as a member
of a crew of a vessel sailing ocean
waters for a period of 30 consecutive
days or 60 nonconsecutive days.
(3) Outside the continental limits of
the United States in a passenger status
or on temporary duty for 30 consecutive
days or 60 nonconsecutive days.
(4) In active combat against the enemy
and was awarded a combat decoration
or furnished a certificate by the
commanding general of a corps, higher
unit, or independent force that the
soldier actually participated in combat.
(5) Within the continental limits of
the United States for an aggregate period
of 1 year.
(b) The boundaries of American
Theater are as follows:
(1) Eastern boundary. The eastern
boundary is located from the North
Pole, south along the 75th meridian
west longitude to the 77th parallel north
latitude, thence southeast through Davis
Strait to the intersection of the 40th
parallel north latitude and the 35th
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
meridian west longitude, thence south
along the meridian to the 10th parallel
north latitude, thence southeast to the
intersection of the Equator and the 20th
meridian west longitude, thence south
along the 20th meridian west longitude
to the South Pole.
(2) Western boundary. The western
boundary is located from the North
Pole, south along the 141st meridian
west longitude to the east boundary of
Alaska, thence south and southeast
along the Alaska boundary to the Pacific
Ocean, thence south along the 130th
meridian to its intersection with the
30th parallel north latitude, thence
southeast to the intersection of the
Equator and the 100th meridian west
longitude, thence south to the South
Pole.
(c) One bronze service star is
authorized for wear on the American
Campaign Medal to denote participation
in the antisubmarine campaign. The
individual must have been assigned or
attached to, and present for duty with,
a unit credited with the campaign.
Information on the antisubmarine
campaign.
(d) Description. The Bronze medal is
11⁄4 inches in width. On the obverse is
a Navy cruiser under full steam with a
B–24 airplane flying overhead with a
sinking enemy submarine in the
foreground on three wave symbols, in
the background a few buildings
representing the arsenal of democracy,
above the scene the words ‘‘AMERICAN
CAMPAIGN’’. On the reverse an
American bald eagle close between the
dates ‘‘1941–1945’’ and the words
‘‘UNITED STATES OF AMERICA’’. The
ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide and consists
of the following stripes: 3⁄16 inch
Oriental Blue 67172; 1⁄16 inch White
67101; 1⁄16 inch Black 67138; 1⁄16 inch
Scarlet 67111; 1⁄16 inch White; 3⁄16 inch
Oriental Blue; center 1⁄8 triparted Old
Glory Blue 67178, White and Scarlet;
3⁄16 inch Oriental Blue; 1⁄16 inch White;
1⁄16 inch Scarlet; 1⁄16 inch Black; 1⁄16
inch White; and 3⁄16 inch Oriental Blue.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.51
Medal.
Women’s Army Corps Service
(a) Criteria. The Women’s Army Corps
Service Medal was established by
Executive Order 9365, announced in
WD Bulletin 17, 1943. It is awarded for
service in both the Women’s Army
Auxiliary Corps between July 10, 1942
and August 31, 1943 and the Women’s
Army Corps between September 1, 1943
and September 2, 1945.
(b) Description. A Bronze medal, 11⁄4
inches in diameter, with the head of
Pallas Athene in profile facing right,
superimposed on a sheathed sword
cross with oak leaves and a palm branch
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
within a circle composed of the words
‘‘WOMEN’S’’ in the upper half, and in
the lower half ‘‘ARMY CORPS’’. On the
reverse, within an arrangement of 13
stars, is a scroll bearing the words ‘‘FOR
SERVICE IN THE WOMEN’S ARMY
AUXILIARY CORPS’’ in front of the
letters ‘‘U S’’ in lower relief. At the top
and perched on the scroll is an eagle
with wings elevated and displayed and
at the bottom, the date ‘‘1942–1943’’.
The ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide and
consists of the following stripes: 1⁄8 inch
Old Gold 67105; 11⁄8 inch Mosstone
Green 67127; and 1⁄8 inch Old Gold.
§ 578.52
American Defense Service Medal.
(a) The American Defense Service
Medal (ADSM) was established by
Executive Order 8808, announced in
WD Bulletin 17, 1941. It is awarded for
service between September 8, 1939 and
December 7, 1941 under orders to active
duty for a period of 12 months or longer.
(b) A clasp, with the inscription
‘‘Foreign Service’’, is worn on the
ADSM to denote service outside the
continental limits of the United States,
including service in Alaska, as a
member of a crew of a vessel sailing
ocean waters, flights over ocean waters,
or as an assigned member of a
organization stationed outside the
continental limits of the United States.
Possession of a clasp is denoted by the
wearing of a bronze service star on the
service ribbon. (See § 578.61 for
descriptions of the clasp and service
stars.)
(c) Description. The Bronze medal is
11⁄4 inches in width. On the obverse is
a female Grecian figure symbolic of
defense, holding in her sinister hand an
ancient war shield in reverse and her
dexter hand brandishing a sword above
her head, and standing upon a
conventionalized oak branch with four
leaves. Around the top is the lettering
‘‘AMERICAN DEFENSE’’. On the
reverse is the wording ‘‘FOR SERVICE
DURING THE LIMITED EMERGENCY
PROCLAIMED BY THE PRESIDENT ON
SEPTEMBER 8, 1939 OR DURING THE
UNLIMITED EMERGENCY
PROCLAIMED BY THE PRESIDENT ON
MAY 27, 1941’’ above a seven-leafed
spray of laurel. The foreign service clasp
is a Bronze bar 1⁄8 inch in width and 11⁄2
inches in length with the words
‘‘FOREIGN SERVICE’’, with a star at
each end of the inscription. The foreign
service clasp is placed on the
suspension ribbon of the medal. The
ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide and consists
of the following stripes: 3⁄16 inch Golden
Yellow 67104; 1⁄8 inch triparted Old
Glory Blue 67178; White 67101; and
Scarlet 67111; center 3⁄4 inch Golden
Yellow; 1⁄8 inch triparted Scarlet; White;
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17307
and Old Glory Blue 67178; and 3⁄16 inch
Golden Yellow.
§ 578.53
Medal.
Army of Occupation of Germany
(a) Criteria. The Army of Occupation
of Germany Medal was established by
the act of November 21, 1941, (55 Stat.
781). It is awarded for service in
Germany or Austria-Hungary between
November 12, 1918 and July 11, 1923.
(b) Description. The medal is Bronze
and 11⁄4 inches in diameter. On the
obverse is a profile of General John J.
Pershing, encircled by four stars
indicating his insignia of grade as
Commanding General of the Field
Forces. In the lower left is the
inscription ‘‘GENERAL JOHN J.
PERSHING’’ and on the right is a laurel
wreath superimposed by a sword with
the dates ‘‘1918’’ and ‘‘1923’’ enclosed
by the wreath. The reverse shows the
American eagle perched with outspread
wings standing on the Castle
Ehrenbreitstein, encircled by the words
‘‘U.S. ARMY OF OCCUPATION OF
GERMANY’’ and three stars at the
bottom of the medal. The ribbon is 13⁄8
inches in width consisting of the
following stripes: 1⁄16 inch Ultramarine
Blue 67118; 1⁄16 inch Scarlet 67111; 3⁄16
inch White 67101; 3⁄4 inch Black 67138
(center); 3⁄16 inch White; 1⁄16 inch
Scarlet; 1⁄16 inch Ultramarine Blue.
§ 578.54
World War I Victory Medal.
(a) The World War I Victory Medal
was established by WDGO 48, 1919. The
medal is awarded for service between
April 6, 1917 and November 11, 1918 or
with either of the following expeditions:
(1) American Expeditionary Forces in
European Russia between November 12,
1918 and August 5, 1919.
(2) American Expeditionary Forces
Siberia between November 23, 1918 and
April 1, 1920.
(b) Battle clasps, service clasps, and
service stars are authorized
appurtenances to be worn on the World
War I Victory Medal. (See § 578.61 for
specific details.)
(c) Description. The medal is Bronze
and 13⁄8 inches in diameter. On the
obverse is a winged Victory, standing
full length and full face. On the reverse
is the inscription ‘‘THE GREAT WAR
FOR CIVILIZATION’’ and the United
States shield with the letters ‘‘U.S.’’
surmounted by a fasces, and on either
side the names of the allied and
associated nations. The lapel button is
a five-pointed star 5⁄8-inch in diameter
on a wreath with the letters ‘‘U.S.’’ in
the center. The medal is suspended by
a ring from a silk ribbon 13⁄8 inches in
width, representing two rainbows
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
17308
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
placed in juxtaposition and having the
red in the middle.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.55 Service medals and ribbons no
longer available for issue.
The medals listed below are no longer
issued by HQDA. They may be
purchased if desired from civilian
dealers in military insignia and some
Army exchanges.
(a) Civil War Campaign Medal. This
medal was established by WDGO 12,
1907. It is awarded for service between
April 15, 1861 and April 9, 1865, or in
Texas between April 15, 1861 and
August 20, 1866.
(b) Indian Campaign Medal. This
medal was established by WDGO 12,
1907. It is awarded for service in a
campaign against any tribes or in any
areas listed below, during the indicated
period.
(c) Spanish Campaign Medal. This
medal was established by WDGO 5,
1905. It is awarded for service ashore in,
or on the high seas en route to, any of
the following countries:
(1) Cuba between May 11 and July 17,
1898.
(2) Puerto Rico between July 24 and
August 13, 1898.
(3) Philippine Islands between June
30 and August 16, 1898.
(d) Spanish War Service Medal. This
medal was established by the act of July
9, 1918 (40 Stat. 873). It is awarded for
service between April 20, 1898 and
April 11, 1899, to persons not eligible
for the Spanish Campaign Medal.
(e) Army of Cuban Occupation Medal.
This medal was established by WDGO
40, 1915. It is awarded for service in
Cuba between July 18, 1898 and May 20,
1902.
(f) Army of Puerto Rican Occupation
Medal. This medal was established by
War Department Compilation of Orders,
changes 15, February 4, 1919. It is
awarded for service in Puerto Rico
between August 14 and December 10,
1898.
(g) Philippine Campaign Medal. This
medal was established by WDGO 5,
1905. It is awarded for service in the
Philippine Islands under any of the
following conditions:
(1) Ashore between February 4, 1899
and July 4, 1902.
(2) Ashore in the Department of
Mindanao between February 4, 1899
and December 31, 1904.
(3) Against the Pulajanes on Leyte
between July 20, 1906 and June 30,
1907, or on Samar between August 2,
1904 and June 30, 1907.
(4) With any of the following
expeditions: (i) Against Pala on Jolo
between April and May 1905.
(ii) Against Datu Ali on Mindanao in
October 1905.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
(iii) Against hostile Moros on Mount
Bud-Dajo, Jolo, March 1906.
(iv) Against hostile Moros on Mount
Bagsac, Jolo, between January and July,
1913.
(v) Against hostile Moros on
Mindanao or Jolo between 1910 and
1913.
(5) In any action against hostile
natives in which U.S. troops were killed
or wounded between February 4, 1899
and December 31, 1913.
(h) Philippine Congressional Medal.
This medal was established by the act
of June 29, 1906 (34 Stat. 621). It is
awarded for service meeting all the
following conditions:
(1) Under a call of the President
entered the Army between April 21 and
October 26, 1898.
(2) Served beyond the date on which
entitled to discharge.
(3) Ashore in the Philippine Islands
between February 4, 1899 and July 4,
1902.
(i) China Campaign Medal. This
medal was established by WDGO 5,
1905. It is awarded for service ashore in
China with the Peking Relief Expedition
between June 20, 1900 and May 27,
1901.
(j) Army of Cuban Pacification Medal.
This medal was established by WDGO
96, 1909. It is awarded for service in
Cuba between October 6, 1906 and April
1, 1909.
(k) Mexican Service Medal. This
medal was established by WDGO 155,
1917. It is awarded for service in any of
the following expeditions or
engagements:
(1) Vera Cruz Expedition in Mexico
between April 24 and November 26,
1914.
(2) Punitive Expedition in Mexico
between March 14, 1916 and February
7, 1917.
(3) Buena Vista, Mexico, December 1,
1917.
(4) San Bernardino Canon, Mexico,
December 26, 1917.
(5) Le Grulla, Texas, January 8 and 9,
1918.
(6) Pilares, Mexico, March 28, 1918.
(7) Nogales, Arizona, November 1 to
5, 1915 or August 27, 1918.
(8) El Paso, Texas, and Juarez, Mexico,
June 15 and 16, 1919.
(9) Any action against hostile
Mexicans in which U.S. troops were
killed or wounded between April 12,
1911 and February 7, 1917.
(l) Mexican Border Service Medal.
This medal was established by the act
of July 9, 1918 (40 Stat. 873). It was
awarded for service between May 9,
1916 and March 24, 1917, or with the
Mexican Border Patrol between January
1, 1916 and April 6, 1917, to persons
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
not eligible for the Mexican Service
Medal.
§ 578.56
United States Unit Awards.
(a) Intent. Awards are made to
organizations when the heroism
displayed or meritorious service
performed is a result of group effort.
(b) Announcement. All unit awards
approved at HQDA will be announced
in HQ, DAGO.
(c) Presentation. Unit awards will be
presented at an appropriate formal
ceremony at the earliest practicable date
after the award is announced. FM 22–
5 prescribes the ceremony for
presentation of unit awards at a formal
review.
§ 578.57
Presidential Unit Citation.
(a) Criteria. The Presidential Unit
Citation (PUC) (re-designated from the
Distinguished Unit Citation on
November 3, 1966) is awarded to unit of
the Armed Forces of the United States
and cobelligerent nations for
extraordinary heroism in action against
an armed enemy occurring on or after
December 7,1941. The unit must display
such gallantry, determination, and
esprit de corps in accomplishing its
mission under extremely difficult and
hazardous conditions as to set it apart
from and above other units participating
in the same campaign. The degree of
heroism required is the same as that
which would warrant award of a
Distinguished Service Cross to an
individual. Extended periods of combat
duty or participation in a large number
of operational missions, either ground
or air is not sufficient. This award will
normally be earned by units that have
participated in single or successive
actions covering relatively brief time
spans. It is not reasonable to presume
that entire units can sustain
Distinguished Service Cross
performance for extended periods
except under the most unusual
circumstances. Recommendations for
units larger than brigade will not be
submitted.
(b) Awarding authorities. Approval
authority for award of the PUC is the
President of the United States who
delegated authority to the Service
Secretaries.
(c) Award elements. The award
elements for the PUC (Army) are as
follows:
(1) PUC Streamer (Army);
(2) PUC Emblem (Army);
(3) PUC Certificate and Citation;
(4) DAGO.
(d) Description. The PUC Emblem is
1 7⁄16 inches wide and 9⁄16 inch in
height. The emblem consists of a 1⁄16
inch wide gold frame with laurel leaves,
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
which encloses an ultramarine blue
67118 ribbon.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.58
Valorous Unit Award.
(a) Criteria. The Valorous Unit Award
(VUA) may be awarded to units of the
Armed Forces of the United States for
extraordinary heroism in action against
an armed enemy of the United States
while engaged in military operations
involving conflict with an opposing
foreign force or while serving with
friendly foreign forces engaged in an
armed conflict against an opposing
armed force in which the United States
is not a belligerent party for actions
occurring on or after August 3, 1963.
(b) Requirements. The VUA requires a
lesser degree of gallantry,
determination, and esprit de corps than
that required for the Presidential Unit
Citation. Nevertheless, the unit must
have performed with marked distinction
under difficult and hazardous
conditions in accomplishing its mission
so as to set it apart from and above other
units participating in the same conflict.
The degree of heroism required is the
same as that which would warrant
award of the Silver Star to an
individual. Extended periods of combat
duty or participation in a large number
of operational missions, either ground
or air is not sufficient.
(c) Unit eligibility. This award will
normally be earned by units that have
participated in single or successive
actions covering relatively brief time
spans. It is not reasonable to presume
that entire units can sustain Silver Star
performance for extended periods
except under the most unusual
circumstances. Recommendations for
units larger than brigade will not be
submitted.
(d) Awarding authorities. The Deputy
Chief of Staff (DCS), G–1 is approval
authority for the VUA.
Recommendations for award of the VUA
will be forwarded to Commander, USA
HRC, ATTN: AHRC–PDO–PA,
Alexandria, VA 22332–0471, for
processing to the DCS, G–1 for final
action.
(e) Award elements. The award
elements for the VUA are as follows:
(1) VUA Streamer;
(2) VUA Emblem;
(3) VUA Certificate and Citation;
(4) DAGO.
(f) Description. The VUA emblem is
17⁄16 inches wide and 9⁄16 inch in height.
The emblem consists of a 1⁄16 inch wide
gold frame with laurel leaves which
encloses a ribbon of the pattern of the
Silver Star Medal ribbon centered on a
red ribbon. The stripe dimensions of the
ribbon are: 3⁄8 inch old glory red 67156;
1⁄16 inch ultramarine blue 67118; 1⁄164
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
17309
inch white 67101; 3⁄32 inch ultramarine
blue 67118; 3⁄32 inch white 67101;
center 3⁄32 inch old glory red 67156; 3⁄32
inch white 67101; 3⁄32 inch ultramarine
blue 67118; 1⁄64 inch white 67101; 1⁄16
inch ultramarine blue; and 3⁄8 inch old
glory red 67156. The streamers are the
same pattern as the silver star medal
ribbon.
(d) Description. The MUC emblem is
17⁄16 inches wide and 9⁄16 inch in height.
The emblem consists of a 1⁄16 inch ide
gold frame with laurel leaves which
encloses a scarlet 67111 ribbon. The
previously authorized emblem was a
gold color embroidered laurel wreath,
15⁄8 inches in diameter on a 2 inch
square of olive drab cloth.
§ 578.59
§ 578.60
Meritorious Unit Commendation.
(a) Criteria. (1) The Meritorious Unit
Commendation (MUC) (Army)
(previously called the Meritorious
Service Unit Plaque) is awarded to units
for exceptionally meritorious conduct in
the performance of outstanding services
for at least 6 continuous months during
the period of military operations against
an armed enemy occurring on or after
January 1, 1944. Service in a combat
zone is not required, but must be
directly related to the combat effort.
Units based in the continental United
States are excluded from this award, as
are other units outside the area of
operation. The unit must display such
outstanding devotion and superior
performance of exceptionally difficult
tasks as to set it apart and above other
units with similar missions. The degree
of achievement required is the same as
that which would warrant award of the
Legion of Merit to an individual.
Recommendations for units larger than
brigade will not be submitted. For
services performed during World War II,
awards will be made only to service
units and only for services performed
between January 1, 1944 and September
15, 1946.
(2) Effective March 1, 1961, the MUC
was authorized for units and/or
detachments of the Armed Forces of the
United States for exceptionally
meritorious conduct in performance of
outstanding services for at least 6
continuous months in support of
military operations. Service(s), as used
in this paragraph, is interpreted to relate
to combat service support type activities
and not to the type of activities
performed by senior headquarters,
combat, or combat support units.
(b) Awarding authorities. Approval
authority for the MUC is the Deputy
Chief of Staff (DCS), G–1.
Recommendations for award of the
MUC will be forwarded to Commander,
USA HRC, ATTN: AHRC–PDO–PA,
Alexandria, VA 22332–0471, for
processing to the DCS, G–1 for final
action.
(c) Award elements. The award
elements for the MUC are as follows:
(1) MUC Streamer;
(2) MUC Emblem;
(3) MUC Certificate and Citation; and
(4) DAGO.
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Army Superior Unit Award.
(a) Criteria. The Army Superior Unit
Award (ASUA) was created in 1985 to
recognize outstanding meritorious
performance of a unit during peacetime
of a difficult and challenging mission
under extraordinary circumstances.
Circumstances may be deemed to be
extraordinary when they do not
represent the typical day-to-day
circumstances under which the unit
normally performs, or may reasonably
be expected to perform, its peacetime
mission. The following additional
criteria also applies:
(1) The unit must display such
outstanding devotion and superior
performance of exceptionally difficult
tasks as to set the unit apart from and
above other units with similar missions.
For the purpose of this award,
peacetime is defined as any period
during which wartime or combat awards
are not authorized in the geographical
area in which the mission was executed.
The ASUA may be awarded to units that
distinguish themselves while
conducting humanitarian missions for a
minimum of 30 days, however, the
ASUA will not be awarded if the same
act or period of service has already been
recognized by another unit award.
(2) The award applies to both TO&E
units and TDA organizations of
battalion size or equivalent. TDA
organizations may be considered for this
award, even if comprised mostly of
civilians. As an exception to policy,
organizations larger than battalion
equivalent size may also be submitted,
but the submitting headquarters must
take care to highlight the logic
associated with the request to justify an
exception to policy.
(b) Approval authority. The approval
authority for the ASUA is the Deputy
Chief of Staff (DCS), G–1.
Recommendations for award of the
ASUA will be forwarded to
Commander, USA HRC, ATTN: AHRC–
PDO–PA, Alexandria, VA 22332–0471,
for processing to the DCS, G–1 for final
action.
(c) Award elements. The award
elements for the ASUA are as follows:
ASUA Streamer; ASUA Emblem; ASUA
Certificate and Citation; DAGO; Army
Superior Unit Award Lapel Pin. The
lapel pin is authorized for issue and
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
17310
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
wear by Department of the Army
civilians in the employ of the decorated
unit. Those individuals employed with
the unit during the cited period may
wear the lapel pin permanently. Those
currently employed with a decorated
unit, but who were not employed during
the cited period may wear the lapel pin
on a temporary basis as long as they
remain employed by the unit. The lapel
pin is also authorized for optional
purchase and wear on civilian clothing
by qualified military personnel.
Permanent and temporary wear is
governed by the provisions of AR 670–
1.
(d) Description. The ASUA emblem is
17⁄16 inches wide and 9⁄16 inch in height.
The emblem consists of a 1⁄16 inch wide
gold frame with laurel leaves which
encloses a ribbon of the following
pattern: 17⁄32 inch scarlet 67111; 1⁄32
inch yellow 67103; 1⁄4 inch green 67129;
1⁄32 inch yellow 67103; and 17⁄32 inch
scarlet 67111. The streamers are the
same pattern as the emblem ribbon.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.61 Appurtenances to military
decorations.
Appurtenances are devices affixed to
service or suspension ribbons or worn
instead of medals or ribbons. They are
worn to denote additional awards,
participation in a specific event, or
other distinguished characteristics of
the award. The following is a list of
authorized appurtenances:
(a) Oak Leaf Clusters. A bronze or
silver twig of four oak leaves with three
acorns on the stem, 13⁄32-inch long for
the suspension ribbon, and 5⁄16-inch
long for the service ribbon bar and the
unit award emblem is issued to denote
award of second and succeeding awards
of decorations (other than the Air
Medal), the Army Reserve Components
Achievement Medal, and unit awards. A
silver Oak Leaf Cluster is worn instead
of five bronze Oak Leaf Clusters. If the
number of authorized Oak Leaf Clusters
exceeds four and will not fit on a single
ribbon, a second ribbon is authorized for
wear. When wearing the second ribbon,
place it after the first ribbon; the second
ribbon counts as one award. Wear no
more than four Oak Leaf Clusters on
each ribbon. If the receipt of future
awards reduces the number of Oak Leaf
Clusters sufficiently (that is, a silver oak
leaf cluster for five awards), remove the
second ribbon and place the appropriate
number of devices on a single ribbon.
Oak Leaf Clusters are not issued for the
Legion of Merit awarded in degrees to
foreign nationals. Five-sixteenths inch
Oak Leaf Clusters joined together in
series of 2, 3, and 4 clusters are
authorized for optional purchase and
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
wear on service ribbons, and unit award
emblems.
(b) Numerals. Arabic numerals 3⁄16
inch in height are issued instead of a
medal or ribbon for second and
succeeding awards of the Air Medal,
Multinational Force and Observers
Medal, Overseas Service Ribbon and the
Army Reserve Components Overseas
Training Ribbon. The ribbon denotes the
first award and numerals starting with
the numeral 2 denote the number of
additional awards. The numeral worn
on the NCO Professional Development
Ribbon will denote the highest
completed level of NCO development.
The numerals are to be centered on the
suspension ribbon of the medal or the
ribbon bar.
(c) ‘‘V’’ device. The ‘‘V’’ (Valor) device
is a bronze block letter, V, 1⁄4-inch high
with serifs at the top of the members. It
is worn to denote participation in acts
of heroism involving conflict with an
armed enemy. It was originally worn
only on the suspension and service
ribbons of the Bronze Star Medal to
denote an award made for heroism
(valor). Effective February 29, 1964, the
‘‘V’’ device was also authorized for wear
on the Air Medal and Army
Commendation Medal for heroic acts or
valorous deeds not warranting awards of
the Distinguished Flying Cross or the
Bronze Star Medal with ‘‘V’’ device.
Effective June 25, 1963, the ‘‘V’’ device
was authorized additionally for wear on
the Joint Service Commendation Medal
when the award is for acts of valor
(heroism) during participation in
combat operations. In the case of
multiple ‘‘V’’ devices for the same
award, only one ‘‘V’’ device is worn on
the service ribbons.
(d) ‘‘M’’ device. The ‘‘M’’
(Mobilization) Device is a bronze letter,
M, 1⁄4-inch high with serifs at the bottom
of the members. It is authorized for wear
on the Armed Forces Reserve Medal by
members of the Reserve Components
who are called or who volunteer and
serve on active duty in support of
specific U.S. Military operations or
contingencies designated by the
Secretary of Defense, as defined in 10
U.S.C. 101(a) (13). AGR members who
receive orders changing their current
duty status (legal authority under which
they perform duty), their duty location,
or assignment to support a contingency
operation are also eligible for award of
the ‘‘M’’ Device.
(e) Clasps. They are authorized for
wear on the Army Good Conduct Medal,
World War I Victory Medal, American
Defense Service Medal, Army of
Occupation Medal, and Antarctica
Service Medal. All clasps, except the
Army Good Conduct Medal clasp, are
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
worn only on the suspension ribbon of
the medal. The clasps are described as
follows:
(1) The Army Good Conduct Medal
clasp is a bar 1⁄8-inch by 13⁄8 inches, of
bronze, silver or gold, with loops
indicative of each period of service.
Paragraph 4–9 describes the clasps
authorized for second and subsequent
awards of the Army Good Conduct
Medal.
(2) The World War I Victory Medal
battle clasps is a bronze bar 1⁄8-inch by
11⁄2 inches with the name of the
campaign or the words ‘‘Defensive
Sector,’’ and with a star at each end of
the inscription. The campaigns are as
follows:
(i) Cambrai;
(ii) Somme, Defensive;
(iii) Lys;
(iv) Aisne;
(v) Montdidier-Noyon;
(vi) Champagne-Marne;
(vii) Aisne-Marne;
(viii) Somme, Offensive;
(ix) Oise-Aisne;
(x) Ypres-Lys;
(xi) St. Mihiel;
(xii) Meuse-Argonne;
(xiii) Vittorio-Veneto;
(xiv) Defensive Sector.
(3) The World War I Victory Medal
service clasp is a bronze bar 1⁄8-inch by
11⁄2 inches with the name of the country
which the service was performed
inscribed thereon. The service clasps
authorized are as follows:
(i) England;
(ii) France;
(iii) Italy;
(iv) Russia;
(v) Siberia.
(4) The American Defense Service
Medal clasp is a bronze bar 1⁄8-inch by
11⁄2 inches with the words ‘‘Foreign
Service’’ and with a star at each end of
the inscription.
(5) The Army of Occupation Medal
clasp is a bronze bar 1⁄8-inch by 11⁄2
inches with the word ‘‘Germany’’ or
‘‘Japan’’ inscribed thereon, to denote
occupation duty rendered in Europe
and/or the Far East.
(6) The Antarctica Service Medal is a
clasp bearing the words ‘‘Wintered
Over’’ for wear on the suspension
ribbon of the medal awarded in bronze
for the first winter, in gold for the
second winter, and in silver for the third
winter.
(f) Service stars. Are worn on
campaign and service ribbons to denote
an additional award. The service star is
a bronze or silver five-pointed star 3⁄16inch in diameter. A silver star is worn
instead of five bronze service stars. The
bronze service star is also affixed to the
parachutist badge to denote
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
participation in a combat parachutist
jump, retroactive to December 7, 1941.
See § 578.74 on Parachutist badges for
criteria for award of the combat
parachutist badge. See AR 670–1 for
proper wear of the service stars. Service
stars are authorized for wear on the
following campaign and service medals
and or ribbons:
(1) World War I Victory Medal;
(2) American Defense Service Medal;
(3) American Campaign Medal;
(4) Asiatic-Pacific Campaign Medal;
(5) European-African-Middle Eastern
Campaign Medal;
(6) Korean Service Medal;
(7) Armed Forces Expeditionary
Medal;
(8) Vietnam Service Medal;
(9) National Defense Service Medal;
(10) Humanitarian Service Medal;
(11) Prisoner of War Medal;
(12) Southwest Asia Service Medal;
(13) Military Outstanding Volunteer
Service Medal.
(g) Arrowhead. The arrowhead is a
bronze replica of an Indian arrowhead
1⁄4-inch high. It denotes participation in
a combat parachute jump, helicopter
assault landing, combat glider landing,
or amphibious assault landing, while
assigned or attached as a member of an
organized force carrying out an assigned
tactical mission. A soldier must actually
exit the aircraft or watercraft, as
appropriate, to receive assault credit.
Individual assault credit is tied directly
to the combat assault credit decision for
the unit to which the soldier is attached
or assigned at the time of the assault.
Should a unit be denied assault credit,
no assault credit will accrue to the
individual soldiers of that unit. It is
worn on the service and suspension
ribbons of the Asiatic-Pacific Campaign,
European-African-Middle Eastern
Campaign, Korean Service Medal,
Vietnam Service Medal, Armed Forces
Expeditionary Medal, and Global War
on Terrorism Expeditionary. Only one
arrowhead will be worn on any ribbon.
(h) Ten-Year Device. The Ten-year
device is authorized for wear on the
Armed Forces Reserve Medal to denote
each succeeding 10-year period as
follows: (1) A bronze hourglass shall be
awarded upon completion of the first
10-year period award.
(2) A silver hourglass shall be
awarded upon completion of the second
10-year period award.
(3) A gold hourglass shall be awarded
upon completion of the third 10-year
period award.
(4) A gold hourglass, followed by a
bronze hourglass shall be awarded upon
completion of the fourth 10-year period
award.
(i) Berlin Airlift Device. A gold
colored metal miniature of a C–54 type
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
aircraft of 3⁄8-inch wingspan, other
dimensions proportionate. It is worn on
the service and suspension ribbons of
the Army of Occupation Medal. (See
§ 578.46 Army of Occupation Medal)
(j) Army Astronaut Device. A gold
colored device, 7⁄16-inches in length,
consisting of a star emitting three
contrails encircled by an elliptical orbit.
It is awarded by the Chief of Staff,
Army, to personnel who complete a
minimum of one operational mission in
space (50 miles above earth) and is
affixed to the appropriate Army Aviator
Badge, Flight Surgeon Badge, or
Aviation Badge awarded to the
astronaut. Individuals who have not
been awarded one of the badges listed
above but who meet the other astronaut
criteria will be awarded the basic
Aviation Badge with Army Astronaut
Device.
§ 578.62
Service ribbons.
A ribbon identical in color with the
suspension ribbon of the service medal
it represents, attached to a bar 13⁄8
inches in width and 3⁄8 inch in length,
equipped with a suitable attaching
device. A service ribbon is issued with
each service medal.
§ 578.63
Lapel buttons.
(a) Lapel buttons are miniature
replicas of military decorations; service
medals and ribbons; and identification
badges. Lapel buttons are worn only on
civilian clothing. The buttons will be
worn on the left lapel of civilian
clothing for male personnel and in a
similar location for female personnel.
(b) Lapel buttons for military
decorations. Lapel buttons for military
decorations are issued in the following
two forms:
(1) A rosette, 1⁄2-inch in diameter, for
the Medal of Honor.
(2) A colored enamel replica (1⁄8-inch
by 21⁄32-inch) for the service ribbon for
other decorations.
(c) Lapel buttons for badges. The only
badges that have an approved lapel
button are certain identification badges
as follows:
(1) Presidential Service Badge;
(2) Vice Presidential Service Badge;
(3) Office of the Secretary of Defense
Identification Badge;
(4) Joint Chiefs of Staff Identification
Badge; and
(5) Army Staff Identification Badge.
(d) World War I Victory Button. A
five-pointed star 5⁄8-inch in diameter on
a wreath with the letters ‘‘US’’ in the
center. For persons wounded in action,
the lapel button is silver; for all others,
the lapel button is bronze. Eligibility
requirements are the same for the World
War I Victory Medal.
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17311
(e) Honorable Service Lapel Button
(World War II Victory Medal). A button
of gold-color metal consists of an eagle
perched within a ring composed of a
chief and 13 vertical stripes. The button
is 7⁄16-inch high and 5⁄8-inch wide.
Eligibility requirements are honorable
Federal military service between
September 8, 1939 and December 31,
1946.
(f) Lapel button for service prior to
September 8, 1939. (Not issued or sold
by the Department of the Army.) A
button 7⁄16-inch high and 5⁄8-inch wide,
of gold-color metal consists of an eagle
perched within a ring which displays
seven white and six red vertical stripes
and a blue chief bearing the words
‘‘National Defense.’’ It may be worn
only by a person who served honorably
before September 8, 1939 as an enlisted
man, warrant officer, nurse, contract
surgeon, veterinarian, or commissioned
officer, in the Regular Army or a
Citizen’s Military Training Camp for 2
months, or in the National Guard,
Enlisted Reserve Corps, or Senior ROTC
for 1 year, or in junior ROTC for 2 years.
(g) Army Lapel Button. The Army
Lapel Button is a gratuitous issue item
made up of a minute man in gold color
on a red enamel disk surrounded by 16pointed gold rays with an outside
diameter of 9⁄16-inch. Eligibility
requirements are as follows:
(1) Soldiers transitioning with an
honorable characterization of service
(those being transferred to another
component for completion of a military
service obligation, and those receiving
an Honorable Discharge Certificate).
(2) Non-adverse separation provision.
(3) Minimum 9 months continuous
service—a break is 24 hours or more.
(4) Active Federal service on or after
April 1, 1984; or, service in a Ready
Reserve unit organized to serve as a unit
(National Guard unit or Army Reserve
troop program unit) on or after July 1,
1986.
(5) Retroactive issuance is not
authorized.
(6) No soldier separating from the
Service is to be awarded more than one
Army Lapel Button.
(h) U.S. Army Retired Lapel Button.
Retired Army personnel who are in
possession of DD Form 2 (U.S.
Uniformed Services Identification Card)
(Retired)) are eligible to wear the Army
Retired Lapel Button. Commanders will
present the U.S. Army Retired Lapel
Button to Army personnel at an
appropriate ceremony before they retire.
(i) Active Reserve Lapel Button. The
Active Reserve Lapel Button is
authorized for active membership in the
Ready Reserve of the Army. It is made
up of a minute man in gold color on a
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
17312
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
bronze color base and is 11⁄16-inch in
length. The button is an optional
purchase item, not issued or sold by the
Department of the Army. It is not worn
on the uniform.
(j) Lapel Button for Korean
Augmentation to the U.S. Army
(KATUSA). The KATUSA Lapel Button
(KLB) was approved by the Secretary of
the Army on March 22, 1988 as a
gratuitous issue item. The KLB is a
round disk with an outside diameter of
9⁄16-inch that is comprised of a Korean
Taeguk that consists of the
characteristics from both the U.S. and
Republic of Korea National Flags resting
on a white background. The words
‘‘Honorable Service * KATUSA’’ are
situated on the border of the outer edge
of the KLB.
(1) The following requirements must
be met to be eligible for award of the
KLB:
(i) Individual must have been a
Republic of Korea Army soldier who has
been assigned as a KATUSA soldier to
a U.S. Army unit or activity for a
minimum of 9 months of continuous
honorable active service on or after
March 22, 1988.
(ii) Must be separating from active
duty with the Republic of Korea Army.
(iii) Disqualifying characterization of
service for the award of the KLB is
identical with that used for the Army
Lapel Button.
(2) Issuance requirements are as
follows:
(i) The KLB will be awarded to all
eligible KATUSA soldiers.
(ii) The U.S. Army unit commander
will coordinate with the appropriate
Republic of Korea staff officer/NCO to
obtain Republic of Korea Army
concurrence prior to presentation of the
KLB.
(iii) Presentation will normally be
made by the U.S. Army unit commander
to which last assigned prior to
separation from active service or by his
designated U.S. Army commissioned
officer representative during a troop
formation or other appropriate
ceremony.
(3) Orders will not be published to
confirm award of the KLB.
(k) Gold Star Lapel Button. The Gold
Star Lapel Button was established by
Act of Congress (Pub. L. 80–306) August
1, 1947, codified at 10 U.S.C. 1126 in
order to provide an appropriate
identification for widows, widowers,
parents, and next of kin of members of
the Armed Forces of the United States
who lost their lives during World War
I, April 6, 1917 to March 3, 1921; World
War II, September 8, 1939 to July 25,
1947; any subsequent period of armed
hostilities in which the United States
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
was engaged before July 1, 1958 (United
Nations action in Korea, June 27, 1950
to July 27, 1954); or who lost their lives
after June 30, 1958, while engaged in an
action against an enemy of the United
States; or while engaged in military
operations involving conflict with an
opposing foreign force; or while serving
with friendly foreign forces engaged in
an armed conflict in which the United
States is not a belligerent party against
an opposing Armed Force; or who lost
or lose their lives after March 28, 1973,
as a result of an international terrorist
attack against the United States or a
foreign nation friendly to the United
States, recognized as such an attack by
the Secretary of Defense; or while
serving in a military operation while
serving outside the United States
(including the commonwealths,
territories, and possessions of the
United States) as part of a peacekeeping
force.
(1) The Gold Star Lapel Button
consists of a gold star on a purple
circular background, bordered in gold
and surrounded by gold laurel leaves.
On the reverse is the inscription
‘‘United States of America, Act of
Congress, August 1966’’ with space for
engraving the initials of the recipient.
Gold Star Lapel Buttons inscribed
August 1947 may be issued until
present inventories are exhausted.
(2) One Gold Star Lapel Button will be
furnished without cost to the widow or
widower, to each of the parents, each
child, stepchild, child through
adoption, brother, half brother, sister,
and half sister of a member of the
Armed Forces who lost his or her life
while in the active military service
during the periods indicated above. The
term ‘‘widow or widower’’ includes
those who have since remarried, and the
term ‘‘parents’’ includes mother, father,
stepmother, stepfather, mother through
adoption, father through adoption, and
foster parents who stood in loco
parentis. Request for replacement of the
Gold Star Lapel Button (lost, destroyed
or unserviceable) will be submitted on
DD Form 3 (Application for Gold Star
Lapel Button) to NPRC (see § 578.16
(a)(3)).
(3) Each casualty area commander and
major overseas commander will stock
Gold Star Lapel Buttons and ensure that
survivor assistance officers are provided
them for issue to eligible next of kin.
Normally, delivery should not be made
prior to the first visit to the next of kin
following interment.
(l) Lapel Button for Next of Kin of
Deceased Personnel. The Lapel Button,
Next of Kin of Deceased Personnel is
provided to widows(ers), parents, and
primary next of kin of armed services
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
members who lose their lives while
serving on active duty or while assigned
in an Army Reserve or Army National
Guard unit in a drill status.
(1) The button consists of a gold star
within a circle (commemorating
honorable service) surrounded by sprigs
of oak (referring to the Army, Navy, Air
Force, and Marine Corps).
(2) One lapel button will be furnished
without cost to the widow or widower,
to each of the parents, each child,
stepchild, child through adoption,
brother, half brother, sister, and half
sister of a member of the Armed Forces
who lost his or her life while on active
duty. The term widow or widower
includes those who have since
remarried, and the term parents
includes mother, father, stepmother,
stepfather, mother through adoption,
father through adoption, and foster
parents who stood in place of a parent.
(3) Casualty area commands will stock
the button and ensure that survivor
assistance officers issue them to eligible
next of kin.
(4) The Lapel Button, Next of Kin of
Deceased Personnel is authorized for
issue retroactive to March 29, 1973. The
next of kin of soldiers who died since
that date may request issue of the button
by writing to the NPRC (see
§ 578.16(a)(3)). Furnish the name, grade,
SSN, and date of death of the deceased
soldier. The names and relationships of
the next of kin must also be provided.
(m) Army Superior Unit Award Lapel
Pin. The Army Superior Unit Award
Lapel Pin is authorized for issue and
wear by DA civilians in the employ of
a unit awarded the Army Superior Unit
Award. The lapel pin is also authorized
for optional purchase and wear on
civilian clothing by qualified military
personnel.
§ 578.64
Miniature decorations.
(a) Decorations. Miniature replicas of
all medals except the Medal of Honor
and the Legion of Merit in the Degrees
of Chief Commander and Commander
are authorized for wear on certain
uniforms instead of the issued medals.
Miniatures of decorations are issued
only to foreign nationals and with the
award of the Distinguished Service
Medal to U.S. personnel.
(b) Miniature badges. Replicas of
combat and special skill badges in
miniature size are authorized for wear
on certain uniforms instead of the fullsize badges.
§ 578.65 Supply, service, and requisition
of medals and badges.
(a) Medals and appurtenances listed
are issued by DA:
(1) Decorations;
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
(2) Service medals;
(3) Service ribbons;
(4) Palms;
(5) Rosettes;
(6) Clasps;
(7) Arrowheads;
(8) Service stars;
(9) French Fourragere;
(10) Netherlands Orange Lanyard;
(11) Army Good Conduct Medals;
(12) Oak Leaf Cluster;
(13) Numerals;
(14) Letter ‘‘V’’ devices;
(15) Certificate for decorations;
(16) Lapel buttons for decorations;
(17) Miscellaneous lapel buttons
listed in Lapel buttons for badges and
Lapel buttons for service;
(18) Ten-year devices;
(19) Berlin Airlift devices;
(20) Containers for decorations;
(21) Miniature decorations to foreign
military personnel;
(22) Letter ‘‘V’’ Device;
(23) Letter ‘‘M’’ Device;
(b) Badges and appurtenances listed
below are issued by Department of the
Army:
(1) Combat and special skill badges;
(2) Basic Marksmanship Designation
Badges;
(3) Distinguished marksmanship
designation badges;
(4) Excellence in competition badges;
(5) Basic marksmanship qualification
badges and bars;
(6) Army Staff Identification Badge;
(7) The Guard, Tomb of the Unknown
Soldier Identification Badge (an item of
organizational equipment);
(8) Army ROTC Nurse Cadet Program
Identification Badge;
(9) Drill Sergeant Identification Badge;
(10) U.S. Army Recruiter
Identification Badge;
(11) Career Counselor Badge;
(12) Army National Guard Recruiting
and Retention Identification Badge;
(13) U.S. Army Reserve Recruiter
Identification Badge.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.66
Original issue or replacement.
(a) General. All U.S. Army medals are
presented without cost to an awardee.
Replacement of medals or service
ribbons for individuals not on active
duty may be made at cost price.
Requests will be honored from the
original recipient of the award, or if
deceased, from his or her primary next
of kin in the following order: surviving
spouse, eldest surviving child, father or
mother, eldest surviving brother or
sister, or eldest surviving grandchild.
(b) Issue or replacement of service
medals and service ribbons antedating
the World War I Victory Medal is no
longer accomplished. These awards are
not available from the supply system,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
but may be purchased from private
dealers in military insignia.
(c) No money should be mailed until
instructions are received by NPRC.
Requests for medals should be directed
to the following addresses as shown
below.
(1)(i) Request for: Personnel in active
Federal military service or in the Army
National Guard or U.S. Army Reserve.
(ii) Submit to: Unit Commander.
(2)(i) Request for: Medals on behalf of
individuals having no current U.S.
Army status or deceased prior to
October 1, 2002.
(ii) Submit to: National Personnel
Records Center, 9700 Page Avenue, St.
Louis, MO 63132–5100.
(3)(i) Request for: Medals for
individuals who retired, were
discharged or died (except general
officers) after October 1, 2002.
(ii) Submit to: Commander, U.S. Army
Human Resources Command, ATTN:
AHRC–CC–B, 1 Reserve Way, St. Louis,
MO 63132–5200.
(4)(i) Request for: Personnel receiving
retired pay, except general officers.
(ii) Submit to: National Personnel
Records Center, 9700 Page Avenue, St.
Louis, MO 63132–5100.
(5)(i) Request for: Retired general
officers.
(ii) Submit to: Commander, USA HRC,
ATTN: AHRC–PDO–PA, 200 Stovall
Street, Alexandria, VA 22332–0471.
(d) Issue of medals, other than Army.
Medals and appurtenances awarded
while in active Federal service in one of
the other U.S. military Services will be
issued on individual request to
appropriate Service as shown below.
(1)(i) Request for: Navy awards.
(ii) Submit to: Office of the Chief of
Naval Operations, Awards, Code:
09B33, 2000 Navy Pentagon,
Washington, DC 20350–2000.
(2)(i) Request for: Air Force awards.
(ii) Submit to: Commander, U.S. Air
Force Personnel Center/DPPPRA, 550 C
Street West, Suite 12, Randolph Air
Force Base, TX 78150–6001.
(3)(i) Request for: Marine Corps
awards.
(ii) Submit to: Commandant, U.S.
Marine Corps, Manpower and Reserve
Affairs, Code: MMMA, 3280 Russell
Road, Quantico, VA 22134–5103.
(4)(i) Request for: Coast Guard awards.
(ii) Submit to: Commandant, United
States Coast Guard, 2100 Second Street,
SW., ATTN: G–PS–5/TP41, Washington,
DC 20593–0001.
§ 578.67 Manufacture, sale, and illegal
possession.
Sections 507.1 to 507.8 of this chapter
prescribe:
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17313
(a) Restrictions on manufacture and
sale of service medals and appurtenance
by civilians.
(b) Penalties for illegal possession and
wearing of service medals and
appurtenances.
§ 578.68
Badges and tabs; general.
(a) Purpose. The purpose of awarding
badges is to provide for public
recognition by tangible evidence of the
attainment of a high degree of skill,
proficiency, and excellence in tests and
competition, as well as in the
performance of duties. Awards of
badges promote esprit de corps, and
provide an incentive to greater effort,
thus becoming instrumental in building
and maintaining morale. Types of
badges authorized to be awarded as
hereinafter prescribed, are combat and
special skill badges, marksmanship
qualification badges, identification
badges and tabs.
(b) Recommendations and approval
authority. (1) Recommendations for
awards of badges will be submitted by
memorandum or DA Form 4187 through
command channels to the commander
authorized to make the award.
(2) Badges may be approved and
awarded in the field only by the
commanders authorized to award the
respective badge.
(3) Award of badges to Active Army
personnel which cannot be resolved by
local commanders will be forwarded
through command channels to HQ, USA
HRC, (see address § 578.3(c)).
(c) Posthumous awards. When an
individual who has qualified for a badge
dies before the award is made, the badge
may be presented to the next of kin.
(d) Retroactive awards. Retroactive
awards of the Combat Infantryman
Badge and the Combat Medical Badge
may be made to fully qualified
individuals. Such awards will not be
made except where evidence of injustice
is presented. Active duty soldiers will
forward their applications through
command channels to HQ, AHRC, (see
address § 578.3(c)). Reserve Component
soldiers should address their
application to Commander, USA HRC–
St. Louis, One Reserve Way, St. Louis,
MO 63132–5200. Retirees and veterans
should address their application to the
NPRC (see § 578.16(a)(3) for address).
(e) Announcement of awards.
Permanent awards of badges, except
basic marksmanship qualification
badges, identification badges, and the
Physical Fitness Badge, will be
announced in Permanent Orders by
commanders authorized to make the
award or Permanent Orders of HQDA.
(f) Presentation of awards. Whenever
practical, badges will be presented to
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
17314
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
military personnel in a formal
ceremony. Presentations should be
made as promptly as practical following
announcement of awards, and when
possible, in the presence of the troops
with whom the recipients were serving
at the time of the qualification.
(g) Supply of badges. (1) Badges listed
below are issued by the DA.
(i) Combat and special skill badges;
(ii) Basic Marksmanship Designation
Badges;
(iii) Distinguished marksmanship
designation badges;
(iv) Excellence in competition badges;
(v) Basic marksmanship qualification
badges and bars;
(vi) Army Staff Identification Badge;
(vii) The Guard, Tomb of the
Unknown Soldier Identification Badge
(an item of organizational equipment);
(viii) Army ROTC Nurse Cadet
Program Identification Badge;
(ix) Drill Sergeant Identification
Badge;
(x) U.S. Army Recruiter Identification
Badge;
(xi) Career Counselor Badge;
(xii) Army National Guard Recruiting
and Retention Identification Badge;
(xiii) U.S. Army Reserve Recruiter
Identification Badge.
(2) Items not issued or sold by the DA:
(i) Identification badges, except as
provided in paragraph (g)(1) of this
section;
(ii) Lapel buttons for badges;
(iii) Certificates for badges;
(iv) Foreign badges;
(v) Miniature Combat Infantryman,
Expert Infantryman, Combat Medical,
Expert Field Medical, and Aviation
badges;
(vi) Dress miniature badges.
(Miniatures may be purchased from
dealers in military insignia.)
(h) Requisition. Combat and special
skill badges, basic marksmanship
qualification badges, and authorized
bars, may be requisitioned by
commanders through normal channels.
Requisitions will contain a statement
that issue is to be made to authorized
personnel. Commanders authorized to
make the award may requisition bulk
delivery of badges to meet needs for 60
days. Care should be taken that
excessive stocks are not requisitioned.
Initial issue or replacement for a badge
lost, destroyed, or rendered unfit for use
without fault or neglect on the part of
the person to whom it was awarded,
will be made upon application, without
charge to military personnel on active
duty and at stock fund standard price to
all others.
(i) Character of service. A badge will
not be awarded to any person who,
subsequent to qualification therefore,
has been dismissed, dishonorably
discharged, or convicted of desertion by
court-martial.
(j) Special guidance. (1) Effective
September 30, 1986, local established
special skill badges are no longer
authorized for wear. Authority for major
commanders to approve local badges is
rescinded.
(2) The wear of badges issued by other
Services is governed by AR 670–1.
Those cases that cannot be resolved
should be forwarded to Office of the
Deputy Chief of Staff, G–1, ATTN:
DAPE–HR–S, 300 Army Pentagon,
Washington, DC 20310–0300.
(3) Authority must be obtained from
HQ, USA HRC (AHRC–PDO–PA) before
wearing on the Army uniform badges
awarded by other U.S. Services and the
Director of Civilian Marksmanship.
(k) To whom awarded. (1) The Combat
Infantryman Badge may be awarded
only to members of the U.S. Army.
(2) The Combat Medical Badge may be
awarded only to members of the U.S.
Army, Navy, or Air Force.
(3) Awards of U.S. Army badges to
foreign military personnel will be made
only with the prior consent of his or her
Government and upon completion of
the full requirements established for
each badge. Foreign military personnel
may also qualify for Army badges while
attending U.S. Army service schools or
while participating in combined or joint
operations.
(4) All other special skill badges may
be earned by U.S. military personnel
who qualify while performing honorable
active duty or Reserve service in an
active status or while formally assigned
or attached to the U.S. Army.
(5) In certain cases, civilian personnel
may be awarded special skill badges
provided specific criteria are met.
Requests or recommendations for award
of special skill badges to civilians
should be directed to designated
approval authorities or Commander,
USA HRC (see § 578.3 (c) for address).
(6) Table 9 below lists the U.S. Army
combat and special skill badges
authorized and who is authorized to be
awarded each badge.
TABLE 9.—U.S. ARMY BADGES AND TABS
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
Order of precedence may be
awarded to:
Members of other services
Department of the army civilians
Combat Infantryman Badge ...........
Combat Medical Badge .................
Combat Action Badge ....................
Expert Infantryman Badge .............
Expert Field Medical Badge ...........
Parachutist Badges ........................
Parachute Rigger Badge ...............
Military
Free-Fall
Parachutist
Badge.
Army Aviator Badge .......................
Astronaut Device ...........................
Flight Surgeon Badge ....................
Divers Badges ...............................
Special Operations Diver Badge ...
Explosive
Ordnance
Disposal
Badges.
Pathfinder Badge ...........................
Air Assault Badge ..........................
Aviation Badge ...............................
Driver & Mechanic Badge ..............
Ranger Tab ....................................
Special Forces Tab ........................
YES ...............................................
YES ...............................................
YES ...............................................
NO ................................................
YES ...............................................
YES ...............................................
YES ...............................................
NO ................................................
NO ................................................
NO ................................................
NO ................................................
NO ................................................
YES ...............................................
YES ...............................................
YES ...............................................
NO ................................................
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
YES ...............................................
YES ...............................................
YES ...............................................
YES ...............................................
NO ................................................
YES ...............................................
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
Foreign military personnel
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
17315
TABLE 9.—U.S. ARMY BADGES AND TABS—Continued
Order of precedence may be
awarded to:
Members of other services
Department of the army civilians
Sapper Tab ....................................
YES ...............................................
YES ...............................................
Foreign military personnel
YES
Notes:
1. Badges authorized to foreign military personnel will be made only after obtaining prior consent from his or her Government and after completion of the full requirements established for each badge.
2. DA civilians must complete full requirements for the respective badge before it is awarded.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.69
Combat Infantryman Badge.
(a) Specific eligibility requirements.
There are basically three requirements
for award of the Combat Infantryman
Badge (CIB):
(1) The Soldier must be an
infantryman satisfactorily performing
infantry duties.
(2) Must be assigned to an infantry
unit during such time as the unit is
engaged in active ground combat.
(3) Must actively participate in such
ground combat. (Campaign or battle
credit alone is not sufficient for award
of the CIB.)
(b) The specific eligibility criteria for
the CIB requires that:
(1) A Soldier must be an Army
infantry or special forces officer (SSI 11
or 18) in the grade of colonel or below,
or an Army enlisted Soldier or warrant
officer with an infantry or Special
Forces Military Occupational
Specialties (MOS), who, subsequent to
December 6, 1941, has satisfactorily
performed duty while assigned or
attached as a member of an infantry,
ranger or special forces unit of brigade,
regimental, or smaller size during any
period such unit was engaged in active
ground combat. Eligibility for Special
Forces personnel in MOS 18B, 18E, 18F,
and 18Z (less Special Forces medical
sergeant) accrues from December 20,
1989. Retroactive awards of the CIB to
Special Forces personnel are not
authorized prior to December 20, 1989.
(2) A recipient must be personally
present and under hostile fire while
serving in an assigned infantry or
Special Forces primary duty, in a unit
actively engaged in ground combat with
the enemy. The unit in question can be
of any size smaller than brigade. For
example, personnel possessing an
infantry MOS in a rifle squad of a
cavalry platoon in a cavalry troop would
be eligible for award of the CIB. Battle
or campaign participation credit alone is
not sufficient; the unit must have been
in active ground combat with the enemy
during the period.
(3) Personnel with other than an
infantry or Special Forces MOS are not
eligible, regardless of the circumstances.
The infantry or Special Forces SSI or
MOS does not necessarily have to be the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
Soldier’s primary specialty, as long as
the Soldier has been properly trained in
infantry or Special Forces tactics,
possesses the appropriate skill code,
and is serving in that specialty when
engaged in active ground combat as
described above. Commanders are not
authorized to make any exceptions to
this policy.
(4) Awards will not be made to
general officers or to members of
headquarters companies of units larger
in size than brigade.
(5) On or after September 18, 2001,
the following rules apply:
(i) A Soldier must be an Army
infantry or special forces (SSI 11 or 18)
in the grade of colonel or below, or an
Army enlisted Soldier or warrant officer
with an infantry or special forces MOS,
who has satisfactorily performed duty
while assigned or attached as a member
of an infantry, ranger or special forces
unit of brigade, regimental, or smaller
size during any period such unit was
engaged in active ground combat, to
close with and destroy the enemy with
direct fire.
(ii) A Soldier must be personally
present and under fire while serving in
an assigned infantry or Special Forces
primary duty, in a unit engaged in
active ground combat, to close with and
destroy the enemy with direct fire.
(iii) Soldiers possessing MOS of 18D
(Special Forces Medical Sergeant) who
satisfactorily perform special forces
duties while assigned or attached to a
special forces unit of brigade,
regimental, or smaller size during any
period such unit was engaged in active
ground combat may be awarded the CIB.
These Soldiers must have been
personally present and engaged in
active ground combat, to close with and
destroy the enemy with direct fires.
Retroactive awards under these criteria
are not authorized for service prior to
September 18, 2001.
(iv) Those Soldiers possessing MOS of
18D who qualify for award of the
Combat Medical Badge from September
18, 2001 to June 3, 2005 will remain
qualified for the badge. Upon request
any such Soldier may be awarded the
CIB instead of the Combat Medical
Badge. In such instances, the Soldier
must submit a request through the chain
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
of command to the Commander, USA
HRC (see § 578.3(c) for address), for
conversion of the Combat Medical
Badge to the CIB.
(v) Service members from other U.S.
Armed Forces and foreign military
(infantry and Special Forces
equivalents) assigned or attached as a
member of a U.S. Army infantry or
Special Forces unit of brigade,
regimental, or smaller size may be
considered for award of the CIB. The
specific eligibility requirements listed in
§ 578.69(a) must be met. Retroactive
awards under these criteria are not
authorized for service prior to
September 18, 2001.
(c) The CIB is authorized for award for
the following qualifying periods:
(1) World War II (December 7, 1941 to
September 3, 1945).
(2) The Korean War (June 27, 1950 to
July 27, 1953).
(3) Republic of Vietnam Conflict
(March 2, 1961 to March 28, 1973),
combined with qualifying service in
Laos (April 19, 1961 to October 6, 1962).
(4) Dominican Republic (April 28,
1965 to September 1, 1966).
(5) Korea on the DMZ (January 4, 1969
to March 31, 1994).
(6) El Salvador (January 1, 1981 to
February 1, 1992).
(7) Grenada (October 23 to November
21, 1983).
(8) Joint Security Area, Panmunjom,
Korea (November 23, 1984).
(9) Panama (December 20, 1989 to
January 31, 1990).
(10) Southwest Asia Conflict (January
17 to April 11, 1991).
(11) Somalia (June 5, 1992 to March
31, 1994).
(12) Afghanistan (Operation
ENDURING FREEDOM, December 5,
2001 to a date to be determined).
(13) Iraq (Operation IRAQI
FREEDOM, March 19, 2003 to a date to
be determined).
(d) The special provisions authorized
for the Vietnam Conflict, Laos, and
Korea on the DMZ are outlined in
paragraphs (d)(1) through (5) of this
section.
(1) During the Vietnam Conflict, any
officer whose branch is other than
infantry who, under appropriate orders,
has commanded a line infantry (other
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
17316
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
than a headquarters unit) unit of
brigade, regimental, or smaller size for
at least 30 consecutive days is deemed
to have been detailed in infantry and is
eligible for award of the CIB
notwithstanding absence of a written
directive detailing that Soldier in the
infantry, provided all other
requirements for the award have been
met. Orders directing the officer to
assume command will be confirmed in
writing at the earliest practicable date.
(i) In addition, any officer, warrant
officer, or enlisted Soldier whose branch
is other than infantry, who under
appropriate orders was assigned to
advise a unit listed in paragraphs (d)(2)
and (3) of this section or was assigned
as a member of a White Star Mobile
Training Team or a member of MAAGLaos as indicated in paragraphs (d)(4)(i)
and (ii) of this section will be eligible
for award of the CIB provided all other
requirements have been met.
(ii) After December 1, 1967 for service
in the Republic of Vietnam,
noncommissioned officers serving as
Command Sergeants Major of infantry
battalions and brigades for periods of at
least 30 consecutive days in a combat
zone are eligible for award of the CIB
provided all other requirements have
been met.
(2) Subsequent to March 1, 1961, a
Soldier must have been-(i) Assigned as
advisor to an infantry unit, ranger unit,
infantry-type unit of the civil guard of
regimental or smaller size, and/or
infantry-type unit of the self-defense
corps unit of regimental or smaller size
of the Vietnamese government during
any period such unit was engaged in
actual ground combat.
(ii) Assigned as advisor of an irregular
force comparable to the above infantry
units under similar conditions.
(iii) Personally present and under fire
while serving in an assigned primary
duty as a member of a tactical advisory
team while the unit participated in
ground combat.
(3) Subsequent to May 24, 1965, to
qualify for the CIB, personnel serving in
U.S. units must meet the requirements
of paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
Individuals who performed liaison
duties with the Royal Thai Army of the
Army of the Republic of Korea combat
units in Vietnam are eligible for award
of the badge provided they meet all
other requirements.
(4) In Laos from April 19, 1961 to
October 6, 1962, a Soldier must have
been—
(i) Assigned as member of a White
Star Mobile Training Team while the
team was attached to or working with a
unit of regimental (groupment mobile)
or smaller size of Forces Armee du
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
Royaume (FAR), or with irregular type
forces of regimental or smaller size.
(ii) A member of MAAG-Laos
assigned as an advisor to a region or
zone of FAR, or while serving with
irregular type forces of regimental or
smaller size.
(iii) Personally under hostile fire
while assigned as specified in
paragraphs (d)(4)(i) and (ii) of this
section.
(5) In Korea on the DMZ. The special
requirements for award of the CIB for
service in the Republic of Korea are
rescinded. Army veterans and service
members who served in Korea on or
after July 28, 1953 and meet the criteria
for award of the CIB outlined in
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section,
may submit an application (to include
supporting documentation) for award of
the CIB to the Commander, USA HRC,
(see § 578.3(c) for address). Retroactive
awards under these criteria are not
authorized for service prior to July 29,
1953.
(e) Subsequent awards. To date, a
separate award of the CIB has been
authorized for qualified soldiers in any
of the following four qualifying periods:
(1) World War II (December 7, 1941 to
September 3, 1945).
(2) The Korean Conflict (June 27, 1950
to July 27, 1953).
(3) The Vietnam Conflict. Service in
the Republic of Vietnam conflict (after
March 1, 1961) combined with
qualifying service in Laos (April 19,
1961 to October 6, 1962); the Dominican
Republic (April 28, 1965 to September
1, 1966); Korea on the DMZ (after
January 4, 1969); El Salvador (January 1,
1981 to February 1, 1992); Grenada
(October 23 to November 21, 1983);
Joint Security Area, Panmunjom, Korea
(November 23, 1984); Panama
(December 20, 1989 to January 31,
1990); Southwest Asia (January 17 to
April 11, 1991); and Somalia (June 5,
1992 to March 31, 1994) is recognized
by one award only regardless of whether
a soldier has served one or multiple
tours in any or all of these areas.
(4) Global War on Terrorism.
Operation ENDURING FREEDOM
(November 20, 2001 to date to be
determined) and Operation IRAQI
FREEDOM (March 19, 2003 to a date to
be determined).
(f) If a Soldier has been awarded the
CIB in one of the qualifying periods
outlined in paragraph (c) of this section,
that Soldier is not eligible to earn the
CMB in the same period.
(g) Who may award—(1) Current
awards. Current awards of the CIB may
be awarded by the Commanding
General, USA HRC and any commander
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
delegated authority by the Secretary of
the Army during wartime.
(2) Retroactive awards. Retroactive
awards of the Combat Infantryman
Badge and the Combat Medical Badge
may be awarded by the Commanding
General, USA HRC to active duty
Soldiers and Reserve Component
Soldiers. Applications for retroactive
award of the CIB and CMB will be
forwarded through command channels
to the Commander, USA HRC, (see
§ 578.3(c) for address). Retirees and
veterans should address their
application to the NPRC, (see
§ 578.16(a)(3) for address). Retroactive
award of the CIB and CMB are
authorized for time periods specified
above to fully qualified individuals.
Such awards will not be made except
where evidence of injustice is
presented.
(h) Description. A silver and enamel
badge 1 inch in height and 3 inches in
width, consisting of an infantry musket
on a light blue bar with a silver border,
on and over an elliptical oak wreath.
Stars are added at the top of the wreath
to indicate subsequent awards; one star
for the second award, two stars for the
third award and three stars for the
fourth award.
§ 578.70
Combat Medical Badge.
(a) Eligibility requirements. (1) The
Combat Medical Badge (CMB) may be
awarded to members of the Army
Medical Department (colonels and
below), the Naval Medical Department
(captains and below), the Air Force
Medical Service (colonels and below),
assigned or attached by appropriate
orders to an infantry unit of brigade,
regimental, or smaller size, or to a
medical unit of company or smaller
size, organic to an infantry unit of
brigade or smaller size, during any
period the infantry unit is engaged in
actual ground combat on or after
December 6, 1941. Battle participation
credit alone is not sufficient; the
infantry unit must have been in contact
with the enemy.
(2) Award of the CMB will not be
made to general or flag officers.
(b) The following individuals are also
eligible for the CMB:
(1) Effective December 19, 1989,
Special Forces personnel possessing
military occupational specialty 18D
(Special Operations Medical Sergeant)
who satisfactorily performed medical
duties while assigned or attached to a
Special Forces unit during any period
the unit is engaged in actual ground
combat, provided they are personally
present and under fire. Retroactive
awards under these criteria are not
authorized prior to December 19, 1989.
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
(2) Effective January 16, 1991,
Medical personnel outlined in
paragraph (a) of this section, assigned or
attached to armor and ground cavalry
units of brigade or smaller size, who
satisfactorily perform medical duties
while the unit is engaged in actual
ground combat, provided they are
personally present and under fire.
Retroactive awards under these criteria
are not authorized prior to January 16,
1991.
(3) Effective September 11, 2001,
Medical personnel outlined in
paragraphs (a) (1) and (b)(2) of this
section, assigned or attached to or under
operational control of any ground
Combat Arms units (not to include
members assigned or attached to
Aviation units) of brigade or smaller
size, who satisfactorily perform medical
duties while the unit is engaged in
actual ground combat, provided they are
personally present and under fire.
Retroactive awards under these criteria
are not authorized prior to September
11, 2001.
(4) Effective on or after September 18,
2001:
(i) Medical personnel assigned or
attached to or under operational control
of any ground Combat Arms units (not
to include members assigned or
attached to Aviation units) of brigade or
smaller size, who satisfactorily perform
medical duties while the unit is engaged
in active ground combat, provided they
are personally present and under fire.
Retroactive awards under these criteria
are not authorized for service prior to
September 18, 2001.
(ii) Effective June 5, 2005, Soldiers
possessing a MOS of 18D are no longer
eligible for award of the CMB (see
§ 578.69 (b)(5)(iii) of this part).
(c) The CMB is authorized for award
for the following qualifying periods:
(1) World War II (December 7, 1941 to
September 3, 1945).
(2) The Korean War (June 27, 1950 to
July 27, 1953).
(3) Republic of Vietnam Conflict
(March 2, 1961 to March 28, 1973),
combined with qualifying service in
Laos (April 19, 1961 to October 6, 1962).
(4) Dominican Republic (April 28,
1965 to September 1, 1966).
(5) Korea on the DMZ (January 4, 1969
to March 31, 1994).
(6) El Salvador (January 1, 1981 to
February 1, 1992).
(7) Grenada (October 23 to November
21, 1983).
(8) Joint Security Area, Panmunjom,
Korea (November 23, 1984).
(9) Panama (December 20, 1989 to
January 31, 1990).
(10) Southwest Asia Conflict (January
17 to April 11, 1991).
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
(11) Somalia (June 5, 1992 to March
31, 1994).
(12) Afghanistan (Operation
ENDURING FREEDOM, December 5,
2001 to a date to be determined).
(13) Iraq (Operation IRAQI
FREEDOM, March 19, 2003 to a date to
be determined).
(d) The special provisions for the
Vietnam Conflict, Laos and Korea on the
DMZ are as follows:
(1) For service in Vietnam Conflict:
(i) On or after March 1, 1961, a
Soldier must have been assigned to a
Vietnamese unit engaged in actual
ground combat or as a member of a U.S.
Army infantry unit of brigade or smaller
size, including Special Forces
Detachments, serving with a Republic of
Vietnam unit engaged in actual ground
combat. The Republic of Vietnam unit
must have been of regimental size or
smaller and either an infantry, ranger,
infantry-type unit of the civil guard,
infantry-type unit of the self-defense
corps, or the irregular forces. The
Soldier must have been personally
present and under hostile fire while
assigned as specified.
(ii) On or after May 24, 1965, Soldiers
serving in U.S. units must meet the
requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this
section. Soldiers who perform liaison
duties with the Royal Thai Army or the
Army of the Republic of Korea combat
units in Vietnam are eligible for award
of the badge provided they meet all
other requirements.
(2) For service in Laos, from April 19,
1961 to October 6, 1962, the Soldier
must have been—
(i) Assigned as member of a White
Star Mobile Training Team while the
team was attached to or working with a
unit of regimental (groupment mobile)
or smaller size of Forces Armee du
Royaume (FAR), or with irregular-type
forces of regimental or smaller size.
(ii) A member of the Military
Assistance Advisory Group (MAAG),
Laos, assigned as an advisor to a region
or zone of FAR, or while serving with
irregular-type forces of regimental or
smaller size.
(iii) Personally under hostile fire
while assigned as specified in
paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (ii) of this
section.
(3) For service in Korea on the DMZ.
The special requirements for award of
the CMB for service in the Republic of
Korea are rescinded. Army veterans and
service members who served in Korea
on or after July 28, 1953 and meet the
criteria for award of the CMB outlined
in paragraph (a) of this section, may
submit an application (to include
supporting documentation) for award of
the CMB to the Commander, USA HRC,
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17317
(see § 578.3(c) for address). Retroactive
awards under these criteria are not
authorized for service prior to July 29,
1953.
(e) Subsequent awards. Second and
subsequent awards of the CMB are as
follows:
(1) Second and third awards of the
CMB are indicated by superimposing 1
and 2 stars respectively, centered at the
top of the badge between the points of
the oak wreath. To date, a separate
award of the CMB has been authorized
for qualified soldiers who service in the
follow four qualifying periods:
(i) World War II.
(ii) The Korean War.
(iii) Vietnam Conflict. Service in the
Republic of Vietnam conflict combined
with qualifying service in Laos; the
Dominican Republic; Korea on the
DMZ; El Salvador; Grenada; Joint
Secruity Area, Panmunjom, Korea;
Panama; and Southwest Asia Conflict;
and Somalia regardless of whether a
Soldier has served one or multiple tours
in any or all of these areas. The Vietnam
Conflict Era officially terminated on
March 10, 1995.
(iv) Global War on Terrorism
(Afghanistan, Operation ENDURING
FREEDOM) and Iraq, Operation IRAQI
FREEDOM.
(2) If a Soldier has been awarded the
CIB in one of the qualifying periods that
Soldier is not eligible to earn the CMB
in the same period.
(f) Who may award. The award
approval authority for the CMB is the
same as the CIB (see § 578.69(g) of this
part.
(g) Description. An oxidized silver
badge 1 inch in height and 11⁄2 inches
in width, consisting of a stretcher
crossed by a caduceus surmounted at
top by a Greek cross, all on and over an
elliptical oak wreath. Stars are added to
indicate subsequent awards; one star at
top for the second award, one star at top
and one at bottom for the third award,
one star at top and one at each side for
the fourth award.
§ 578.71
Combat Action Badge.
(a) On May 2, 2005, the Chief of Staff,
Army, approved the creation of the
Combat Action Badge (CAB) to provide
special recognition to Soldiers who
personally engage, or are engaged by the
enemy.
(b) Basic eligibility requirements. The
requirements for award of the CAB are
Branch and MOS immaterial.
Assignment to a Combat Arms unit or a
unit organized to conduct close or
offensive combat operations, or
performing offensive combat operations
is not required to qualify for the CAB.
However, it is not intended to award all
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
17318
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
Soldiers who serve in a combat zone or
imminent danger area.
(c) Specific eligibility requirements.
(1) May be awarded to any Soldier.
(2) Soldier must be performing
assigned duties in an area where hostile
fire pay or imminent danger pay is
authorized.
(3) Soldier must be personally present
and actively engaging or being engaged
by the enemy, and performing
satisfactorily in accordance with the
prescribed rules of engagement.
(4) Soldier must be assigned or
attached to a unit that would qualify the
Soldier for the CIB or CMB. For
example, an 11B assigned to Corps staff
is eligible for award of the CAB.
However, an 11B assigned to an infantry
battalion is not eligible for award of the
CAB.
(d) In addition to Army Soldiers, the
CAB may be awarded to members of
other U.S. Armed Forces and foreign
military personnel assigned to a U.S.
Army unit, provided they meet the
criteria (for example, Korean
Augmentation to U.S. Army (KATUSA)
personnel in the 2d Infantry Division
would be eligible).
(e) Award of the CAB is authorized
from September 18, 2001, to a date to be
determined. Award for qualifying
service in any previous conflict is not
authorized.
(f) Second and subsequent awards of
the CAB are as follows:
(1) Only one CAB may be awarded
during a qualified period.
(2) Second and subsequent awards of
the CAB will be indicated by
superimposing one and two stars
respectively, centered at the top of the
badge between the points of the oak
wreath.
(g) Retroactive awards of the CAB are
not authorized prior to September 18,
2001. For service on or after September
18, 2001, applications (with supporting
documentation) for retroactive awards
of the CAB will be forwarded through
the first 2-star general in the chain of
command to the Commander, USA
HRC, (see § 578.3(c) for address).
(h) The CAB is categorized as a Group
1 Badge. See Army Regulation 670–1 for
specific wear instructions.
(i) Soldiers may be awarded the CIB,
CMB and CAB for the same qualifying
period, provided the criteria for each
badge are met. However, subsequent
awards of the same badge within the
same qualifying period are not
authorized.
(j) The CAB may be awarded by a
commander delegated authority by the
Secretary of the Army during wartime or
the Cdr, USA HRC. Effective June 3,
2005, commanders delegated authority
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
to award the CAB may further delegate
award authority to commanders in the
grade of major general or above. The
CAB will be announced in permanent
orders.
(k) Description. A silver badge 2
inches (5.08cm) in width overall
consisting of an oak wreath supporting
a rectangle bearing a bayonet
surmounting a grenade, all silver. Stars
are added at the top to indicate
subsequent awards; one star for the
second award, two stars for the third
award and three stars for the fourth
award.
§ 578.72
Expert Infantryman Badge.
(a) Basic eligibility criteria—(1)
Specialty skill identifier and Military
Occupational Specialty (MOS)
requirement. Candidates must be in an
Active Army status and must possess a
primary MOS in CMF 11 or 18B, 18C,
18E, 18F, or 18Z; be warrant officers
identified as 180A; or be infantry or
special operations branch officers
serving in infantry positions.
(2) Duty requirement. All personnel
having a Career Management Field
(CMF) 11 or Specialty Code 11 code,
regardless of their present assignment,
are eligible to participate in the Expert
Infantryman Badge (EIB) program. They
must meet the prerequisites and take the
test with an infantry unit of at least
battalion size.
(b) Test requirement. Personnel must
meet all prerequisites and proficiency
tests prescribed by U.S. Army Infantry
Center.
(c) Authority to test and award the
badge. The following commanders are
authorized to give EIB tests and award
the badge to qualified soldiers in their
commands: (1) Division commanders;
(2) Commanders of separate infantry
brigades and regiments;
(3) Commanders of divisional
brigades when authority is delegated to
them by their division commanders;
(4) Separate infantry battalion
commanders when authority is
delegated to them by the commander
exercising general court-martial
authority over the battalion;
(5) Commanders of U.S. Army
Training Centers;
(6) Commandant, U.S. Army Infantry
School;
(7) Commanders of Special Forces
Groups;
(8) Commanders of separate Special
Forces battalions when authority is
delegated to them by the commander
exercising general court-martial
authority over their units;
(9) Commanders of Reserve
Component combat and training
divisions, and brigade size units are
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
authorized to administer EIB tests and
award the badge to qualified personnel
in the command.
(d) Description. A silver and enamel
badge 7⁄16 inch in height and 3 inches
in width, consisting of an Infantry
musket on a light blue bar with a silver
border.
§ 578.73
Expert Field Medical Badge.
(a) Basic eligibility criteria. (1)
Officers must be assigned or detailed to
an Army Medical Department (AMEDD)
corps. This includes Army officers in
training at the Uniformed Services
University of Health Sciences. It also
includes Army officers enrolled in the
Health Professions Scholarship
Program.
(2) Warrant officers must have an
AMEDD primary MOS controlled by the
Surgeon General. Warrant officer pilots
are also eligible, if they have a ‘‘D’’ SQI
(Aeromedical Evacuation Pilot) and are
assigned to an air ambulance unit.
(3) Enlisted personnel must have a
primary Military Occupational Specialty
(MOS) in the Medical Career
Management Field or an MOS of 18D.
(4) Other U.S. Armed Services and
foreign military must either be medical
personnel or serving in comparable
medical positions. The approval for
wear of the badge by other U.S. Armed
Services and foreign military is
governed according to their respective
Services guidance.
(b) Duty requirement. Eligible
personnel must be on active duty or
assigned to a troop program unit in the
Reserve component unit or an AMEDD
mobilization augmentation agency.
(c) Authority to test and award. The
following commanders in the grade of
Lieutenant Colonel or above are
authorized to conduct the test and
award the badge. Commanders must
have the resources and facilities to
conduct the test as prescribed by the
U.S. Army Medical Department Center
and School.
(1) Active Army Table of Organization
and Equipment (TOE) and Table of
Distribution and Allowances (TDA)
medical units.
(2) Division support commands.
(3) Separate regiments and brigades.
(4) Commanders of U.S. Army Reserve
and National Guard units. Reserve and
National Guard units must conduct the
test during their annual active duty
training.
(d) Description. An oxidized silver
badge 15⁄16 inch in height and 17⁄16
inches in width consisting of a stretcher
crossed by a caduceus surmounted at
top by a Greek cross.
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.74
Parachutist badges.
(a) Three degrees of badges are
authorized for award: Basic Parachutist
Badge, Senior Parachutist Badge, and
Master Parachutist Badge.
(b) Eligibility criteria for each badge
as set forth in Parachutist Badge—Basic,
Senior Parachutist Badge, and Master
Parachutist Badge.
(c) Special eligibility for awards will
be determined from the DA Form 1307
(Individual Jump Record) in their
military record. Each entry on this form
will include pay period covered and
initials of the personnel officer; the
entry will be made only from a DA Form
1306 (Statement of Jump and Loading
Manifest) completed by an officer or
jumpmaster.
(d) Jumps with civilian parachute
clubs will not be counted in the number
of total jumps required for each badge.
(e) Award of the basic Parachutist
Badge or advanced parachutist badges
awarded by other U.S. Services may
only be awarded if the soldier meets the
Army criteria for the badge.
(f) Approval authority. Award
approval authorities for all three badges
are as follows:
(1) Commanding Generals of major
Army commands (MACOM) and
continental United States (CONUS);
(2) Commanders of U.S. Army Corps
with organic long-range reconnaissance
companies, commanders of airborne
corps, airborne divisions;
(3) Commander, 4th Psychological
Operations Group (Airborne);
(4) Infantry divisions containing
organic airborne elements;
(5) Commandants of the Infantry
School and the Quartermaster School;
(6) Commanders of separate airborne
regiments, separate airborne battalions,
Special Forces Group (Airborne), and
the U.S. Army John F. Kennedy Special
Warfare Center and School;
(7) The President, U.S. Army
Airborne, Communications and
Electronics Board;
(8) Commander, U.S. Army Special
Forces Command (Airborne);
(9) Commander, U.S. Army Special
Operations Support Command
(Airborne).
(g) Subsequent awards. A bronze
service star is authorized to be worn on
the Parachutist Badges to denote a
soldier’s participation in a combat
parachute jump. Orders are required to
confirm award of these badges. A
soldier’s combat parachute jump credit
is tied directly to the combat assault
credit decision for the unit to which the
soldier is attached or assigned at the
time of the assault. Should a unit be
denied air assault credit, no air assault
credit for purpose of this badge will
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
accrue to the individual soldiers of that
unit. Each soldier must physically exit
the aircraft to receive combat parachute
jump credit and the Parachutist badge
with bronze service star.
(h) Description. An oxidized silver
badge 113⁄64 inches in height and 11⁄2
inches in width, consisting of an open
parachute on and over a pair of stylized
wings displayed and curving inward. A
star and wreath are added above the
parachute canopy to indicate the degree
of qualification. A star above the canopy
indicates a Senior Parachutist; the star
surrounded by a laurel wreath indicates
a Master Parachutist. Small stars are
superimposed on the appropriate badge
to indicate combat jumps as follows:
(1) One jump: A bronze star centered
on the shroud lines 3⁄16 inch below the
canopy;
(2) Two jumps: A bronze star on the
base of each wing;
(3) Three jumps: A bronze star on the
base of each wing and one star centered
on the shroud lines 3⁄16 inch below the
canopy;
(4) Four jumps: Two bronze stars on
the base of each wing;
(5) Five jumps: A gold star centered
on the shroud lines 5⁄16 inch below the
canopy.
§ 578.75
Parachutist Badge—Basic.
General. To be eligible for award of
the basic Parachutist Badge, an
individual must have satisfactorily
completed the prescribed proficiency
tests while assigned or attached to an
airborne unit or the Airborne
Department of the Infantry School, or
have participated in at least one combat
parachute jump as follows:
(a) A member of an organized force
carrying out an assigned tactical mission
for which the unit was credited with an
airborne assault landing by the theater
commander;
(b) While engaged in military
operations involving conflict with an
opposing foreign force;
(c) While serving with friendly foreign
forces engaged in an armed conflict
against an opposing armed force in
which the United States is not a
belligerent party.
§ 578.76
Senior Parachutist Badge.
To be eligible for the Senior
Parachutist Badge, an individual must
have been rated excellent in character
and efficiency and have met the
following requirements:
(a) Participated in a minimum of 30
jumps to include the following:
(1) Fifteen jumps with combat
equipment to consist of normal TOE
equipment including individual weapon
carried in combat whether the jump was
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17319
in actual or simulated combat. In cases
of simulated combat the equipment will
include water, rations (actual or
dummy), ammunition (actual or
dummy), and other essential items
necessary to sustain an individual in
combat.
(2) Two night jumps made during the
hours of darkness (regardless of time of
day with respect to sunset) one of which
will be as jumpmaster of a stick.
(3) Two mass tactical jumps which
culminate in an airborne assault
problem with either a unit equivalent to
a battalion or larger; a separate company
battery; or an organic staff of regimental
size or larger. The soldier must fill a
position commensurate with his or her
rank or grade during the problem.
(4) For award of the Senior
Parachutist Badge, the prerequisite
requirements above must be obtained by
static line parachuting.
(b) Either graduated from the
Jumpmaster Course of the Airborne
Department of the Infantry School or the
Jumpmaster School of a separate
airborne battalion or larger airborne
unit, or infantry divisions and separate
infantry brigades containing organic
airborne elements, to include the U.S.
Army Alaska Jumpmaster Course or
served as jumpmaster on one or more
combat jumps or as a jumpmaster on 15
noncombat jumps.
(c) Have served on jump status with
an airborne unit or other organizations
authorized parachutists for a total of at
least 24 months.
§ 578.77
Master Parachutist Badge.
To be eligible for the Master
Parachutist Badge, an individual must
have been rated excellent in character
and efficiency and have met the
following requirements:
(a) Participated in a minimum of 65
jumps to include: (1) Twenty-five jumps
with combat equipment to consist of
normal TOE equipment, including
individual weapon carried by the
individual in combat whether the jump
was in actual or simulated combat. In
cases of simulated combat the
equipment will include water rations
(actual or dummy), ammunition (actual
or dummy), and other essential items
necessary to sustain an individual in
combat.
(2) Four night jumps made during the
hours of darkness (regardless of the time
of day with respect to sunset) one of
which will be as jumpmaster of a stick.
(3) Five mass tactical jumps which
culminate in an airborne assault
problem with a unit equivalent to a
battalion or larger; a separate company/
battery; or an organic staff of regimental
size or larger. The individual must fill
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
17320
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
a position commensurate with their
rank or grade during the problem.
(4) For award of the Master
Parachutist Badge, the prerequisite
requirements in paragraphs (a)(1), (2)
and (3) of this section must be obtained
by static line parachuting.
(b) Either graduated from the
Jumpmaster Course of the Airborne
Department of the Infantry School or the
Jumpmaster School of a separate
airborne battalion or larger airborne
unit, or infantry divisions and separate
infantry brigades containing organic
airborne elements, to include the U.S.
Army Alaska Jumpmaster Course, or
served as jumpmaster on one or more
combat jumps or as jumpmaster on 33
noncombat jumps.
(c) Have served on jump status with
an airborne unit or other organization
authorized parachutists for a total of at
least 36 months.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.78
Parachute Rigger Badge.
(a) Eligibility requirements. Any
individual who successfully completes
the Parachute Rigger course conducted
by the U.S. Army Quartermaster School
and holds an awarded MOS of 43E
(enlisted) or 401A (warrant officers) may
be awarded the Parachute Rigger Badge.
Officers qualify upon successful
completion of one of the following
courses: Aerial Delivery and Materiel
Officer Course; Parachute Maintenance
and Aerial Supply Officer Course;
Parachute Maintenance and Airdrop
Course (officer or enlisted) or Parachute
Rigger Course (enlisted). Sergeants
Major and Master Sergeants who hold
by career progression a MOS of 00Z or
76Z and formerly held an awarded MOS
of 43E are qualified for award of the
Parachute Rigger Badge.
(b) Retroactive award. The Parachute
Rigger Badge may be awarded
retroactively to any individual who
graduated from the Parachute Rigger
school after May 1951 and holds or at
anytime held an awarded MOS listed in
paragraph (a) of this section. Officers
must have successfully completed one
of the courses listed in paragraph (a) of
this section to qualify for retroactive
award of the badge. The badge may also
be awarded retroactively to any
individual who performed as a rigger
prior to May 1951 and did not attend or
graduate from the U.S. Army
Quartermaster Center and School.
(c) Who may award—(1) Current
awards. Current awards of the Parachute
Rigger Badge will be made by the
Commandant, U.S. Army Quartermaster
School, Fort Lee, VA 23801–5152, and
the Commander, USA HRC (§ 578.3(c)
for address).
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
(2) Retroactive awards—(i) After 1951.
Requests for award of the badge from
individuals having no current Army
status (veterans and retirees) who
qualified after 1951 will be forwarded to
the NPRC (see § 578.16(a)(3) for
address).
(ii) Before 1951. Requests for award of
the badge from individuals (Active duty,
veterans and retirees) who qualified
before 1951 will be submitted to the
Commandant, U.S. Army Quartermaster
Center and School, ATTN: ATSM–Q–
MG (Historian), Fort Lee, VA 23801–
1601. Requests must include written
justification and will be considered on
a case-by-case basis.
(d) Description. A silver winged
hemispherical canopy with conically
arrayed cords, 13⁄4 inches wide, with a
band centered on the badge inscribed
‘‘RIGGER.’’
§ 578.79
Badge.
Military Free Fall Parachutist
(a) The Military Free Fall Parachutist
Badges identify Special Operations
Forces (SOF) personnel who have
qualified in one of the military’s most
demanding and hazardous skills,
military free fall parachuting.
(b) Badge authorized. Two degrees of
the Military Free Fall Parachutist
Badges are authorized for award: Basic
and Jumpmaster.
(c) Eligibility requirements. (1)
Military Free Fall Parachutist Badge,
Basic. To be eligible for the basic badge,
an individual must meet one of the
following criteria:
(i) Have satisfactorily completed a
prescribed program of instruction in
military free fall approved by the U.S.
Army John F. Kennedy Special Warfare
Center and School (USAJFKSWC&S); or
(ii) Have executed a military free fall
combat jump.
(2) Military Free Fall Parachutist
Badge, Jumpmaster. To be eligible for
the Jumpmaster Badge, an individual
must have satisfactorily completed a
prescribed military free fall jumpmaster
program of instruction approved by
USAJFKSWC&S.
(d) Approval authority. (1) The
Commander in Chief, U.S. Special
Operations Command is the approval
authority for award of these badges.
(2) The Commanding General,
USAJFKSWC&S is the approval
authority for award of the badges to
qualifying personnel upon their
graduation from USAJFKSWC&S
Military Free Fall Parachutist basic and
Military Free Fall Parachutist
Jumpmaster courses.
(3) Retroactive Award. Special
Operations Forces personnel who
qualified in military free fall prior to
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
October 1, 1994 must obtain approval
prior to wearing the Military Free Fall
Parachutist Badges. Requests for award
of the badge will be submitted in
writing to Commander, U.S. Army John
F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center and
School, ATTN: AFJK–GPD–SA, Fort
Bragg, NC 28307–5000. Applications
will include the following:
(i) Name, rank, SSN, and MOS;
(ii) Copy of official jump record, DA
Form 1307 (Individual Jump Record),
and any other supporting documents
(that is, graduation or qualification
certificates).
(4) Veterans and Retirees. Veterans
and retirees may request update of their
records to show permanent award of the
badge by writing to the NPRC (§ 578.16
(a)(3) for address). Requests should
include copy of official jump record, DA
Form 1307 (Individual Jump Record),
and any other support documents (that
is, graduation or qualification
certificates).
(e) A bronze service star is authorized
to be worn on all degrees of the Military
Free Fall Parachutist Badge to denote a
soldier’s participation in a combat
parachute jump. Orders are required to
confirm award of this badge. A soldier’s
combat parachute jump credit is tied
directly to the combat assault landing
credit decision for the unit to which the
soldier is assigned or attached at the
time of the assault landing. Should a
unit be denied air assault credit, no air
assault credit for purpose of this badge
will accrue to the individual soldiers of
that unit. Each soldier must physically
exit the aircraft to receive combat
parachute jump credit and the Military
Free Fall Parachutist badge with bronze
service star.
§ 578.80
Army Aviator Badges.
(a) Badges authorized. There are three
degrees of the aviator badges authorized
for award. They are as follows: Basic
Army Aviator Badge, Senior Army
Aviator Badge, and Master Army
Aviator Badge.
(b) Eligibility Requirements. (1)
Eligibility for U.S. Personnel. An
individual must have satisfactorily
completed prescribed training and
proficiency tests as outlined in AR 600–
105, and must have been designated as
an aviator in orders issued by
headquarters indicated above.
(2) Eligibility for foreign military
personnel. While only U.S. officers may
be awarded an aeronautical rating, the
Army Aviator Badge may be awarded to
foreign military graduates of initial
entry flight-training courses conducted
at the U.S. Army Aviation Center. The
Senior and Master Army Aviator Badges
may be awarded to foreign military
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
personnel rated as pilots who meet or
exceed eligibility criteria required of
U.S. Army officers for the respective
badges, and subject to the regulations of
their countries. As a minimum, foreign
officers recommended for award of
advanced aviator badges must—
(i) Be currently qualified for flying
duty in their own military service.
(ii) Be medically qualified.
(iii) If not a graduate of an initial entry
U.S. Army aviation course, have
attended a formal training or aircraft
transition course conducted at Fort
Rucker or at an U.S. Army Aviation
Training School.
(iv) Have 1000 flying hours in aircraft
and 7 years from basic rating date for
the Senior Aviator Badge; have 2000
hours in aircraft and 15 years from basic
rating date for the Master Aviator Badge.
Total Operational Flying Duty Credit
(TOFDC) which may be applied by U.S.
officers to qualify for advanced badges
will not be used to justify awards to
foreign officers.
(c) Approval authority. Badge
approval authority is as follows: (1) The
Commander, U.S. Army Aviation Center
and Fort Rucker, to U.S. student aviators
upon successful completion of courses
leading to an aeronautical rating of
Army Aviator, and to foreign military
personnel under the provisions of
paragraph (d) of this section.
(2) CG, USA HRC (HRC–OPA–V) to
inter-service transfers who previously
held an aeronautical rating in another
service.
(3) Commanders having general courtmartial convening authority may award
the Senior or Master Army Aviator
Badge to officers on extended active
duty.
(4) Major Army overseas commanders,
CONUSA (the numbered armies in the
continental United States) commanders,
and CDR, USA HRC may award the
Senior and Master Aviator Badge to U.S.
Army Reserve personnel not on
extended active duty in the Active
Army.
(5) Chief, National Guard Bureau may
award the Senior or Master Aviator
Badge to Army National Guard (ARNG)
personnel not on extended active duty
in the Active Army.
(d) Army Astronaut Device. A gold
colored device, 7⁄16 inch in length,
consisting of a star emitting three
contrails encircled by an elliptical orbit.
It is awarded by the Chief of Staff,
Army, to personnel who complete a
minimum of one operational mission in
space (50 miles above earth) and is
affixed to the appropriate Army Aviator
Badge, Flight Surgeon Badge, or
Aviation Badge awarded to the
astronaut. Individuals who have not
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
been awarded one of the badges listed
above but who meet the other astronaut
criteria will be awarded the basic
Aviation Badge with Army Astronaut
Device.
(e) Description. An oxidized silver
badge 3⁄4 inch in height and 21⁄2 inches
in width, consisting of the shield of the
coat of arms of the United States on and
over a pair of displayed wings. A star is
added above the shield to indicate
qualification as a Senior Army Aviator.
The star is surrounded with a laurel
wreath to indicate qualification as a
Master Army Aviator.
§ 578.81
Flight Surgeon Badges.
(a) Badges authorized. Three levels of
Flight Surgeon Badges are authorized
for award, Basic Flight Surgeon Badge;
Senior Flight Surgeon Badge; and
Master Flight Surgeon Badge.
(b) Eligibility requirements. Any Army
Medical Corps officer who satisfactorily
completes the training and other
requirements prescribed by AR 600–
105.
(c) Badge approval authority. (1) The
basic Flight Surgeon Badge may be
awarded by the Commanding General,
U.S. Army Aviation Center and Fort
Rucker. The CG will award the badge to
those U.S. medical officers who have
been awarded an aeronautical
designation per AR 600–105 and to
foreign military personnel who
complete the training and the
requirements prescribed by AR 600–
105.
(2) Senior and Master Flight Surgeon
Badges may be awarded by the
following:
(i) The Surgeon General. Forward
requests to HQDA (DASG–HCZ, WASH
DC 20310–2300.
(ii) The Chief, National Guard Bureau
to National Guard personnel not on
active duty. Forward requests to the
National Guard Bureau, Military
Personnel Office, 111 South George
Mason Drive, Arlington, VA 22204–
1382.
(d) Description. An oxidized silver
badge 23⁄32 inch in height and 21⁄2 inches
in width, consisting of a shield, its field
scored with horizontal lines and bearing
the Staff of Aesculapius on and over a
pair of displayed wings. A star is added
above the shield to indicate the degree
of Senior Flight Surgeon and the star is
surrounded with a laurel wreath to
indicate the degree of Master Flight
Surgeon.
§ 578.82
Diver Badges.
(a) Badges authorized. There are five
types of Diver Badges authorized for
award, Master Diver Badge; First-Class
Diver Badge; Salvage Diver Badge;
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17321
Second-Class Diver Badge; and Scuba
Diver Badge.
(b) Navy Badges. The following Navy
Diving Badges may also be worn on the
Army uniform after written approval is
obtained from HQ, AHRC (§ 578.3(c)):
Diving Officer and Diving Medical
Officer. The eligibility criteria and
approval authority for these two badges
is provided in Army Regulation AR
611–75, Selection, Qualification, Rating
and Disrating of Marine Divers.
(c) Eligibility requirements. See AR
611–75.
(d) Badge approval authority. See AR
611–75.
(e) Descriptions. (1) Scuba—A 1 inch
high silver badge consisting of a scuba
diver’s hood with face mask,
mouthpiece, and breathing tubes. The
width is 31⁄32 inch.
(2) Salvage—A silver diving helmet, 1
inch in height, with the letter ‘‘S’’ 3⁄8
inch in height, superimposed on the
chest plate. The width is 23⁄32 inch.
(3) Second Class—A silver diving
helmet 1 inch in height. The width is
23⁄32 inch.
(4) First Class—A silver diving helmet
15⁄16 inch in height, between two
dolphins, 1 inch high. The width is 13⁄32
inches.
§ 578.83
Special Operations Diver Badge.
(a) The Scuba Diver Badge was
renamed the Special Operations Diver
Badge (SODB). In additional to the
SODB, another skill level was created,
Special Operations Diving Supervisor
Badge (SODSB).
(b) Eligibility criteria. The basic
eligibility criteria for award of the SODB
and the SODSB are as follows:
(1) The SODB is awarded to graduates
of the U.S. Army John F. Kennedy
Special Warfare Center and School
(USAJFKSWCS) Combat Diver
Qualification Course (CDQC), Special
Forces Underwater Operations, Key
West, Florida or any other United States
Army Special Operations Command
(USASOC) approved combat diver
qualification course.
(2) The SODSB is awarded to
graduates of the USAJFKSWCS CDQC,
Special Forces Underwater Operations,
Key West, Florida or any other USASOC
approved combat diving supervisor
course. Prerequisite for the SODSB is
the SODB.
(c) Approval authority. The
Commanding General, USAJFKSWCS is
the approval authority for the SODB and
the SODSB.
(d) Retroactive award. The SODB and
the SODSB may be awarded
retroactively to members of any service
who successfully completed the
USAJFKSWCS CDQC and the Combat
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
17322
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
Diving Supervisor Course on or after
October 1, 1964. Retroactive award
requests will be submitted to the
Commander, USAJFKSWCS, ATTN:
AOJK–GPB (C/21 SWTG LNO), Fort
Bragg, NC 28310. Retroactive requests
for veterans must be forwarded to the
National Personnel Records Center,
ATTN: NRPMA–M, 9700 Page Avenue,
St. Louis, MO 63132–5100.
(e) Revocation. The SODB and the
SODSB may be revoked by the
Commander, USAJFKSWCS or the CG,
USA HRC, based on the
recommendation of the field
commander (COL and above). If the
commander believes the individual has
exhibited a pattern of behavior or duty
performance that is inconsistent with
expectations of the Army, or the
qualified service member does not
continuously demonstrate enhanced
degrees of confidence, commitment,
competency and discipline, then the
badge may be revoked. Award of the
SODB and the SODSB may be revoked
for any of the following conditions:
(1) Dismissal, dishonorable discharge,
or conviction by courts-martial for
desertion in time of war.
(2) Failure to maintain prescribed
standards of personal fitness and
readiness to accomplish missions
commensurate with position and rank.
(3) Upon relief or release for cause.
(f) Description. (1) SODB. A silver
badge 11⁄8 inches (2.86cm) in height
consisting of a diver’s head in full gear
in front of two crossed Sykes-Fairbain
Commando daggers points up. Around
either side of the diver’s head is diving
shark with tail fin behind the dagger
point.
(2) SODSB. A silver badge 11⁄8 inches
(2.86cm) in height consisting of a diver’s
head in full gear in front of two crossed
Sykes-Fairbain Commando daggers
points up. Around either side of the
diver’s head a diving shark with tail fin
behind the dagger point. Over the
mouth piece is a star surrounded by a
wreath of laurel.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.84 Explosive Ordnance Disposal
Badges.
(a) Badges authorized. There are three
types of explosive ordnance disposal
(EOD) badges authorized for award.
They are the Basic, Senior, and Master.
(b) Badge approval authority.
Commanding generals of divisions and
higher commands; commanders of
separate groups or equivalent
headquarters exercising operational
control of EOD personnel or units,
Commandant, U.S. Army Ordnance
Missile & Munitions Center & School,
and a commander of an EOD Control
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
Group, or units may approve awards of
all levels of badges.
(c) Basic eligibility criteria. Eligibility
requirements for each badge are
provided below.
(d) Description. A silver badge, 13⁄4
inches in height, consisting of shield
charged with a conventional, drop
bomb, point down, from which radiates
four lightning flashes, all in front of and
contained within a wreath of laurel
leaves. The Senior Explosive Ordnance
Disposal Badge is the same as the basic
badge except the drop bomb bears a 7⁄32
inch silver star. The Master Explosive
Ordnance Disposal Badge is the same as
the Senior Badge except a star,
surrounded by a laurel wreath, is added
above the shield.
§ 578.85 Explosive Ordnance Disposal
Badge—Basic.
(a) Eligibility requirements. Any
commissioned officer or enlisted soldier
may be awarded the badge if he or she
meets, or has met, all the following
requirements: (1) Successful completion
of conventional render safe qualification
as prescribed for the Explosive
Ordnance Disposal (EOD) course of
instruction (minimum requirement).
(2) Assigned in a TOE or TDA EOD
position for which basic EOD course is
a prerequisite.
(3) Service in a position in paragraph
(a)(2) of this section must be satisfactory
for a period of 18 months for the award
to be permanent.
(4) Officers must have a special skill
identifier of 91E, and enlisted personnel
must hold the military occupational
specialty 55D.
(b) Who may award. See § 578.84 of
this part.
§ 578.86 Senior Explosive Ordnance
Disposal Badge.
(a) Eligibility requirements. Any
commissioned officer or enlisted soldier
may be awarded the badge if he or she
has:
(1) Been awarded the basic Explosive
Ordnance Disposal Badge and effective
May 1, 1989, has served 36 months
cumulative service assigned to a TOE or
table of distribution (TD) EOD position
following award of basic badge.
(2) Effective May 1, 1989, has served
36 months cumulative service assigned
to a TOE or TD EOD position following
award of the basic badge. Prior to May
1, 1989, must have served 18 months
cumulative service assigned to a TOE or
TD EOD position following award of the
basic badge.
(3) Been recommended for the award
by immediate commander.
(4) Current explosive ordnance
disposal qualifications at the time of
recommendation for the award.
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(b) Who may award. See § 578.84 of
this part.
§ 578.87 Master Explosive Ordnance
Disposal Badge.
(a) Eligibility requirements. Any
commissioned officer, or enlisted
soldier may be awarded the badge if he
or she meets, or has met, all the
following requirements:
(1) Must have been awarded the
Senior Explosive Ordnance Disposal
Badge.
(2) Sixty months cumulative service
assigned to a TOE or TD officer or
noncommissioned officer EOD position
since award of Senior Explosive
Ordnance Disposal Badge.
(3) Must be recommended for the
award by immediate commander.
(4) Explosive ordnance disposal
qualifications must be current at the
time of recommendation for the award.
(b) Who may award. See § 578.84 of
this part.
§ 578.88
Pathfinder Badge.
(a) Eligibility criteria. (1) Successful
completion of the Pathfinder Course
conducted by the U.S. Army Infantry
School.
(2) Any person previously awarded
the Pathfinder award for completion of
Pathfinder training is authorized award
of the Pathfinder Badge.
(b) Badge approval authority. The
Pathfinder Badge may be approved by
the Commandant, U.S. Army Infantry
School.
(c) Description. A gold color metal
and enamel badge 13⁄16 inches in height
and 11⁄2 inches in width, consisting of
a gold sinister wing displayed on and
over a gold torch with red and gray
flames.
§ 578.89
Air Assault Badge.
(a) Basic eligibility criteria. The basic
eligibility criteria consist of satisfactory
completion of—
(1) An air assault training course
according to the TRADOC standardized
Air Assault Core Program of Instruction.
(2) The standard Air Assault Course
while assigned or attached to 101st
Airborne Division (Air Assault) since
April 1, 1974.
(b) Badge approval authority. Badge
approval authority is as follows:
(1) Commanders of divisions and
separate brigades.
(2) The Commander, 101st Airborne
Division (Air Assault).
(c) Description. An oxidized silver
badge 3⁄4 inch in height and 117⁄32 inches
in width, consisting of a helicopter,
frontal view, superimposed upon a pair
of stylized wings displayed and curving.
The wings suggest flight and together
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
with the helicopter symbolize
individual skills and qualifications in
assault landings utilizing the helicopter.
§ 578.90
Aviation Badges.
(a) Badges authorized. There are three
degrees of Aviation Badge (formerly the
Aircraft Crew Member Badge)
authorized for award, Basic, Senior and
Master.
(b) Badge approval authority.
Commanders exercising jurisdiction
over the individuals’ personnel records
will make permanent award of these
badges. Permanent award of these
badges based upon wounds or combat
missions will be referred to
Commander, USA HRC (see § 578.3(c)
for address). Request for award of the
Senior and Master Aviation Badges that
cannot be resolved at the MPD/PSC will
be forwarded to the Commander, U.S.
Army Aviation Center, ATTN: ATZQ–
AP, Fort Rucker, AL 36362–5000.
(c) Special policy. (1) The retroactive
date for these badges is January 1, 1947.
(2) The Master Aviation Badge and
the Senior Aviation Badge are
authorized for permanent wear. The
Basic Aviation Badge may be authorized
for temporary or permanent wear. An
officer awarded an Aviation Badge
while serving in an enlisted status is
authorized to wear the badge as a
permanent part of the uniform.
(d) Eligibility requirements for each
badge are provided in §§ 578.91, 578.92,
and 578.93.
(e) Description. An oxidized silver
badge 3⁄4 inch in height and 22⁄12 inches
in width, consisting of a shield with its
field scored with horizontal lines and
bearing the coat of arms of the United
States on and over a pair of displayed
wings. A star is added above the shield
to indicate the degree of Senior Aviation
Badge and the star is surrounded with
a laurel wreath to indicate the degree of
Master Aviation Badge.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.91
Aviation Badge—Basic.
(a) Permanent Award. (1) For
permanent award of this badge, an
individual must be on flying status,
(physically qualified-class III), IAW AR
600–106 or be waived by HQDA, have
performed in-flight duties for not less
than 12 hours (not necessarily
consecutive), or is school trained.
(2) An officer on flying status as an
aerial observer may be awarded the
Basic Aviation Badge. U.S. Army
personnel assigned to a Joint Service
Airborne Command Post and serving as
members of an operational team on
flying status manning the Airborne
Command Post are eligible for the award
of the Basic Aviation Badge. Concurrent
with such assignment, these personnel
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
are authorized temporary wear of the
Basic Aviation Badge until relieved
from such duty or until such time as he
or she fulfills the mandatory
requirements for permanent award.
(3) An individual who has been
incapacitated for further flight duty by
reason of being wounded as a result of
enemy action, or injured as the result of
an aircraft accident for which he or she
was not personally responsible, or has
participated in at least 15 combat
missions under probable exposure to
enemy fire while serving in a principal
duty outlined in paragraph (a)(1) of this
section, is permanently authorized to
wear the Basic Aviation Badge.
(4) The Basic Aviation Badge may be
permanently awarded to soldiers upon
successful completion of formal
advanced individual training (AIT) in
Career Management Field (CMF) 67 and
CMF 93 MOS’, and to soldiers who
previously completed AIT in CMF 28
MOS’. This includes soldiers who
graduated from AIT for MOS’ in the 68
series. Soldiers holding MOS’ 35L, 35M,
35Q, and 35W who graduated from a
CMF 67 AIT prior to September 30,
1996 and MOSs 93C and 93P who
graduated from a CMF 67 AIT after
December 31, 1985 are authorized based
on documented prior AIT.
(5) Individuals who meet the criteria
for award of the Army Astronaut Device
and are not authorized an Aviator,
Flight Surgeon or Aviation Badge will
be awarded the Aviation Badge in
addition to the Army Astronaut Device.
(6) The Aviation Badge may be
permanently awarded to soldiers upon
successful completion of formal AIT in
CMF 93 MOS’. Soldiers previously
holding MOS 93B who graduated from
a CMF 93 AIT prior to January 1, 1998
and soldiers previously holding MOS
93D who graduated from a CMF 93 AIT
prior to September 30, 1996 are
authorized the badge based on
documented AIT after December 31,
1985.
(b) Temporary Award. For temporary
award of this badge, the commander of
any Army unit that has Army aircraft
assigned may authorize in published
orders qualified personnel of his or her
command to wear the Aviation Badge.
The individual must be performing inflight duties.
§ 578.92
Senior Aviation Badge.
(a) Eligibility criteria. For award of
this badge, an individual must either
successfully perform 7 years on flight
status (physically qualified-class III) in
a principal duty assignment described
in AR 600–106 or serve in CMF 67 and
93, including all 68 series MOS’.
Warrant Officers MOS’ 150A and 151A,
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17323
and MOS 00Z individuals from CMF 67
or 93 field may qualify for the Senior
Aviation Badge with 10 years of
experience and meet the following
criteria:
(1) Only time involving frequent and
regular flights will be counted toward
fulfillment of this requirement, except
that time involved in transit between
PCS assignments to include TDY, will
also be credited.
(2) Soldiers who retain CMF 67 or 93
while performing career progressive
assignments, especially duties as Drill
Sergeant, Recruiter, Career Management
NCO, Career Advisor, Instructor or
Equal Opportunity Advisor will be
counted towards this requirement not to
exceed 36 months. Warrant Officers
MOS 150A or 151A may qualify for this
badge after successfully performing 7
years on flight status or 10 years
experience in CMF 67 or 93, MOS 151A
or 150A. Prior enlisted CMF 67 time
may count with MOS 151A experience
and CMF 93 time may count with MOS
150A experience to fulfill this
requirement. The retroactive date for
this badge under these criteria is
January 1, 1983.
(3) Displayed complete competence in
the principal duty or duties performed
leading to this award.
(4) Attained the grade of E–4 or
higher.
(5) Be recommended by the unit
commander of the unit to which
presently assigned.
(b) Retroactive award. The retroactive
date for award of this badge is February
1, 1989 for CMF 93, Warrant Officer
MOS’ 150A and 151A and individuals
in MOS 00Z. Soldiers holding CMF 93
or MOS 93D, prior to September 30,
1996 and MOS 93B prior to January 1,
1998, may qualify for award of the
Senior Aviation Badge based on
documented experience.
§ 578.93
Master Aviation Badge.
(a) For award of this badge, an
individual must either successfully
perform 15 years on flight status
(physically qualified-class III) in a
principal duty assignment described in
AR 600–106 or serve in CMF 67 or 93,
including all 68 series MOS’. Warrant
Officers MOS’ 150A and 151A and
individuals in MOS 00Z from a CMF 67
or 93 field, may qualify for the Master
Aviation Badge with 17 years of
experience and meet the following
criteria:
(1) Only time involving frequent and
regular flights will be counted toward
fulfillment of this requirement, except
that time involved in transit between
PCS assignments, to include TDY, will
also be credited.
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
17324
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
(2) Soldiers that retain CMF 67 or 93
while performing career progressive
assignments, especially duties as Drill
Sergeant, Recruiter, Career Management
NCO, Career Advisor, Instructor or
Equal Opportunity Advisor, will be
counted towards this requirement not to
exceed 36 months. Warrant Officer
MOS’ 150A and 151A may qualify for
this badge after successfully performing
15 years on flight status or 17 years
experience in CMF 67 or 93 or MOS
150A and 151A. Prior enlisted CMF 67
time may count with MOS 151A
experience and CMF 93 time may count
with MOS 150A experience to fulfill
this requirement.
(3) Displayed complete competence in
the principal duty or duties performed
leading to this award.
(4) Attained the grade of E–6 or
higher.
(5) Be recommended by the unit
commander and endorsed by the next
higher commander of the unit to which
presently assigned.
(b) Retroactive date. The retroactive
date for the badge under these revised
criteria is January 1, 1976. The
retroactive date for CMF 93, Warrant
Officer MOS’ 150A and 151A and
individuals in MOS 00Z is February 1,
1982. Soldiers holding CMF 93, MOS
93D, prior to September 30, 1996 and
MOS 93B, prior to January 1, 1998, may
qualify for award of the Master Aviation
Badge based on documented experience.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.94
Driver and Mechanic Badge.
(a) Basic criteria. The Driver and
Mechanic Badge is awarded to drivers,
mechanics, and special equipment
operators to denote the attainment of a
high degree of skill in the operation and
maintenance of motor vehicles.
(b) Badge approval authority.
Commanders of brigades, regiments,
separate battalions, and any commander
in the rank of lieutenant colonel or
higher.
(c) Eligibility requirements for drivers.
A soldier must—
(1) Qualify for and possess a current
OF 346 (U.S. Government Motor
Vehicles Operator’s Identification Card),
issued as prescribed by AR 600–55 and,
(2) Be assigned duties and
responsibilities as a driver or assistant
driver of government vehicles for a
minimum of 12 consecutive months, or
during at least 8,000 miles and with no
government motor vehicle accident or
traffic violation recorded on his or her
DA Form 348–1–R (Equipment
Operator’s Qualification Record (Except
Aircraft)), or,
(3) Perform satisfactorily for a
minimum period of 1 year as an active
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
qualified driver instructor or motor
vehicle driver examiner.
(d) Eligibility requirements for
mechanics. A soldier must—
(1) Pass aptitude tests and complete
the standard mechanics’ course with a
‘‘skilled’’ rating or have demonstrated
possession of sufficient previous
experience as an automotive or engineer
equipment mechanic to justify such a
rating.
(2) Be assigned to primary duty as an
automotive or engineer mechanic, unit
level or higher, or is an active
automotive or engineer mechanic
instructor.
(3) If required to drive an Army motor
vehicle in connection with automotive
mechanic or automotive mechanic
instructor duties, qualify for motor
vehicle operators permit as prescribed
above, and perform duty which includes
driving motor vehicles for a minimum
of 6 consecutive months, and has no
Army motor vehicle accident or traffic
violation recorded on his or her DA
Form 348 (Equipment Operator’s
Qualification Record (Except Aircraft)).
(e) Eligibility requirements for
operators of special mechanical
equipment. A soldier or civilian whose
primary duty involves operation of
Army materials handling or other
mechanical equipment must have
completed 12 consecutive months or
500 hours of operation, whichever
comes later, without accident or written
reprimand as the result of his or her
operation, and his or her operating
performance must have been adequate
in all respects.
(f) Description. A white metal (silver,
nickel and rhodium), 1 inch in height
and width, a cross patee with the
representation of disk wheel with tire
placed on the center. Component bars
are authorized only for the following
types of vehicles and/or qualifications:
(1) Driver—W (for wheeled vehicles);
(2) Driver—T (for tracked vehicles);
(3) Driver—M (for motorcycles);
(4) Driver—A (for amphibious
vehicles);
(5) Mechanic (for automotive or allied
vehicles);
(6) Operator—S (for special
mechanical equipment).
§ 578.95
Glider Badge (Rescinded).
(a) Effective May 3, 1961, the Glider
Badge is no longer awarded. An
individual who was awarded the badge
upon satisfying then current eligibility
requirements may continue to wear the
badge. Further, it may be awarded
retroactively upon application to the
Commander, USA HRC (see § 578.3(c)
for address), when it can be established
by means of sufficient documentation
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
that the proficiency tests then
prescribed were satisfactorily completed
while assigned or attached to an
airborne unit or to the Airborne
Department of the Infantry School, or by
participation in at least one combat
glider landing into enemy-held territory
as a member of an organized force
carrying out an assigned tactical mission
for which the unit was credited with an
airborne assault landing by the theater
commander.
(b) Description. An oxidized silver
badge 11⁄16 inch in height and 11⁄2 inches
in width consisting of a glider, frontal
view, superimposed upon a pair of
stylized wings displayed and curving
inward.
§ 578.96 Nuclear Reactor Operator Badge
(Rescinded).
(a) Effective October 1, 1990, the
Nuclear Reactor Operator Badges are no
longer awarded. The Army has not
conducted nuclear reactor operations or
nuclear reactor operator training in
several years. Accordingly, the Nuclear
Reactor Operator Badges will no longer
be awarded. Current Army recipients
who were permanently awarded any
degree of the badge may continue to
wear it on the Army uniform. AR 672–
5–1, dated October 1, 1990, terminated
authorization to award the badge.
(b) Description—(1) Basic. On a 7⁄8
inch square centered on two horizontal
bars each 1⁄8 inch in width separated by
a 3⁄32 inch square and protruding 1⁄8
inch from each side of the square, a disc
3⁄4 inch in diameter bearing the symbol
of the planet Uranus all silver colored
metal 7⁄8 inch in height overall.
(2) Second Class Operator. The basic
badge reduced in size placed on and
partially encircled at the base by an
open laurel wreath, the ends of the
upper bar resting on the tips of the
wreath, all of silver colored metal 1 inch
in height overall. The areas between the
wreath and the basic badge are pierced.
(3) First Class Operator. The basic
badge reduced in size is placed on and
entirely encircled by a closed laurel
wreath all of silver colored metal 1 inch
in height overall. The areas between the
wreath and the basic badge are pierced.
(4) Shift Supervisor. The design of the
Shift Supervisor Badge is the same as
the First Class Operator Badge, except it
is gold colored metal.
§ 578.97
Badge.
Marksmanship Qualification
(a) Eligibility criteria. A basic
marksmanship qualification badge is
awarded to indicate the degree in which
an individual, military or civilian, has
qualified in a prescribed record course
and an appropriate bar is furnished to
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
denote each weapon with which he or
she qualified. Each bar will be attached
to the basic badge that indicates the
qualification last attained with the
respective weapon. Basic qualification
badges are of three classes. Expert,
sharpshooter, and marksman. The only
weapons for which component bars are
authorized are listed in Table 10. Basic
marksmanship qualification badges are
awarded to U.S. military and civilian
personnel, and to foreign military
personnel who qualify as prescribed.
(b) Approval authority—(1) To
military personnel. Any commander in
the rank or position of lieutenant
colonel or higher may make awards to
members of the Armed Forces of the
United States; Camp/Post Commanders,
Professors of Military Science, Directors
of Army Instruction/Senior Army
Instructors (DAI/SAI) or Reserve
Officers’ Training Corps (ROTC)/ Junior
Reserve Officers’ Training Corps
(JROTC) units may make awards to
members of the ROTC/JROTC.
(2) To civilian personnel. Installation
commanders may make the
authorization for civilian guards to wear
marksmanship badges. Civilian guards
will procure badges at their own
expense.
(c) Description. (1) Expert. A white
metal (silver, nickel and rhodium), 1.17
inches in height, a cross patee with the
representation of a target placed on the
center thereof and enclosed by a wreath;
(2) Sharpshooter: A white metal
(silver, nickel, and rhodium), 1 inch in
height, a cross patee with the
representation of a target placed on the
center thereof;
(3) Marksman. A white metal (silver,
nickel, and rhodium), 1 inch in height,
a cross patee.
(d) Component bars. Weapons for
which component bars are authorized
are provided in Table 10 below.
TABLE 10.—WEAPONS FOR WHICH
COMPONENT BARS ARE AUTHORIZED
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
Weapon
Inscription
Rifle ...........................
Pistol .........................
Antiaircraft artillery ....
Automatic rifle ...........
Machinegun ...............
Field Artillery .............
Tank Weapons ..........
Flamethrower ............
Submachine Gun ......
Rocket Launcher .......
Grenade ....................
Carbine ......................
Recoilless rifle ...........
Mortar ........................
Bayonet .....................
Rifle, small bore ........
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Rifle.
Pistol.
AA Artillery.
Auto Rifle.
Machinegun.
Field Arty.
Tank Weapons.
Flamethrower.
Submachine Gun.
Rocket Launcher.
Grenade.
Carbine.
Recoilless rifle.
Mortar.
Bayonet.
Small bore rifle.
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
17325
the USAJFKSWC (previously known as
TABLE 10.—WEAPONS FOR WHICH
COMPONENT BARS ARE AUTHOR- the U.S. Army Institute for Military
Assistance).
IZED—Continued
Weapon
Pistol, small bore ......
Missile .......................
Aeroweapons ............
§ 578.98
Inscription
Small bore pistol.
Missile.
Aeroweapons.
Ranger Tab.
(a) Basic eligibility criteria. The basic
eligibility criteria for award of the
Ranger Tab is as follows:
(1) Successful completion of a Ranger
course conducted by the U.S. Army
Infantry School.
(2) Any person who was awarded the
Combat Infantryman Badge while
serving during World War II as a
member of a Ranger Battalion (1st–6th
inclusive) or in the 5307th Composite
Unit (Provisional) (Merrill’s Marauders).
(3) Any person who successfully
completed a Ranger course conducted
by the Ranger Training Command at
Fort Benning, GA.
(b) Award approval authority. The
Commandant of the U.S. Army Infantry
School; CG, USA HRC, and the Cdr,
USA HRC–St. Louis, may award the
Ranger Tab.
(c) Description. The ranger
qualification tab is 23⁄8 inches wide with
a black embroidered background and
yellow embroidered border and letters.
A subdued version with olive drab
background and border and black letters
is authorized for work uniforms.
§ 578.99
Special Forces Tab.
(a) Basic eligibility criteria. Any
person meeting one of the criteria below
may be awarded the Special Forces (SF)
Tab:
(1) Successful completion of
USAJFKSWCS approved Active
Component (AC) institutional training
leading to SF qualification;
(2) Successful completion of a
USAJFKSWCS approved Reserve
Component (RC) SF qualification
program;
(3) Successful completion of an
authorized unit administered SF
qualification program.
(b) Award approval authority. The
Commander, U.S. Army John F.
Kennedy Special Warfare Center
(USAJFKSWCS), Fort Bragg, NC 28307–
5000.
(c) Active Component institutional
training. The SF Tab may be awarded to
all personnel who successfully complete
the Special Forces Qualification Course
or Special Forces Detachment Officer
Qualification Course (previously known
as the Special Forces Officer Course).
These courses are/were conducted by
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(d) Reserve Component SF
qualification programs. The SF Tab may
be awarded to all personnel who
successfully complete a RC SF
qualification program according to
TRADOC Regulation 135–5, dated June
1, 1988 or its predecessors. The
USAJFKSWCS will determine
individual entitlement for award of the
SF Tab based on historical review of
Army, Continental Army Command
(CONRAC), and TRADOC regulations
prescribing SF qualification
requirements in effect at the time the
individual began an RC SF qualification
program.
(e) Unit administered SF qualification
programs. The SF Tab may be awarded
to all personnel who successfully
completed unit administered SF
qualification programs as authorized by
regulation. The USAJFKSWCS will
determine individual entitlement to
award of the SF Tab based upon
historical review of regulations
prescribing SF qualification
requirements in effect at the time the
individual began a unit administered SF
qualification program.
(f) Wartime service. The SF Tab may
be awarded to all personnel who
performed the following wartime
service.
(1) Prior to 1955. Service for at least
120 consecutive days in one of the
following organizations: 1st Special
Service Force, August 1942 to December
1944, OSS Detachment 101, April 1942
to September 1945, OSS Jedburgh
Detachments, May 1944 to May 1945,
OSS Operational Groups, May 1944 to
May 1945, OSS Maritime Unit, April
1942 to September 1945, 6th Army
Special Reconnaissance Unit (Alamo
Scouts), February 1944 to September
1945, and 8240th Army Unit, June 1950
to July 1953.
(2) 1955 through 1975. Any company
grade officer or enlisted member
awarded the CIB while serving for at
least 120 consecutive days in one of the
following type organizations: SF
Operational Detachment-A (A-Team),
Mobile Strike Force, SF Reconnaissance
Team, and SF Special Project Unit.
(g) Description. The SF Tab is 31⁄4
inches wide with a teal blue
embroidered background and border
and yellow embroidered letters. A
subdued version with olive drab
background and borders and black
letters is authorized for work uniforms.
A metal SF Badge is authorized for wear
on the mess/dress uniforms and green
shirt.
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
17326
§ 578.100
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
Sapper Tab.
(a) Purpose. The Sapper Tab was
established by the Chief of Staff, Army,
on June 28, 2004. It is authorized for
award to U.S. military and civilian
personnel and foreign military
personnel who meet the prescribed
eligibility criteria.
(b) Basic eligibility criteria. The basic
eligibility criteria for award of the
Sapper Tab is as follows:
(1) Successful graduation of a Sapper
Leader Course conducted by the U.S.
Army Engineer School.
(2) Any person who successfully
graduates from a Sapper Leaders Course
conducted by the U.S. Army Engineer
School at Fort Leonard Wood, MO.
(3) The tab may be awarded
retroactively to any person who
successfully completed the Sapper
Leaders Course on or after June 14,
1985.
(c) Revocation. The Sapper Tab may
be revoked by the Commandant, U.S.
Army Engineer School or the CG, USA
HRC based on the recommendation of
the field commander (Colonel and
above) of the individual in question.
This can be based on the opinion of that
commander, that the individual has
exhibited a pattern of behavior,
expertise or duty performance that is
inconsistent with expectations of the
Army, that is, degree of confidence,
commitment, competency and
discipline. Award of the Sapper Tab
may be revoked for any of the following
conditions:
(1) Dismissal, dishonorable discharge,
or conviction by court’s martial for
desertion in time of war.
(2) Failure to maintain prescribed
standards of personal fitness and
readiness to accomplish missions
commensurate with position and rank.
(3) Upon relief or release for cause.
(d) Award approval authority. The
Commandant of the U.S. Army Engineer
School and the CG, USA HRC, may
award the Sapper Tab.
(e) Description. The full color tab is
23⁄8 inches (6.03 cm) long, 11⁄16 inch
(1.75 cm) wide, with a 1⁄8 inch (.32 cm)
red border and the word ‘‘SAPPER’’
inscribed in white letters 5⁄16 inch (1.79
cm) high. The woodland subdued tab is
identical, except the background is olive
drab and the word ‘‘SAPPER’’ is in
black letters and the desert subdued tab
has a khaki background with the word
‘‘SAPPER’’ in spice brown letters.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.101
Physical Fitness Badge.
(a) The Physical Fitness Badge was
established by the Secretary of the Army
on June 25, 1986. Effective February 1,
1999, soldiers who obtain a minimum
score of 270 or above, with a minimum
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
of 90 points per event on the Army
Physical Fitness Test (APFT) and meet
the body fat standards will be awarded
the Physical Fitness Badge for Physical
Fitness Excellence. Soldiers are required
to meet the above criteria each record
test to continue to wear the badge. Units
can obtain APFT Standards and the new
APFT Card (DA Form 705, dated June
1998) off the World Wide Web at http:/
www.benning.army.mil/usapfs/.
Permanent Orders are not required for
award of the Physical Fitness Badge.
(b) Description. On a dark blue disc
15⁄8 inches (4.13 cm) in diameter edged
dark blue; a yellow stylized human
figure with arms outstretched in front of
a representation of the coat of arms of
the United States displaying six stars
(three on each side of the figure and
thirteen alternating white and red
stripes, all encircled by a Brittany blue
designation band inscribed ‘‘PHYSICAL
FITNESS’’ at top and ‘‘EXCELLENCE’’
below separated on either side by a star,
all navy blue; edged with a 1⁄8 inch (.32
cm) navy blue border. Overall diameter
is 25⁄8 inches (6.67 cm).
§ 578.102 U.S. Civilian Marksmanship
Program.
The Civilian Marksmanship Program
(CMP) was created by the U.S. Congress.
The original purpose was to provide
civilians an opportunity to learn and
practice marksmanship skills so they
would be skilled marksmen if later
called on to service the U.S. military.
Over the years the emphasis of the
program shifted to focus on youth
development through marksmanship.
From 1916 to 1996 the CMP was
administered by the U.S. Army. The
National Defense Authorization Act for
Fiscal Year 1996 (Title 10) created the
Corporation for the (CPRPFS) Promotion
of Rifle Practice and Firearms Safety,
Inc. to take over administration and
promotion of the CMP. The CPRPFS is
a tax exempt not-for-profit 501(c)(3)
organization that derives its mission
from public law. The address for the
CMP headquarters is PO Box 576, Port
Clinton, Ohio, 43452.
§ 578.103
President’s Hundred Tab.
(a) The President’s Hundred Tab is
awarded to soldiers who qualify among
the top scoring 100 competitors in the
President’s Match.
(b) Background. (1) The National Rifle
Association’s (NRA) President’s Match
was instituted at the NRA matches of
1878, as the American Military Rifle
Championship Match. It was patterned
after an event for British Volunteers
called the Queen’s Match, which the
NRA of Great Britain had initiated in
1860. In 1884, the name was changed to
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the President’s Match for the Military
Rifle Championship of the United
States. It was fired at Creedmor, New
York until 1891. In 1895, it was
reintroduced at Sea Girt, New Jersey.
(2) The tradition of making a letter
from the President of the United States
the first prize began in 1904 when
President Theodore Roosevelt, at the
conclusion of the President’s Match,
personally wrote a letter of
congratulations to the winner, Private
Howard Gensch of the 1st Regiment of
Infantry of the New Jersey National
Guard.
(3) It cannot be ascertained as to when
the President’s Match was discontinued;
however, it is known that it was not
fired during World Wars I and II. It
appears to have disappeared during the
1930s and during the depression when
lack of funds severely curtailed the
holding of matches of importance.
(4) The President’s Match was
reinstated in 1957 at the National
Matches as ‘‘The President’s Hundred.’’
The top-scoring 100 competitors in the
President’s Match were singled out for
special recognition in a retreat
ceremony in which they passed in
review before the winner and former
winners of this historic match.
(5) On May 27, 1958, the NRA
requested the Deputy Chief of Staff, G–
1 approval of a tab for presentation to
each member of the ‘‘President’s
Hundred.’’ The NRA’s plan was to
award the cloth tab together with a
metal tab during the 1958 National
Matches. The cloth tab was of high level
interest and approved for wear on the
Army uniform on March 3, 1958. The
first awards were made at Camp Perry,
Ohio, in early September 1958. The
metal tab was never officially
authorized for wear on the uniform by
military personnel. However, the NRA
issued the metal tab to military
personnel for wear on the shooting
jacket.
(c) Description. A full-color
embroidered tab of yellow 41⁄4 inches
(10.80 cm) in length and 5⁄8 inch (1.59
cm) in height, with the words
‘‘President’s Hundred’’ centered in 1⁄4
inch (.64 cm) high green letters.
§ 578.104
Identification Badges.
(a) Intent. Identification Badges are
authorized to be worn as public
evidence of deserved honor and
distinction to denote service performed
in specified assignments in the White
House, in the Office of the Secretary of
Defense; in the Organization of the Joint
Chiefs of Staff, in the Office of the
Secretary of the Army or as members of
the General Staff; as members of the
Guard, Tomb of the Unknown Soldier;
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
as a Drill Sergeant; as a U.S. Army
Recruiter, as an Army National Guard
Recruiter, as a U.S. Army Reserve
Recruiter; or as a Career Counselor.
(b) It should be noted that some of the
identification badges are not
Department of the Army badges. Criteria
and eligibility is subject to change and
individuals are advised to contact the
badge proponent for additional
information and guidance.
(c) Eligibility requirements for the
Identification Badges are provided in
§§ 578.105 through 578.116.
§ 578.105 Presidential Service Badge and
Certificate.
(a) The Presidential Service Badge
and the Presidential Service Certificate
were established by Executive Order
11174, September 1, 1964 as amended
by Executive Order 11407, April 23,
1968; Executive Order 11520, March 25,
1970; and Executive Order 12793,
March 20, 1992. This award replaced
the White House Service Badge and
Certificate established by Executive
Order 10879, June 1, 1960.
(b) The certificate is awarded, in the
name of the President by the Secretary
of the Army, to members of the Army
who have been assigned to the White
House Office; to military units and
support facilities under the
administration of the White House
Military Office or to other direct support
positions with the Executive Office of
the President (EOP). The certificate will
not be issued to any member who is
issued a Vice Presidential Certificate or
similar EOP Certificate, for the same
period of service. Such assignment must
be for a period of at least one year,
subsequent to January 21, 1989.
(c) The badge is awarded to those
members of the Armed Forces who have
been granted the Certificate and is
awarded in the same manner in which
the certificate is given. Once the badge
is awarded, it may be worn as a
permanent part of the uniform.
(d) Only one certificate will be
awarded to an individual during an
administration. Only one badge will be
awarded to an individual regardless of
the number of certificates received.
(e) The Presidential Service Badge
and Certificate may be awarded
posthumously.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.106 Vice Presidential Service Badge
and Certificate.
(a) The Vice Presidential Service
Badge was established by Executive
Order 11926, July 19, 1976.
(b) The badge is awarded upon
recommendation of the Military
Assistant to the Vice President, by the
Secretary of the Army to U.S. Army
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
personnel who have been assigned to
duty in the Office of the Vice President
for at least 1 year after December 19,
1974.
(c) The badge shall be accompanied
by a certificate, which is awarded in the
same manner in which the badge is
given. Once the badge is awarded it may
be worn as a permanent part of the
uniform.
(d) Only one badge will be awarded
to an individual during an
administration. Only one badge will be
awarded to an individual regardless of
the number of certificates received.
(e) The Vice Presidential Service
Badge and Certificate may be awarded
posthumously.
§ 578.107 Office of the Secretary of
Defense Identification Badge.
(a) The Office of the Secretary of
Defense Identification Badge is
authorized under 10 U.S.C., to provide
a distinct identification of military staff
members while assigned and, after
reassignment, to indicate that the
service member satisfactorily served on
the Secretary of Defense’s staff. The
prescribing directive for this badge is
DOD 1348.33–M, Manual of Military
Decorations and Awards.
(b) Description. The badge, 2 inches in
diameter, consists of an eagle with
wings displayed horizontally grasping
three crossed arrows all gold bearing on
its breast a shield paleways of thirteen
pieces argent and gules a chief azure, a
gold annulet passing behind the wing
tips bearing thirteen gold stars above the
eagle and a wreath of laurel and olive
in green enamel below the eagle, the
whole superimposed on a silver
sunburst of 33 rays.
§ 578.108 Joint Chiefs of Staff
Identification Badge.
(a) A certificate of eligibility may be
issued to military personnel who have
been assigned to duty and have served
not less than 1 year after January 14,
1961 in a position of responsibility
under the direct cognizance of the Joint
Chiefs of Staff. The individual must
have served in a position which requires
as a primary duty the creation,
development, or coordination of
policies, principles, or concepts
pertaining to a primary function of the
organization of the Joint Chiefs of Staff
and must be approved for authorization
to wear the badge by the Chairman, Joint
Chiefs of Staff; the Director, Joint Staff;
the head of a Directorate of the Joint
Staff; or one of the subordinate agencies
of the organization of the Joint Chiefs of
Staff. The certificate of eligibility
constitutes authority for wearing the
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17327
badge as a permanent part of the
uniform.
(b) Description. Within an oral silver
metal wreath of laurel, 21⁄4 inches in
height and 2 inches in width overall, the
shield on the United States (the chief in
blue enamel and the 13 stripes
alternating white and red enamel)
superimposed on four gold metal
unsheathed swords, two in pale and two
in saltire with points to chief, the points
and pommels resting on the wreath, the
blades and grips entwined with a gold
metal continuous scroll surrounding the
shield with the word JOINT at the top
and the words CHIEFS OF STAFF at the
bottom, all in blue enamel letters.
§ 578.109
Army Staff Identification Badge.
(a) The Army Staff Identification
Badge (ASIB) and Army Staff Lapel Pin
(ASLP) are neither awards nor
decorations but are distinguished marks
of service at HQDA. They are visible
signs of professional growth associated
with the important duties and
responsibilities of the Army Secretariat
and the Army Staff (ARSTAF). Issuance
of the ASIB and the ASLP is not
automatic, but is based on demonstrated
outstanding performance of duty and
approval by a principal HQDA official.
Eligibility for the ASIB does not
constitute eligibility for the ASLP;
likewise, eligibility for the ASLP does
not constitute eligibility for the ASIB.
(b) Description. The Coat of Arms of
the United States in gold with the
stripes of the shield to be enameled
white and red and chief of the shield
and the sky of the glory to be enameled
blue, superimposed on a five-pointed
black enameled star; in each reentrant
angle of the star are three green
enameled laurel leaves. The star is 3
inches in diameter for the Chief of Staff
and former Chiefs of Staff and a 2 inches
in diameter badge is authorized for all
other personnel awarded the badge.
§ 578. 110 Guard, Tomb of the Unknown
Soldier Identification Badge.
(a) Wear. (1) The Guard, Tomb of the
Unknown Soldier Identification Badge
will be authorized by the Commanding
Officer, 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment (The
Old Guard), for wear by each member of
the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier who
have met all specified criteria for
earning the badge. Only soldiers serving
in the following positions are
authorized to earn the badge:
(i) Commander of the Guard (Platoon
Leader).
(ii) Sergeant of the Guard (Platoon
Sergeant).
(iii) Commander of the Relief.
(iv) Sentinels.
(2) Effective December 17, 1963 the
Commanding Officer, 3d U.S. Infantry
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
17328
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
Regiment (The Old Guard), may
authorize the wearing of the badge as a
permanent part of the uniform for
personnel who:
(i) Have served honorably for a
minimum of 9 months, which need not
be continuous, as a member of the Tomb
of the Unknown Soldier.
(ii) Have met all specified criteria for
earning the badge.
(iii) Have been recommended by the
Commanding Officer, E Company, 3d
Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard).
(3) If soldiers who have served
honorable meet all specified criteria for
earning the badge prior to serving 9 total
months as a member of the Tomb of the
Unknown Soldier and are recommended
by the Commanding Officer, E Company
(Honor Guard), 3d U.S. Infantry
Regiment (The Old Guard), temporary
wear of the badge may be authorized by
the Commanding Officer, 3d U.S.
Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard).
(4) Soldiers who are moved from
authorized positions prior to completion
of 9 total months may be considered for
permanent award on a case-by-case
basis by the Commanding Officer, 3d
U.S. Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard).
(b) Authorization. (1) Authorization of
the badge as a uniform item will be
made by order of the 3d U.S. Infantry
Regiment Commander citing this
paragraph as authority. This order will
constitute authority for individuals to
wear the badge as a part of their military
uniform. Original issue of the badge will
be made by the Commanding Officer of
the 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment (The Old
Guard). Replacements will be purchased
from approved commercial sources to
ensure the quality of the badge.
(2) This award is retroactive to
February 1, 1958 for personnel in the
Active Army. This date reflects when
the badge was first created and
recognized by the Army for official
wear. Former soldiers may apply to
Commander, 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment
(The Old Guard), Fort Myer, VA 22211–
5020.
(c) Revocation. (1) When the
Commander of The Old Guard becomes
aware of information about a current or
former member of the Tomb of the
Unknown Soldier who was authorized
permanent wear of the Tomb
Identification Badge that suggests
inappropriate conduct, including, but
not limited to, acts of commission or
omission for a member of that unit, or
the intention to engage in inappropriate
conduct, he will notify the Commander,
E Company (Honor Guard), 3d U.S.
Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard). The
Commander, E Company (Honor Guard)
will conduct a Commander’s Inquiry to
determine if the matter warrants further
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
investigation, or if there is sufficient
information to recommend to the
Commanding Officer, 3d U.S. Infantry
Regiment (The Old Guard) that the
Tomb Identification Badge be revoked
or that the soldier be reassigned, or
both.
(2) Nothing stated in this section
prevents the Regimental Commander
from taking peremptory action deemed
necessary or appropriate to protect the
interests of the U.S. Army, the 3d U.S.
Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard), or
the soldiers under his command.
Authority to revoke the badge remains
with Commanding Officer, 3d U.S.
Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard).
Revocation will be announced in
permanent orders.
(d) Reinstatement. Requests to have
the badge reinstated will be directed to
the current Commanding Officer,
Headquarters, 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment
(The Old Guard), Fort Myer, VA 22211–
1199. Requests will be reviewed upon
receipt of all information and forwarded
to the reinstatement authority with a
recommendation. Approval authority
for reinstatement of the badge is the
Commander, USA HRC (see § 578.3(c)
for address).
(e) Description. A silver color metal
badge 2 inches in width and 115⁄32
inches in height, consisting of an
inverted open laurel wreath surmounted
by a representation of the front elevation
of the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier,
the upper section containing the three
figures of Peace, Victory, and Valor, the
base bearing in two lines the words
‘‘HONOR GUARD’’, all in low relief.
§ 578.111 Army ROTC Nurse Cadet
Program Identification Badge.
This badge is authorized for issue to
and wear by contracted ROTC cadets
enrolled in a program leading to a
baccalaureate degree in nursing. It was
formerly referred to as the Army
Student Nurse Program Identification
Badge.
§ 578.112
Badge.
Drill Sergeant Identification
(a) Eligibility. Successful completion
of the Drill Sergeant course and
assignment as a drill sergeant to a
training command.
(b) Authorization. The Commandant
of the Drill Sergeant School will
authorize the permanent wear of the
badge to eligible personnel by
memorandum. Officers are authorized to
wear this badge if it was permanently
awarded to them while in an enlisted
status.
(c) Description—(1) Metal. A gold
plated metal and enamel insignia, 2
inches (5.08 cm) in width and 151⁄64
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
inches (4.56 cm) in height, consisting of
a flaming torch above a breast plate and
jupon in front of a rattlesnake on a green
background, grasping in its mouth at
upper right and with its tail at upper
left, the ends of an encircling scroll
inscribed ‘‘THIS WE’LL DEFEND’’ in
black letters, between 13 black star, 7 on
the left and 6 on the right.
(2) Embroidered. An embroidered
insignia, as described above in subdued
colors, except the size is 23⁄4 inches
(6.99 cm) in width and 21⁄2 inches (6.35
cm) in height. The insignia is on a olive
drab square background measuring 31⁄2
inches (8.89 cm) in width and height.
§ 578.113 U.S. Army Recruiter
Identification Badge.
(a) The U.S. Army Basic Recruiter
Badge is authorized for wear by military
personnel assigned or attached to the
U.S. Army Recruiting Command
(USAREC) as designated by the CG,
USAREC. One, two, or three gold
achievement stars may be awarded to
eligible personnel meeting the criteria
established for each achievement star by
the CG, USAREC. These stars will be
affixed to the basic badge.
(b) The U.S. Army Gold Recruiter
Badge is authorized for wear by eligible
personnel meeting the criteria
established by the CG, USAREC. One,
two, or three sapphire achievement stars
may be awarded to eligible personnel
meeting the criteria established for each
achievement star by the CG, USAREC.
These stars will be affixed to the gold
badge.
(c) Description. A silver or gold color
metal device 21⁄8 inches (5.4 cm) in
height overall consisting of a circular
band inscribed, between two narrow
green enamel borders, with the words
‘‘U.S. ARMY’’ on the left and
‘‘RECRUITER’’ on the right, in silver
letters, reading clockwise and at bottom
center three five-pointed stars; perched
upon the inside edge of the band at
bottom center an eagle looking to its
right its wings raised vertically and
extended over the top of the band and
supported between its wings diagonally
from lower left to upper right a flaming
torch with both ends extended outside
the band.
§ 578.114
Career Counselor Badge.
(a) The Career Counselor Badge may
be authorized for wear by enlisted
personnel assigned to authorized duty
positions which requires Primary
Military Occupational Specialty (PMOS)
79S (Career Counselor). The award is
retroactive to January 1, 1972.
(b) Description. An oxidized silver
badge 17⁄8 inches in height overall
consisting of an eagle with raised and
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
outstretched wings standing upon, at
the point of the intersection, the shaft of
a spear to the left and the barrel of a
musket with fixed bayonet to the right,
weapons terminated just below the
point of crossing, and all enclosed by a
horizontal oval-shaped frame, its lower
half consisting of a scroll inscribed with
the words ‘‘CAREER COUNSELOR’’ in
raised letters, the upper half composed
of two olive branches issuing from the
ends of the scroll at either side and
passing behind the eagle’s wing tips,
meeting at top center; all areas between
the eagle, spear and musket and the
frame are pierced.
§ 578.115 Army National Guard Recruiting
and Retention Identification Badges.
The National Guard Bureau (NGB–
ARP) is the proponent agency for the
Army National Guard Recruiting and
Retention Identification Badges. There
are three degrees of badges that may be
awarded; basic, senior, and master
ARNG Recruiter Badges. See National
Guard Regulation 672–2.
§ 578.116 U.S. Army Reserve Recruiter
Identification Badge.
The U.S. Army Reserve Recruiter
Badge no longer exists as a separate
identification badge. All Regular Army
and Reserve Component recruiters only
wear the U.S. Army Recruiter
Identification Badges authorized in
§ 578.109 of this part.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.117 Foreign and International
Decorations and Awards to U.S. Army
Personnel—General.
(a) Guidelines. The provisions for
receipt and acceptance, or prohibition
thereof, of foreign decorations and
badges outlined in this chapter apply
to—
(1) Active Army, Army National
Guard, and U.S. Army Reserve soldiers
to include retirees regardless of duty
status.
(2) All civilian employees of DA
including experts and consultants under
contract to DA.
(3) All spouses, unless legally
separated and family members of the
personnel listed in paragraphs (a)(1) and
(2) of this section.
(b) The provisions for receipt and
acceptance, or prohibition thereof, of
foreign decorations and badges outlined
in this chapter do not apply when:
(1) A foreign decoration is awarded
posthumously. Such decorations and
accompanying documents will be
forwarded to Commander, USA HRC,
(see § 578.3(c) for address), for delivery
to next of kin.
(2) The recipient of a decoration dies
before approval of acceptance can be
obtained.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
(3) A foreign decoration was awarded
for service while the recipient was a
bona fide member of the Armed Forces
of a friendly foreign nation, provided
the decoration was made prior to
employment of the recipient by the U.S.
Government.
(4) A decoration for service in the
Republic of Vietnam was accepted on or
after March 1, 1961, but not later than
March 28, 1973.
(c) Restriction. No person will request,
solicit, or otherwise encourage the
tender of a foreign decoration.
Whenever possible, personnel are
obligated to initially refuse acceptance
of foreign decorations.
(d) Constitutional restriction. No
person holding any office of profit or
trust under the United States will,
without the consent of the Congress,
accept any present, emolument, office,
or title of any kind whatsoever from any
king, prince, or foreign state.
(Constitution, Article. I, section. 9) This
includes decorations and awards
tendered by any official of a foreign
government.
(e) Congressional authorization. 5
U.S.C. 7342 authorizes members of the
Army to accept, retain, and wear foreign
decorations tendered in recognition of
active field service in time of combat
operations or awarded for other
outstanding or unusually meritorious
performance, subject to the approval of
the Secretary of the Army.
(f) Participation in ceremonies.
Subject to the restriction in, an
individual may participate in a
ceremony and receive the tender of a
foreign decoration. The receipt of the
decoration will not constitute
acceptance of the award by the
recipient.
(g) Disciplinary action. The wearing of
unauthorized awards, decorations, or
other devices is a violation of the
Uniform Code of Military Justice and
may subject a soldier to appropriate
disciplinary action.
§ 578.118
Individual foreign decorations.
Decorations received which have been
tendered in recognition of active field
service in connection with combat
operations or which have been awarded
for outstanding or unusually
meritorious performance may be
accepted and worn upon receiving the
approval of HQ, USA HRC. In the
absence of such approval, the
decoration will become the property of
the United States and will be deposited
with HQ, USA HRC, for use or disposal.
§ 578.119
Foreign unit decorations.
(a) During the period of military
operations against an armed enemy and
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17329
for 1 year thereafter; or while engaged
in military operations involving conflict
with an opposing foreign force; or while
serving with friendly foreign forces
engaged in an armed conflict against an
opposing armed force in which the
United States is not a belligerent party,
Army Component commanders, or
major Army commanders are authorized
to accept foreign unit decorations
tendered to brigades, battalions, or
smaller units under their command. HQ,
USA HRC (AHRC–PDO–PA) will take
final action on all tenders of foreign unit
decorations to headquarters and
headquarters companies of divisions
and higher or comparable units. This
authority will not be further delegated.
Acceptance of foreign unit decorations
will be reported to the CG, USA HRC for
confirmation in DAGO. Confirmed
foreign unit decorations are listed in DA
Pamphlet 672–1 and DA Pamphlet 672–
3.
(b) Foreign unit decorations may be
accepted only if all the following
conditions are met:
(1) The decoration is tendered by a
friendly foreign nation for heroism or
exceptionally meritorious service in
direct support of military operations;
(2) The decoration is one that is
conferred by the national government of
the foreign country upon units of its
own Armed Forces; and
(3) The unit is cited by name in orders
of the national government of the
foreign country.
(c) Foreign unit decorations will be
neither recommended by nor sought by
the Department of the Army.
Solicitation of foreign unit decorations
by individuals or units within the Army
is prohibited. Acceptance of foreign unit
decorations will be approved by CG,
USA HRC, only when the award is
proffered by the foreign government
based on services performed and
without solicitation.
(d) Display of foreign unit
decorations. Awards of foreign unit
decorations are evidenced by streamers,
fourrageres, or lanyards attached to the
pike or lance as a component part of
organizational colors, distinguishing
flags or guidons.
(e) The streamer will be of colors
corresponding to the ribbon of the unit
decoration with the name of the action
or the area of operations embroidered
thereon. A separate streamer will be
furnished for each award. The medal
will be attached only on ceremonial
occasions.
(f) Additional foreign unit decorations
which have been tendered and accepted
but for which no streamer is authorized
for unit colors and guidons are as
follows:
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
17330
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
(1) Citation in the Order of the Day of
the Belgian Army;
(2) State of Vietnam Ribbon of
Friendship;
(3) Netherlands Orange Lanyard;
(g) Emblems. (1) Normally when a
unit is cited, only the organizational
color, distinguishing flag, or guidon is
decorated. Unless specifically
authorized by orders of the foreign
government and approved by CG, USA
HRC, no emblem is issued but may be
purchased for wear on the uniform. See
AR 670–1 for information on wear of
foreign unit awards.
(2) The only emblems so far
authorized for wear on the uniform to
indicate a foreign decoration received
by a unit are the French and Belgian
Fourrageres, the Netherlands Orange
Lanyard, the Philippine Republic
Presidential Unit Citation Badge, the
Republic of Korea Presidential Unit
Citation Badge, the Vietnam Presidential
Unit Citation Badge, the Republic of
Vietnam Gallantry Cross Unit Citation
Badge, and the Republic of Vietnam
Civil Actions Medal Unit Citation
Badges. Only the French Fourragere is
authorized for temporary wear.
(3) The following emblems are not
sold by the Department of the Army, but
may be purchased if desired from
civilian dealers in military insignia and
some Army Exchanges: Philippine
Republic, Republic of Korea, and the
Vietnam Presidential Unit Citations, the
Republic of Vietnam Gallantry Cross,
and the Republic of Vietnam Civil
Actions Medal.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.120
Foreign badges.
(a) Eligibility requirements.
Qualification and special skill badges
may be accepted if awarded in
recognition of meeting the criteria, as
established by the foreign government
concerned, for the specific award. Only
those badges that are awarded in
recognition of military activities and by
the military department of the host
country are authorized for acceptance
and permanent wear. Badges that do not
meet these criteria may be authorized
for acceptance but not for wear, and will
not be entered in the official military
records of the recipient. Of particular
importance are the criteria established
by the military department of the host
country; for example, if a particular
badge is authorized for award only to
enlisted personnel of host country then
badge may be accepted and worn by
U.S. Army enlisted personnel.
(b) Awarding authority. Commanders
(overseas and CONUS) serving in the
rank of brigadier general or higher and
colonel level commanders who exercise
general court-martial authority are
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
delegated authority to approve the
acceptance, retention, and permanent
wear of foreign badges. This authority
may be further delegated to
commanders charged with custody of
military personnel record files. The
burden of proof rests on the individual
soldier to produce valid justification,
that is, orders, citations, or other
original copies of the foreign elements
that awarded them the badge. A list of
approved badges are provided in
Appendix D, AR 600–8–22 and the
Army Awards Branch Web site: https://
www.perscomonline.army.mil/tagd/
awards/Appendix_D.doc. Request for
accept and wear of any foreign badges
not listed in Appendix D or the website
will be forwarded to HQ, USA HRC (see
§ 578.3(c) for address).
(c) Other badges. Badges presented to
Army personnel which do not fall under
the category of qualification or special
skill badges discussed in paragraph (a)
of this section (honorary badges,
identification devices, insignia) will be
reported in accordance with AR 1–100,
paragraph 6. Badges in these categories
are considered gifts. They will not be
authorized for wear nor entered in
official military personnel records.
(d) Wear. AR 670–1 governs the
manner of wear of foreign qualification
and special skill badges.
§ 578.121
United Nations Service Medal.
(a) The United National Service
Medal (UNSM) was established by
United Nations General Assembly
Resolution 483(V), December 12, 1950.
Presidential acceptance for the United
States Armed Forces was announced by
the DOD on November 27, 1951.
(b) Qualifications. To qualify for
award of the UNSM, individuals must
meet one of the following:
(1) Members of the Armed Forces of
the United States dispatched to Korea or
adjacent areas for service on behalf of
the United Nations in the action in
Korea.
(2) Other personnel dispatched to
Korea or adjacent areas as members of
paramilitary and quasi-military units
designated by the U.S. Government for
service in support of United Nations
action in Korea and certified by the
United Nations Commander in Chief as
having directly supported military
operations there.
(3) Personnel awarded the Korean
Service Medal automatically establish
eligibility for the United Nations Service
Medal.
(4) Service with a national contingent
designated by the U.S. Government for
service in support of the United Nations
action in Korea and certified by the
United Nations Commander in Chief as
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
having directly supported military
operations in Korea.
(c) Service requirements. Service will
be for periods provided between June
27, 1950 and July 27, 1954, inclusive,
under either of the following conditions:
(1) Within the territorial limits of
Korea or the waters immediately
adjacent thereto or in the air over Korea
or over such waters.
(2) The service prescribed must have
been performed while serving with any
unit as provided in paragraphs (b)(1)
and (2) of this section as specified
below:
(i) While on an assignment to such
unit for any period between the dates
specified above.
(ii) While attached to such a unit for
a period of 30 days consecutive or
nonconsecutive, between the dates
specified above.
(iii) While in active combat against
the enemy under conditions other than
those prescribed in paragraphs (b) and
(c) of this section if a combat decoration
has been awarded or an individual
certificate testifying to such combat
service has been furnished by the
commander of an independent force or
a division, ship, or air group, or
comparable or higher unit.
(d) Exclusions. No personnel of the
United Nations or of its specialized
agencies or of any national government
service other than as prescribed above
and no International Red Cross
personnel engaged for service under the
United Nations Commander in Chief
with any United Nations relief team in
Korea will be eligible for award of the
medal.
§ 578.122
Medal.
Inter-American Defense Board
(a) The Inter-American Defense Board
Medal was established by the Ninetyfirst Session of the Inter-American
Defense Board on December 11, 1945
and authorized by Executive Order
11446, January 18, 1969.
(b) U.S. military personnel who have
served on the Inter-American Defense
Board for at least 1 year as chairman of
the board, delegates, advisers, officers of
the staff, officers of the secretariat, or
officers of the Inter-American Defense
College may wear the Inter-American
Defense Board ribbon permanently.
(c) U.S. military personnel who have
been awarded the Inter-American
Defense Board Medal and ribbon may
wear them when attending meetings,
ceremonies, or other functions where
Latin American members of the Board
are present.
§ 578.123
Philippine Defense Ribbon.
The Philippine Defense Ribbon is
awarded for service in the defense of the
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
Philippines from December 8, 1941 to
June 15, 1942, under either of the
following conditions:
(a) Participation in any engagement
against the enemy in Philippine
territory, in Philippine waters, or in the
air over the Philippines or over
Philippine waters. An individual will be
considered as having participated in an
engagement if they meet one of the
following:
(1) Was a member of the defense
garrison of the Bataan Peninsula or of
the fortified islands at the entrance to
Manila Bay.
(2) Was a member of and present with
a unit actually under enemy fire or air
attack.
(3) Served on a ship that was under
enemy fire or air attack.
(4) Was a crewmember or passenger in
an airplane that was under enemy aerial
or ground fire.
(b) Assigned or stationed in
Philippine territory or in Philippine
waters for not less than 30 days during
the period.
(c) Individuals who meet conditions
set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
section are authorized to wear a bronze
service star on the ribbon.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.124
Philippine Liberation Ribbon.
(a) The Philippine Liberation Ribbon
is authorized by DA Circular 59, March
8, 1948.
(b) It is awarded for service in the
liberation of the Philippines from
October 17, 1944 to September 3, 1945,
under any of the following conditions:
(1) Participated in the initial landing
operations on Leyte or adjoining islands
from October 17, 1944 to October 20,
1944. An individual will be considered
as having participated in such
operations if he landed on Leyte or
adjoining islands, was on a ship in
Philippine waters, or was a
crewmember of an airplane, which flew
over Philippine territory during the
period.
(2) Participated in any engagement
against the enemy during the campaign
on Leyte and adjoining islands. An
individual will be considered as having
participated in combat if he meets any
of the conditions set forth in Philippine
Defense Ribbon § 578.123(a)(2) through
(4).
(3) Participated in any engagement
against the enemy on islands other than
those included in paragraph (b)(2) of
this section. An individual will be
considered as having participated in
combat if he or she meets any of the
conditions set forth in Philippine
Defense Ribbon § 578.123(a)(2) through
(4).
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
(4) Served in the Philippine Islands or
on ships in Philippine waters for not
less than 30 days during the period.
(c) Bronze service stars. An individual
who meets more than one of the
conditions set forth in paragraph (a) of
this section is authorized to wear a
bronze service star on the ribbon for
each additional condition under which
he or she qualifies other than that under
which he or she is eligible for the initial
award of the ribbon.
§ 578.125
Ribbon.
Philippine Independence
The Philippine Independence Ribbon
is authorized by DA Circular 59, 1948.
Any recipient of both the Philippine
Defense and Philippine Liberation
ribbons is eligible for award of the
Philippine Independence Ribbon.
United States Army personnel
authorized to wear the Philippine
Independence Ribbon under the
established criteria, may continue to
wear the ribbon, provided the authority
for such wear was recorded before
November 24, 1954.
§ 578.126
United Nations Medal.
(a) Authorized by the Secretary
General of the United Nations and
Executive Order 11139, January 7, 1964.
U.S. service members who are or have
been in the service of the United
Nations in operations designated by the
Secretary of Defense may accept the
United Nations Medal (UNM) when
awarded by the Chief of the United
Nations Mission.
(b) Eligibility. The eligibility criteria
for award of the UNM requires that an
individual serve under the operational
or tactical control of the United Nations
and serve a minimum of 90 consecutive
days in the service of the United
Nations. The following United Nations
missions/operations have been
approved for acceptance and wear:
(1) United Nations Observation Group
in Lebanon (UNOGIL);
(2) United Nations Truce Supervision
Organization in Palestine (UNTSO);
(3) United Nations Military Observer
Group in India and Pakistan
(UNMOGIP);
(4) United Nations Security Forces,
Hollandia (UNSFH);
(5) United Nations Transitional
Authority in Cambodia (UNTAC);
(6) United Nations Advance Mission
in Cambodia (UNAMIC);
(7) United Nations Protection Force in
Yugoslavia (UNPROFOR);
(8) United Nations Mission for the
Referendum in Western Sahara
(MINURSO);
(9) United Nations Iraq/Kuwait
Observation Mission (UNIKOM);
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17331
(10) United Nations Operations in
Somalia (to include U.S. Quick Reaction
Force members) (UNOSOM);
(11) United Nations Mission in Haiti
(UNMIH);
(12) United Nations Medal Special
Service (UNMSS).
(c) Wear. Each United Nations
mission for which an UNM is awarded
is commemorated by a suspension and
service ribbon of unique colors and
design. The ribbon and medallion
combination take on the name of the
specific operation for which the
combination was created. For example,
the operation in the Former Republic of
Yugoslavia is the United Nations
Protection Force (UNPROFOR), yielding
the UNPROFOR Medal. Service
members who are awarded an UNM
may wear the first UNM with unique
suspension and service ribbon for which
they qualify. A bronze service star will
denote subsequent awards of the UNM
for service in a different United Nations
mission. Only one United Nations
ribbon is authorized for wear.
(d) Presentation. The Senior
Representative of the Secretary-General
who makes the award normally makes
presentation of the UNM in the field.
Approval authority to accept and wear
the UNM to member of the Armed
Forces of the United States is the
Secretary of Defense. When presentation
is not so accomplished, any person who
believes he or she is eligible for award
may submit to Commander, USA HRC,
(see § 578.3(c) for address) and a request
for such award with copy of any
substantiating documents. Commander,
AHRC will forward each such request
through the Office of Internal
Administration, Office of the Assistant
Secretary of State for International
Organization Affairs, to the United
Nations for consideration.
(e) Description—(1) Medal. The medal
is bronze, 13⁄8 inches in diameter, with
a top view of the globe enclosed at sides
and bottom by a wreath and the letters
‘‘UN’’ at the top of the medal. On the
reverse side is the inscription ‘‘IN THE
SERVICE OF PEACE’’. The United
Nations Service Medal Korea is the
same design, except the obverse does
not include the letters ‘‘UN’’ and the
medal has a hanger bar with the
inscription ‘‘KOREA’’. On the reverse
side of the United Nations Service
Medal Korea is the inscription ‘‘FOR
SERVICE IN DEFENCE OF THE
PRINCIPLES OF THE CHARTER OF
THE UNITED NATIONS’’.
(2) Ribbon. Each United Nations
mission for which a UNM is awarded is
commemorated by a suspension and
service ribbon of unique colors and
design. The ribbon and medallion
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
17332
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
combination take on the name of the
specific operation for which the
combination was created. For example,
the operation in the Former Republic of
Yugoslavia is the United Nations
Protection Force (UNPROFOR), yielding
the UNPROFOR Medal. Service
members who are awarded a UNM may
wear the first UNM with unique
suspension and service ribbon for which
they qualify. A bronze service star will
be worn to denote subsequent awards of
the UNM for service in a different
United Nations mission. Only one
United Nations ribbon is authorized for
wear.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.127 North Atlantic Treaty
Organization (NATO) Medal.
(a) The North Atlantic Treaty
Organization (NATO) Medal is awarded
by the Secretary-General of the North
Atlantic Treaty Organization to military
and civilian members of the Armed
Forces of the United States who
participate in NATO operations related
to the former Republic of Yugoslavia.
The Secretary of Defense authorized
acceptance of the NATO Medal on
November 14, 1995.
(b) Acceptance. Acceptance of the
NATO Medal has been approved for
U.S. military personnel who serve under
NATO command or operational control
in direct support of NATO operations in
the former Republic of Yugoslavia, or as
designated by the Supreme Allied
Command, Europe (SACEUR), from July
1, 1992 to a date to be determined.
(c) Presentation. The NATO Medal
will normally be presented by the Allied
Command Europe headquarters
exercising operational command or
control over U.S. military units or
individuals prior to their departure from
service with NATO.
(d) Medal set. The medal set includes
a ribbon clasp denoting the specific
operation for which the award was
made. U.S. service members are
authorized to retain the ribbon clasp
presented but may not wear the clasp.
Only the basic medal and service ribbon
are authorized for wear on the uniform.
(e) Subsequent awards. Subsequent
awards (if approved by the Secretary of
Defense) for service in a different NATO
operation, U.S. military personnel will
affix a bronze service star to the NATO
Medal suspension ribbon and service
ribbon.
(f) Precedence. The NATO Medal
shall have the same precedence as the
United Nations Medal, but will rank
immediately below the United Nations
Medal when the wearer has been
awarded both medals.
(g) Description. The medal is bronze,
13⁄8 inches in diameter, bearing on the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
obverse the NATO emblem (a four
pointed star emitting a ray from each
point superimposed on an annulet)
enclosed in base by a wreath of olive.
The reverse side has a band inscribed
‘‘NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY
ORGANIZATION’’ at top and
‘‘ORGANISATION DU TRAITE DE
L’ATLANTIQUE NORD’’ at the bottom.
In the center is a sprig of olive between
the inscription ‘‘IN SERVICE OF PEACE
AND FREEDOM’’ above and ‘‘AU
SERVICE DE LA PAIX ET DE LA
LIBERTE’’ below. The ribbon is 13⁄8
inches wide and consists of the
following stripes: 5⁄32 inch Yale Blue
67176; 1⁄8 inch White 67101; 13⁄16 inch
Yale Blue; 1⁄8 inch White; and 5⁄32 inch
Yale Blue.
§ 578.128 Multinational Force and
Observers Medal.
(a) The Multinational Force and
Observers (MFO) Medal was established
by the Director General, Multinational
Force and Observers, March 24, 1982.
Presidential acceptance for the United
States Armed Forces and DOD civilian
personnel is announced by DOD on July
28, 1982.
(b) Eligibility. To qualify for the award
personnel must have served with the
MFO at least ninety (90) cumulative
days after August 3, 1981. Effective
March 15, 1985, personnel must serve 6
months (170 days minimum) with the
MFO to qualify for the award. Periods
of service on behalf of the MFO outside
of the Sinai, and periods of leave while
a member is serving with the MFO, may
be counted toward eligibility for the
MFO medal. Qualifying time may be
lost for disciplinary reasons.
(c) Awards. The Director General,
MFO makes awards, or in his or her
name by officials to whom he or she
delegates awarding authority.
(d) Presentation. Presentations are
usually to be made by personnel
designated by the Director General,
MFO. When presentation is not
accomplished, any person with MFO
service who believes he or she is eligible
for the award may submit a request for
the award to Commander, USA HRC,
(see § 578.3(c) for address). This request
must include complete details related to
MFO duty, including geographical
location and inclusive dates of service,
and copies of all substantiating
documents. Commanding General, USA
HRC, will then forward each such
request through the Office of Internal
Administration, Office of the Assistant
Secretary of State for International
Organization Affairs, to the
Multinational Force and Observers for
consideration.
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(e) Subsequent awards. An
appropriate numeral starting with
numeral 2 will indicate second and
subsequent awards for each completed
6-month tour. If an individual has not
completed a cumulative 6-month tour,
he or she is not eligible for award of the
MFO medal unless one of the following
conditions exists:
(1) The award is to be made
posthumously.
(2) The member is medically
evacuated due to service-incurred
injuries or serious illness.
(3) The member is withdrawn at the
request of the parent Government for
national service reasons under
honorable conditions.
§ 578.129
Medal.
Republic of Vietnam Campaign
(a) Criteria. The Republic of Vietnam
Campaign Medal is awarded by the
Government of the Republic of Vietnam
to members of the United States Armed
Forces and authorized by DOD 1348.33–
M.
(b) Requirements. To qualify for
award personnel must meet one of the
following requirements:
(1) Have served in the Republic of
Vietnam for 6 months during period
specified in paragraph (c) of this
section.
(2) Have served outside the
geographical limits of the Republic of
Vietnam and contributed direct combat
support to the Republic of Vietnam and
Armed Forces for 6 months. Such
individuals must meet the criteria
established for the Armed Forces
Expeditionary Medal (Vietnam) or the
Vietnam Service Medal, during the
period of service required to qualify for
the Republic of Vietnam Campaign
Medal.
(3) Have served as in paragraph (b)(1)
or (2) of this section for less than 6
months and have been one of the
following:
(i) Wounded by hostile forces.
(ii) Captured by hostile forces, but
later escaped, was rescued or released.
(iii) Killed in action or otherwise in
line of duty.
(4) Personnel assigned in the Republic
of Vietnam on January 28, 1973 must
meet one of the following: (i) Served a
minimum of 60 days in the Republic of
Vietnam as of that date.
(ii) Completed a minimum of 60 days
service in the Republic of Vietnam
during the period from January 28, 1973
to March 28, 1973, inclusive.
(c) Eligibility for award under
authority of this paragraph is limited to
the period from March 1, 1961 to March
2, 1973, inclusive. Eligibility for
acceptance of this award solely by
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
virtue of service performed prior to
March 1, 1961 or subsequent to March
1973 is governed by AR 600–8–22,
paragraph 9–8.
(d) The Republic of Vietnam
Campaign Medal with Device (1960)
and the miniature medal are items of
individual purchase.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
§ 578.130
Arabia.
Kuwait Liberation Medal—Saudi
(a) The Kuwait Liberation Medal is
awarded by the Government of Saudi
Arabia to members of the Armed Forces
of the United States and authorized by
DOD on January 3, 1992.
(b) It is awarded to members of the
Armed Forces of the U.S. who
participated in Operation DESERT
STORM between January 17, 1991 and
February 28, 1991 in one or more of the
following areas: Persian Gulf; Red Sea;
Gulf of Oman; that portion of the
Arabian Sea that lies north of 10 degrees
north latitude and west of 68 degrees
east longitude; the Gulf of Aden; or the
total land areas of Iraq, Kuwait, Saudi
Arabia, Oman, Bahrain, Qatar, and the
United Arab Emirates.
(c) To be eligible personnel must meet
one of the following qualifications:
(1) Be attached to or regularly serving
for one or more days with an
organization participating in ground or
shore operations.
(2) Be attached to or regularly serving
for one or more days aboard a naval
vessel directly supporting military
operations.
(3) Actually participate as a crew
member in one or more aerial flights
supporting military operations in the
areas designated above.
(4) Serve on temporary duty for 30
consecutive days during the period
January 17, 1991 to February 28, 1991
under any of the criteria in paragraphs
(b)(1) through (3) of this section. This
time limit may be waived by HQ, USA
HRC (AHRC–PDO–PA) for people
participating in actual combat
operations.
(d) The eligibility period and
geographic boundaries were specified
by the Government of Saudi Arabia and
may not be waived.
(e) Posthumous award to the next of
kin of any soldier who lost his or her
life, while, or as a direct result of,
participating in Operation DESERT
STORM between January 17, 1991 and
February 28, 1991, without regard to the
length of such service, will be made by
HQ, USA AHRC (AHRC–PDO–PA).
(f) The Kuwait Liberation Medal,
ribbon, and miniature medal are items
of individual purchase. The Army
accomplished an initial issue to eligible
personnel from a one-time stock
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
provided by the Government of Saudi
Arabia in 1992.
(g) Description. The medal is 125⁄32
inches in width and is described as
follows: On a gold sunburst with
stylized silver rays, a glob depicting the
Arabian Peninsula encircled by a wreath
of palm between a scroll in the base
inscribed ‘‘Liberation of Kuwait’’ and at
the top a palm tree issuing from two
diagonally crossed sabers, all gold. The
ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide and consists
of the following stripes: 5⁄32 inch Old
Glory Red 67156; 4⁄64 inch black 67138;
9⁄64 inch white stripe 67101; center 5⁄8
inch irish green 67189; 9⁄64 inch white
stripe 67101; 5⁄64 inch black 67138; and
5⁄32 inch Old Glory Red.
§ 578.131
Kuwait.
Kuwait Liberation Medal—
(a) The Kuwait Liberation Medal is
awarded by the Government of Kuwait
to members of the Armed Forces of the
United States and authorized by the
DOD on August 7, 1995.
(b) It is awarded to members of the
Armed Forces of the U.S. who served in
support of Operations DESERT SHIELD
and DESERT STORM between August 2,
1990 and August 31, 1993 in one or
more of the following areas: the Arabian
Gulf; the Red Sea; the Gulf of Oman;
that portion of the Arabian Sea that lies
north of 10 degrees north latitude and
west of 68 degrees east longitude; the
Gulf of Aden; or the total land areas of
Iraq, Kuwait, Saudi Arabia, Omar,
Bahrain, Qatar, and the United Arab
Emirates.
(c) To be eligible, personnel must
meet one of the following qualifications:
(1) Be attached to or regularly serving
for one or more days with an
organization participating in ground
and/or shore operations.
(2) Be attached to or regularly serving
for one or more days aboard a naval
vessel directly supporting military
operations.
(3) Actually participate as a crew
member in one or more aerial flights
directly supporting military operations
in the areas designated above.
(4) Serve on temporary duty for 30
consecutive days or 60 nonconsecutive
days during the period August 2, 1990
to August 31, 1993 under any of the
criteria in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3)
of this section. This time limit may be
waived by HQ, USA HRC (AHRC–PDO–
PA) for soldiers participating in actual
combat operations.
(d) The eligibility period and
geographic boundaries were specified
by the Government of Kuwait and may
not be waived.
(e) Posthumous award to the next of
kin of any soldier who lost his life,
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17333
while, or as direct result of participating
in Operations DESERT SHIELD/STORM
between August 2, 1990 and August 31,
1993, without regard to the length of
such service, will be made by HQ, USA
HRC (AHRC–PDO–PA).
(f) The Government of Kuwait
provided a one-time stock of the Kuwait
Liberation Medal for initial issue to
eligible personnel.
(g) Description. A bronze metal and
enamel, 19⁄16 inches in diameter
suspended from a bar by a wreath. A
obverse bears the Coat of Arms of the
State of Kuwait. The Coat of Arms
consists of the shield of the flag design
in color superimposed on a falcon with
wings displayed. The falcon supports a
disk containing a sailing ship with the
full name of the State written at the top
of the disk. At the top of the medal is
the inscription ‘‘1991 Liberation Medal’’
in Arabic letters. The reverse side is the
map of Kuwait on a rayed background.
The ribbon is the pattern of the flag of
the State of Kuwait and consists of three
equal stripes 29⁄64 inch each of the
following colors: old glory red (cable
67156), white (cable 67101), and irish
green (cable 67189). A black trapezium
is at top of the ribbon drape and service
ribbon.
§ 578.132
Medal.
Republic of Korea War Service
(a) The Republic of Korea War Service
Medal (ROKWSM) was originally
offered to the Armed Forces of the
United States by the Ministry of
Defense, Republic of Korea, on
November 15, 1951. On 20 August 1999,
the Assistant Secretary of Defense
(Force Management & Policy) approved
acceptance and wear of the medal for
veterans of the Korean War.
(b) Criteria. It is awarded to members
of the U.S. Armed Forces who served in
Korea and adjacent waters between June
25, 1950 and July 27, 1953. The service
prescribed must have been performed as
follows:
(1) While on permanent assignment;
or
(2) While on temporary duty within
the territorial limits of Korea or on
waters immediately adjacent thereto for
30 consecutive days or 60
nonconsecutive days; or
(3) While as crew members of aircraft,
in aerial flight over Korea participating
in actual combat operations or in
support of combat operations.
(c) Supply of the medal. The Air
Force is the Executive Agency for the
ROKWSM. Therefore, requests for
award of the medal should be forwarded
to the following address: HQ, Air Force
Personnel Center, DPPPRK, 550 C Street
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
17334
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules and Regulations
W, Suite 12, Randolph AFB, TX 78150–
4612.
(d) Order of precedence. Order of
precedence for non-U.S. service medals
and ribbons is determined by date of
approval. Accordingly, the ROKWSM
will be worn after the Kuwait Liberation
Medal—Government of Kuwait. For the
majority of Korean War veterans, the
medal will be worn after the United
Nations Medal or the Republic of
Vietnam Campaign Medal, if they
served during the Vietnam Conflict era.
(e) Description. A gold six pointed
star with rays, 37mm in diameter,
superimposed by a white enameled star,
42mm in diameter, overall in center a
green disc, 18mm in diameter, with the
outline of the Vietnamese country with
a red flame of three rays between North
and South Vietnam. On the reverse of
the medal is a circle with a designated
band containing the word ‘‘CHIEN–
DICH’’ (Campaign) at the top and ‘‘BOI–
THINH’’ (Medal) at the bottom. Across
the center of the circle is the word
‘‘VIET–NAM’’. The ribbon is 13⁄8 inches
wide and consists of the following
stripes: 1⁄16 inch gherkin green 67183;
3⁄16 inch white 67101; 5⁄16 inch gherkin
green 67183; 1⁄4 inch white 67101; 5⁄16
inch gherkin green 67183; 3⁄16 inch
white 67101; 1⁄16 inch gherkin green
67183, and 3⁄16 inch white 67101.
§ 578.133
Certificates for decorations.
wwhite on PROD1PC61 with RULES2
(a) Current issue. A certificate will be
presented with each award of an
authorized military decoration. In no
case will a commander issue a
certificate indicating award of a military
decoration other than on the standard
DA certificate for the awarded
decoration. Awards certificates will be
issued without reference to numbered
oak leaf clusters.
(b) Completion. Each certificate for
award of the Legion of Merit (LM),
Meritorious Service Medal (MSM),
Army Commendation Medal (ARCOM)
and Army Achievement Medal (AAM)
will be completed by the awarding
commander and will bear his or her
personal signature in the lower right
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:33 Apr 04, 2006
Jkt 208001
corner. The Permanent Orders number
and date are typed on the line on the left
side of the LM, MSM, ARCOM, and
AAM certificates. The grade, name, and
branch of service, together with the
place and dates of the act, achievement,
or service of the recipient, will be
inserted on the certificate in the
appropriate spaces.
(c) Replacement of Award
Certificates—(1) Veterans and retirees.
Veterans and retirees awarded U.S.
military decorations to whom an
appropriate certificate has not been
issued may apply for such certificate by
writing to the appropriate office
indicated in § 578.66.
(2) Active duty soldiers. Active duty
soldiers may request replacement
certificate through command channels
to the headquarters currently having
authority to award the decoration for
which certificate is required. Each
request should include a copy of the
orders announcing the award. The
replacement certificate will be
annotated with the original order
number (for example, Per Permanent
Orders XX–XX, January 1, 2000).
§ 578.134
Certificate of Achievement.
(a) Commanders may recognize
periods of faithful service, acts, or
achievements which do not meet the
standards required for decorations by
issuing to individual U.S. military
personnel a DA Form 2442 (Certificate
of Achievement) or a Certificate of
Achievement of local design.
(b) Certificates of Achievement will be
issued under such regulations as the
local commander may prescribe.
(c) If a locally designed Certificate of
Achievement is printed for use
according to this regulation, it may bear
reproductions of insignia. In the interest
of economy, the use of color will be
held to a minimum.
(d) The citation on such certificates
will not be worded so that the act of
service performed appears to warrant
the award of a decoration.
(e) No distinguishing device is
authorized for wear to indicate the
receipt of a Certificate of Achievement.
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 578.135 Certificate of appreciation to
employers.
(a) To improve employer acceptance
of the concept of military leave for
participation in Reserve Component
training and to encourage employers to
adopt liberal military leave policies,
certificates of appreciation may be
presented to employers who have
wholeheartedly and consistently
cooperated in granting military leave to
employees.
(b) The Commanding Generals,
TRADOC, FORSCOM, State adjutants
general, Army Reserve General Officer
Commands, Corps, and the U.S. Army
Military District of Washington are
authorized to make this award.
(c) Certificates will be presented by
the awarding commander or by an
authorized representative, as
appropriate.
§ 578.136
Certificates for badges.
Commanders authorized to award
badges may issue, simultaneously,
appropriate certificates of achievement
to persons under their command who
have qualified for the respective badges.
The certificate also may bear a citation
which will follow closely the prescribed
eligibility requirements for the
respective badge.
§ 578.137 Cold War Recognition
Certificate.
Public Law 105–85, Section 1084,
established a Cold War Recognition
Certificate to recognize all members of
the Armed Forces and qualified Federal
government civilian personnel who
faithfully and honorably served the
United States during the Cold War Era
from September 2, 1945 to December 26,
1991. The Cold War Recognition System
homepage at https://
www.perscomonline.army.mil/tagd/
coldwar/default.htm announces the
program and provides instructions for
individual requests.
[FR Doc. 06–2854 Filed 4–4–06; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3710–08–P
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
]]>Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 71, Number 65 (Wednesday, April 5, 2006)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 17276-17334]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 06-2854]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 17275]]
Part IV
Department of Defense
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Department of the Army
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
32 CFR Part 578
Decorations, Medals, Ribbons, & Similar Devices; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 5, 2006 / Rules
and Regulations
[[Page 17276]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE
Department of the Army
32 CFR Part 578
RIN 0702-AA41
Decorations, Medals, Ribbons, & Similar Devices
AGENCY: Department of Army, DOD.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Department of the Army is revising our rule concerning the
regulation that prescribes policy, criteria, and administrative
instructions concerning individual military awards. This rule finalizes
the proposed rule that was published in the Federal Register on
November 2, 2005.
DATES: Effective Date: May 5, 2006.
ADDRESSES: U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Military Awards Branch,
ATTN: AHRC-PDO-PA, 200 Stovall Street, Alexandria, VA 22332-0471.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ms. Denise Harris, U.S. Army Human
Resources Command, Military Awards Branch at (703)325-9171.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
A. Background
In the November 2, 2005, issue of the Federal Register (70 FR
66602), the Department of the Army issued a proposed rule to revise 32
CFR part 578. This final rule incorporates laws enacted and policies
approved by AR 600-8-22, Military Awards, in October 1990. The
Department of the Army received a response from one commenter,
requesting that the Army implement a policy to create a medal to
accompany a Department of Defense certificate. The commenter was
informed that the Army does not govern the certificate in question, and
therefore cannot create a medal to accompany the certificate. The
commenter was also advised to submit a written request for creation of
a new medal to the Department of Defense.
B. Regulatory Flexibility Act
This rule has been reviewed under the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5
U.S.C. 601-612, which requires the preparation of a regulatory
flexibility analysis for any regulation that will have a significant
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities (i.e., small
businesses and small governments). The Department of the Army has
determined that this rule will have no significant economic impact on
small entities.
C. Paperwork Reduction Act
The Paperwork Reduction Act does not apply, because the rule does
not impose any information collection requirements that require the
approval of the Office of Management and Budget under 44 U.S.C. 3501,
et seq.
D. Executive Order 12866
According to the criteria listed in section 3(f) of Executive Order
12866, HQ, U.S. Army Human Resources Command has determined that the
proposed rule is not a significant regulatory action. As such, the
proposed rule is not subject to Office of Management and Budget review
under section 6(a)(3) of the Executive Order.
E. Eric Porter,
Brigadier General, United States Army, The Adjutant General.
List of Subjects in 32 CFR Part 578
Decorations, Medals, Awards, Military personnel.
0
For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Department of the Army is
revising 32 CFR part 578 to read as follows:
PART 578--DECORATIONS, MEDALS, RIBBONS, & SIMILAR DEVICES
General
Sec.
578.1 Purpose.
578.2 Explanation of terms.
578.3 Display sets of award elements and the Medal of Honor.
578.4 U.S. Military decorations.
578.5 Award recommendations.
578.6 Wartime criteria.
578.7 Peacetime criteria.
578.8 General rules.
578.9 Medal of Honor.
578.10 Distinguished Service Cross.
578.11 Distinguished Service Medal.
578.12 Silver Star.
578.13 Legion of Merit.
578.14 Distinguished Flying Cross.
578.15 Soldier's Medal.
578.16 Bronze Star Medal.
578.17 Purple Heart.
578.18 Meritorious Service Medal.
578.19 Air Medal.
578.20 Army Commendation Medal.
578.21 Army Achievement Medal.
578.22 Prisoner of War Medal.
578.23 National Defense Service Medal.
567.24 Antarctica Service Medal.
578.25 Armed Forces Expeditionary Medal.
578.26 Vietnam Service Medal.
578.27 Southwest Asia Service Medal.
578.28 Kosovo Campaign Medal.
578.29 Afghanistan Campaign Medal.
578.30 Iraq Campaign Medal.
578.31 Global War on Terrorism Expeditionary Medal.
578.32 Global War on Terrorism Service Medal.
578.33 Korean Defense Service Medal.
578.34 Armed Forces Service Medal.
578.35 Humanitarian Service Medal.
578.36 Military Outstanding Volunteer Service Medal.
578.37 Army Good Conduct Medal.
578.38 Army Reserve Components Achievement Medal.
578.39 Army Reserve Components Overseas Training Ribbon.
578.40 Overseas Service Ribbon.
578.41 Army Service Ribbon.
578.42 Noncommissioned Officer Professional Development Ribbon.
578.43 Armed Forces Reserve Medal.
578.44 Korean Service Medal.
578.45 Medal of Humane Action.
578.46 Army of Occupation Medal.
578.47 World War II Victory Medal.
578.48 European-African-Middle Eastern Campaign Medal.
578.49 Asiatic-Pacific Campaign Medal.
578.50 American Campaign Medal.
578.51 Women's Army Corps Service Medal.
578.52 American Defense Service Medal.
578.53 Army of Occupation of Germany Medal.
578.54 World War I Victory Medal.
578.55 Service medals and ribbons no longer available for issue.
578.56 United States Unit Awards.
578.57 Presidential Unit Citation.
578.58 Valorous Unit Award.
578.59 Meritorious Unit Commendation.
578.60 Army Superior Unit Award.
578.61 Appurtenances to military decorations.
578.62 Service ribbons.
578.63 Lapel buttons.
578.64 Miniature decorations.
578.65 Supply, service and requisition of medals and badges.
578.66 Original issue or replacement.
578.67 Manufacture, sale and illegal possession.
578.68 Badges and tabs; general.
578.69 Combat Infantryman Badge.
578.70 Combat Medical Badge.
578.71 Combat Action Badge.
578.72 Expert Infantryman Badge.
578.73 Expert Field Medical Badge.
578.74 Parachutist badges.
578.75 Parachutist Badge-Basic.
578.76 Senior Parachutist Badge.
578.77 Master Parachutist Badge.
578.78 Parachute Rigger Badge.
578.79 Military Free Fall Parachutist Badge.
578.80 Army Aviator Badges.
578.81 Flight Surgeon Badges.
578.82 Diver Badges.
578.83 Special Operations Diver Badge.
578.84 Explosive Ordnance Disposal Badges.
578.85 Explosive Ordnance Disposal Badge-Basic.
578.86 Senior Explosive Ordnance Disposal Badge.
578.87 Master Explosive Ordnance Disposal Badge.
578.88 Pathfinder Badge.
578.89 Air Assault Badge.
578.90 Aviation Badges.
578.91 Aviation Badge-Basic.
578.92 Senior Aviation Badge.
578.93 Master Aviation Badge.
578.94 Driver and Mechanic Badge.
578.95 Glider Badge (Rescinded).
578.96 Nuclear Reactor Operator Badge (Rescinded).
[[Page 17277]]
578.97 Marksmanship Qualification Badge.
578.98 Ranger Tab.
578.99 Special Forces Tab.
578.100 Sapper Tab.
578.101 Physical Fitness Badge.
578.102 U.S. Civilian Marksmanship Program.
578.103 President's Hundred Tab.
578.104 Identification Badges.
578.105 Presidential Service Badge and Certificate.
578.106 Vice Presidential Service Badge and Certificate.
578.107 Office of the Secretary of Defense Identification Badge.
578.108 Joint Chiefs of Staff Identification Badge.
578.109 Army Staff Identification Badge.
578.110 Guard, Tomb of the Unknown Soldier Identification Badge.
578.111 Army ROTC Nurse Cadet Program Identification Badge.
578.112 Drill Sergeant Identification Badge.
578.113 U.S. Army Recruiter Identification Badge.
578.114 Career Counselor Badge.
578.115 Army National Guard Recruiting and Retention Identification
Badges.
578.116 U.S. Army Reserve Recruiter Identification Badge.
578.117 Foreign and International Decorations and Awards to U.S.
Army Personnel--General.
578.118 Individual foreign decorations.
578.119 Foreign unit decorations.
578.120 Foreign badges.
578.121 United Nations Service Medal.
578.122 Inter-American Defense Board Medal.
578.123 Philippine Defense Ribbon.
578.124 Philippine Liberation Ribbon.
578.125 Philippine Independence Ribbon.
578.126 United Nations Medal.
578.127 North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) Medal.
578.128 Multinational Force and Observers Medal.
578.129 Republic of Vietnam Campaign Medal.
578.130 Kuwait Liberation Medal--Saudi Arabia.
578.131 Kuwait Liberation Medal--Kuwait.
578.132 Republic of Korea War Service Medal.
578.133 Certificates for decorations.
578.134 Certificate of Achievement.
578.135 Certificate of appreciation to employers.
578.136 Certificates for badges.
578.137 Cold War Recognition Certificate.
Authority: Sec. 3012, Pub. L. 84-1028, 70A Stat. 157; 10 U.S.C.
3013.
Sec. 578.1 Purpose.
The primary purpose of the awards program is to provide tangible
evidence of public recognition for acts of valor and for exceptional
service or achievement. Medals constitute one of the principal forms
for such evidence; in the United States Army, medals are of the
following categories:
(a) Military decorations are awarded on a restricted individual
basis in recognition of and as a reward for heroic, extraordinary,
outstanding, and meritorious acts, achievements, and services; and such
visible evidence of recognition is cherished by recipients. Decorations
are primarily intended to recognize acts, achievements, and services in
time of war.
(b) The Army Good Conduct Medal is awarded in recognition of
exemplary behavior, efficiency, and fidelity during enlisted status in
active Federal military service.
(c) Service medals are awarded generally in recognition of
honorable performance of duty during designated campaigns or conflicts.
Award of decorations, and to a lesser degree, award of the Army Good
Conduct Medal and of service medals, provide a potent incentive to
greater effort, and are instrumental in building and maintaining
morale.
Sec. 578.2 Explanation of terms.
The following definitions are furnished for clarity and uniformity
in the determination and award of decorations:
(a) Above and beyond the call of duty. Exercise of a voluntary
course of action, the omission of which would not justly subject the
individual to censure for failure in the performance of duty. It
usually includes the acceptance of existing danger or extraordinary
responsibilities with praiseworthy fortitude and exemplary courage. In
its highest degrees it involves the voluntary acceptance of additional
danger and risk of life.
(b) Active Federal military service. The term ``active Federal
military service'' means all periods of active duty, Active Guard
Reserve (AGR) service and, except for service creditable for the Armed
Forces Reserve Medal, excludes periods of active duty for training
(ADT) and full-time training duty (FTTD). Service as a cadet at the
United States Military Academy is considered to be active duty for the
purposes of military awards and decorations.
(c) Active Guard Reserve. Army National Guard of the U.S. (ARNGUS)
and U.S. Army Reserve (USAR) personnel serving on active duty (AD)
under 10 U.S.C. and Army National Guard personnel serving on full-time
National Guard duty (FTNGD) under 32 U.S.C. These personnel are on
FTNGD or AD (other than training) for 180 days or more for the purpose
of organizing, administering, recruiting, instructing, or training the
Reserve Components and are paid from National Guard Personnel, Army or
Reserve Personnel Army appropriations.
(d) Area of operation. The foreign territory upon which troops have
actually landed or are present and specifically deployed for the direct
support of the designated military operation; adjacent water areas in
which ships are operating, patrolling, or providing direct support of
operations; and the airspace above and adjacent to the area in which
operations are being conducted.
(e) Award. Recognition given to individuals or units for certain
acts or services, or badges, accolades, emblems, citations,
commendations, streamers, and silver bands. Also an adjectival term
used to identify administrative functions relating to recognition (for
example, awards boards, award recommendations, and so forth).
(f) Award precondition. Any eligibility criterion not specified by
this regulation which must be met before awarding a decoration.
(g) Biographical sketch. Identification of an individual that
includes as a minimum: Full name, Social Security Number (SSN), date
and place of birth, marital status, education, and military service.
(h) Bravery. Quality or state showing courage; level of conduct
which is expected of professional Army soldiers.
(i) Combat heroism. Act or acts of heroism by an individual engaged
in actual conflict with an armed enemy, or in military operations which
involve exposure to personal hazards, due to direct enemy action or the
imminence of such action.
(j) Combat zone. The region where fighting is going on; the forward
area of the theater of operations where combat troops are actively
engaged. It extends from the frontline to the front of the
communications zone.
(k) Decoration. Distinctively designed mark of honor denoting
heroism or meritorious/outstanding service/achievement for individuals
and units.
(l) Direct participation. ``Hands-on'' activity at the site, or
sites, of the military act or operation. The individual must be
physically present at the designated location, having contributed to
and influenced the action.
(m) Direct support. Services being supplied the combat forces in
the area of operations by ground units, ships, and aircraft providing
supplies and equipment to the forces concerned, provided it involves
actually entering the designated area; and ships and aircraft providing
fire, patrol, guard, reconnaissance, or other military support.
(n) Distinguished himself or herself by. A person to have
distinguished himself or herself must, by praiseworthy
[[Page 17278]]
accomplishment, be set apart from other persons in the same or similar
circumstances. Determination of this distinction requires careful
consideration of exactly what is or was expected as the ordinary,
routine, or customary behavior and accomplishment for individuals of
like rank and experience for the circumstances involved.
(o) Duty of great responsibility. Duty which, by virtue of the
position held, carries the ultimate responsibility for the successful
operation of a major command, activity, agency, installation, or
project. The discharge of such duty must involve the acceptance and
fulfillment of the obligation so as to greatly benefit the interests of
the United States.
(p) Duty of responsibility. Duty, which by virtue of the positions
held, carries a high degree of the responsibility for the successful
operation of a major command, activity, agency, installation, or
project, or which requires the exercise of judgment and decision
affecting plans, policies, operations, or the lives and well being of
others.
(q) Extraordinary heroism. Act or acts of heroism or gallantry
involving the risk of life. Minimum level of valorous performance in
combat consistent with a recommendation for the Distinguished Service
Cross.
(r) Foreign Decoration. Any order, device, medal, badge, insignia,
emblem or award, tendered by or received from a foreign government.
(s) Foreign government. Includes any unit of a foreign governmental
authority, including any foreign national, State, local and municipal
Government; any international or multinational organization whose
membership is composed of any unit of foreign government described
above; and any agent or representative of any such unit or organization
while acting as such.
(t) Gallantry and intrepidity at the risk of life. Fearless
spontaneous conduct at the certain risk of life, above and beyond the
call of duty, which clearly sets the soldier apart from all other
comrades. Minimum level of valorous performance in combat consistent
with a recommendation for the Medal of Honor.
(u) Gallantry in action. Spirited and conspicuous acts of heroism
and courage. Minimum level of valorous performance in combat consistent
with a recommendation for the Silver Star.
(v) Heroism. Extreme courage demonstrated in attaining a noble end.
Varying levels of documented heroic actions are necessary to
substantiate recommendations for the Bronze Star Medal with ``V,'' Air
Medal with ``V,'' and the Army Commendation Medal with ``V.''
(w) In connection with military operations against an armed enemy.
This phrase covers all military operations including combat, support,
and supply which have a direct bearing on the outcome of an engagement
or engagements against armed opposition. To perform duty or to
accomplish an act of achievement in connection with military operations
against an armed enemy, the individual must have been subjected either
to personal hazard as a result of direct enemy action, or the imminence
of such action, or must have had the conditions under which his duty or
accomplishment took place complicated by enemy action or the imminence
of enemy action.
(x) Key individual. A person who is occupying a position that is
indispensable to an organization, activity, or project.
(y) Medal. A term used to--
(1) Include the three categories of awards, namely: Decorations,
Army Good Conduct Medal, and service medals.
(2) Refer to the distinctive physical device of metal and ribbon
which constitutes the tangible evidence of an award.
(z) Meritorious Achievement. An act which is well above the
expected performance of duty. The act should be an exceptional
accomplishment with a definite beginning and ending date. The length of
time is not a primary consideration; however, speed of accomplishment
of an important task can be a factor in determining the value of an
act.
(aa) Meritorious Service. Service which is distinguished by a
succession of outstanding acts of achievement over a sustained period
of time. Individual performance must exceed that expected by virtue of
grade and experience, based on accomplishments during an entire tour of
duty.
(bb) Military merit. Demonstrated conduct or character deserving of
recognition.
(cc) Officer. Except where expressly indicated otherwise, the word
``officer'' means ``commissioned or warrant officer.''
(dd) Operation. A military action, or the carrying out of a
strategic, tactical, service, training, or administrative military
mission; the process of carrying on combat including movement, supply,
attack, defense, and maneuvers needed to gain the objectives of any
battle or campaign.
(ee) Outstanding or unusually meritorious performance. Performance
of duty determined by the employing component to have contributed to an
unusually significant degree toward the furtherance of good relations
between the United States and the foreign government tendering the
decoration. This requires that the service be of national significance
to the foreign government and that it be performed under exceptionally
difficult, extraordinary, or hazardous conditions.
(ff) Peacetime criteria. (1) In a period when the United States is
not engaged in the prosecution of a formal declared war.
(2) Applied outside a combat zone when the United States is engaged
in military operations against an armed enemy, but is not prosecuting a
formally declared war, except that in the communications zone those
individuals whose duties are in connection with military operations
against an armed enemy may be considered under wartime criteria.
(3) A period in specified areas where U.S. troops are engaged in
military operations involving conflict with an opposing foreign force
or while serving with friendly foreign forces engaged in an armed
conflict against an opposing armed force in which the United States is
not a belligerent party.
(gg) Primary next of kin. Primary next of kin are, in order of
precedence, surviving spouse, eldest child, father or mother, eldest
brother or sister, or eldest grandchild.
(hh) Reserve Components of the Army. The Army National Guard of the
United States and the U.S. Army Reserve.
(ii) U.S. Individual Army decorations. U.S. Individual Army
decorations are the Medal of Honor, Distinguished Service Cross,
Distinguished Service Medal, Silver Star, Legion of Merit,
Distinguished Flying Cross, Soldier's Medal, Bronze Star Medal, Purple
Heart, Meritorious Service Medal, Air Medal, Army Commendation Medal,
and the Army Achievement Medal.
(jj) U.S. unit decorations. U.S. unit decorations are the
Presidential Unit Citation, Valorous Unit Award, Meritorious Unit
Commendation, and Army Superior Unit Award.
(kk) Valor. Heroism performed under combat conditions.
(ll) Wartime criteria. (1) A period of formally declared war and
for 1 year after the cessation of hostilities.
(2) A period of military operations against an armed enemy and for
1 year after cessation of hostilities. Only those individuals actually
in the combat zone or those in the communications zone whose duties
involve direct control or support of combat operations are to be
considered under wartime criteria.
[[Page 17279]]
(3) A period of national emergency declared by the President or by
the Congress.
Sec. 578.3 Display sets of award elements and the Medal of Honor.
(a) Government agencies. Upon approval by the Secretary of the
Army, samples of military decorations may be furnished, without charge,
for one display at the headquarters of each Army and higher field
commander, in the offices of the chiefs of governmental agencies not
under military jurisdiction where opportunity for the public to view
the display is assured, and in each office of Headquarters, Department
of the Army (HQDA) with activities that include matters pertaining to
decorations.
(b) Civilian institutions. Upon approval by the Secretary of the
Army, samples of military decorations may be furnished, at cost price,
to museums, libraries, and to national headquarters of historical,
numismatic, and military societies; and to institutions of such public
nature as will assure an opportunity for the public to view the
exhibits under circumstances beneficial to the Army. All decorations
furnished to civilian institutions for exhibition purposes will be
engraved with the words, ``For Exhibition Purposes only.''
(c) Requests. Letter requests for decorations for exhibit or
display will be made to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command
(USA HRC), ATTN: AHRC-PDO-PA, 200 Stovall Street, Alexandria, VA 22332-
0471.
(d) Display. Service medals for service prior to World War II will
not be provided for display purposes since only minimum essential
quantities are available for issue to authorized recipients.
(e) Purchase of medals. Except for the Medal of Honor, all other
decorations, service medals, and ribbons can be purchased from private
vendors who have been issued a certificate of authority by the
Institute of Heraldry. A list of certified vendors can be obtained from
HQ, USA HRC (see Sec. 578.3 (c)).
(f) Display sets of the Medal of Honor. Upon written requests, The
Adjutant General of the Army can approve issue of a display Medal of
Honor to government agencies (defined in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
section). Adequate security arrangement must be provided for the medal
so that it will not be lost through vandalism or theft. Maximum
exposure of the medal to the public must be ensured, on a free of
charge basis, under circumstances beneficial to the Army.
Sec. 578.4 U.S. Military decorations.
To whom awarded, see Table 1 below.
Table 1
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Awarded for: Awarded to:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Decorations listed in order of Military Civilian
precedence Heroism Achievement or service -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
United States Foreign United States Foreign
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Medal of Honor.................... Combat............... n/a...................... War \1\.................. n/a...................... n/a...................... n/a.
Distinguished Service Cross....... Combat............... n/a...................... War...................... War...................... n/a...................... n/a.
Distinguished Service Medal....... War.................. War & Peace.............. War & Peace.............. War & Peace.............. War \2\.................. War.\2\
Silver Star....................... Combat............... n/a...................... War...................... War...................... War \2\.................. War.\2\
Legion of Merit................... n/a.................. War & Peace.............. War & Peace.............. War & Peace \5\.......... n/a...................... n/a.
Distinguished Flying Cross........ Combat............... War & Peace \4\.......... War & Peace.............. War...................... n/a...................... n/a.
Noncombat............
Soldier's Medal................... Noncombat............ n/a...................... War & Peace \4\.......... War & Peace \4\.......... n/a...................... n/a.
Bronze Star Medal................. Combat \3\........... War & Peace \4\.......... War & Peace \4\.......... War & Peace \4\.......... n/a...................... n/a.
Purple Heart...................... For wounds received n/a...................... War & Peace \7\,\8\...... n/a...................... n/a...................... n/a.
as the result of
hostile action.
Meritorious Service Medal......... n/a.................. Peace & War \9\.......... Peace.................... Peace.................... n/a...................... n/a.
Air Medal......................... Combat \3\........... War & Peace \4\.......... War & Peace \4\.......... War...................... War \2\.................. War.\2\
Noncombat............
Army Commendation Medal........... Combat \3\........... War...................... War & Peace \6\.......... War & Peace \6\.......... n/a...................... n/a.
Noncombat............ Peace....................
Army Achievement Medal............ n/a.................. Peace & War \6\, \9\..... Peace \6\................ Peace \6\................ n/a...................... n/a.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes:
\1\ The Medal of Honor is awarded only to U.S. military personnel.
\2\ Under limited circumstances. Recommendations will be forwarded to HQ, USA HRC for processing.
\3\ Awarded with Bronze ``V'' Device for valor in combat.
\4\ Awarded for peacetime when no formal war has been declared but the U.S. is engaged in military operations against an armed enemy.
\5\ Awarded to foreign military personnel in one of four degrees.
\6\ Not awarded to general officers.
\7\ Awarded to military personnel wounded by terrorists or while members of a peacekeeping force.
\8\ Approval authority is the Secretary of the Army.
\9\ Authorized for award in a combat theater for non-combat meritorious service and achievement.
Sec. 578.5 Award recommendations.
(a) It is the responsibility and privilege of any individual having
personal knowledge of an act, achievement, or service believed to
warrant the award of a decoration to submit a recommendation for
consideration. It is usually desirable that the intended recipient not
be informed of a pending recommending or given an implied promise of an
award prior to final approval and clearance. This is especially true
when the intended recipient is a foreigner.
(b) The Department of the Army (DA) Form 638 (Recommendation for
Award) will be used to initiate, process and approve award
recommendations of all
[[Page 17280]]
U.S. Army individual decorations, to include valor and heroism
decorations.
(c) Narrative description of meritorious service or achievement for
awards of the Meritorious Service Medal (MSM), Army Commendation Medal
(ARCOM), and Army Achievement Medal (AAM) will be limited to bullet
format in the space allowed on the DA Form 638. Bullet format or
narratives may be used for the Legion of Merit (LM). Narratives are
required for all other awards and will be added as an addendum to the
recommendation. Narrative should be prepared on 8\1/2\ by 11-inch bond
paper and is limited to one double-spaced typewritten page except for
recommendations of the Distinguished Service Medal and above.
Narratives for valor must contain a description of the following
elements: Terrain and weather of the area in which the action took
place; enemy conditions, to include morale, proximity, firepower,
casualties and situation prior to, during and after the act; the effect
of the act on the enemy; the action of comrades in the immediate
vicinity of the act and the degree of their participation in the act;
if the act occurred in aerial flight, the type and position of the
aircraft and the individual's crew position; the degree to which the
act was voluntary; the degree to which the act was outstanding and
exceeded what was normally expected of the individual; all unusual
circumstances; and overall effects or results of the act.
(d) Heroism award recommendations will contain statements of
eyewitnesses, preferably in the form of certificates, affidavits, or
sworn statements; extracts from official records; sketches; maps;
diagrams; photographs; and so forth, which support and amplify stated
facts for the heroism award.
(e) Recommendations will be forwarded through command channels to
the commander authorized to approve or disapprove it. Each intermediate
commander/supervisor will recommend approval or disapproval, and cite
specific reasons whenever disapproval is recommended.
(f) Except for the provisions of 10 U.S.C. 1130 outlined in
paragraph (g) of this section and lost awards, each recommendation for
an award of a military decoration must be entered administratively into
military channels within 2 years of the act, achievement, or service to
be honored. Submission into military channels is defined as ``signed by
the initiating official and endorsed by a higher official in the chain
of command.''
(g) Pursuant to 10 U.S.C. 1130, a Member of Congress can request
consideration of a proposal for the award or presentation of decoration
(or the upgrading of a decoration), either for an individual or unit,
that is not otherwise authorized to be presented or awarded due to
limitations established by law or policy. Based upon such review, the
Secretary of the Army shall make a determination as to the merits of
approving the award or presentation of the decoration and other
determinations necessary to comply with congressional reporting under
10 U.S.C. 1130.
Sec. 578.6 Wartime criteria.
Wartime criteria, by whom awarded. The Medal of Honor is awarded
only by the President. Other decorations are awarded by the President,
the Secretary of Defense, and the Secretary of the Army. When wartime
conditions erupt, authority to further delegate decorations approval
authority will be requested from the Secretary of the Army. Initial
delegation will be requested consistent with the award approval
authority outlined in Table 2 below.
Table 2
Delegation of Award Approval--Wartime Criteria
The primary purpose of this table is to outline the various awards and decorations approval authorities for use
during the immediate stages of Army combat operations. Once delegated, this authority is reviewed every 30, 60,
or 90 days during combat operations to determine if further delegation is expedient and justified. Wartime
delegation is withdrawn from approval authorities upon redeployment of the unit. This table is not absolute and
is subject to change as necessary by the Secretary of the Army. Award approval levels outlined in Table 3 are
applicable to Table 2.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Awards Approval authority May further delegate Awarded to
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Medal of Honor....................... President of the United N/A.................... U.S. military
States. personnel.
DSC & all lesser decorations......... Secretary of the Army N/A.................... a. U.S. Army Active and
or others as Reserve Component
designated by the personnel.
Secretary of the Army. b. U.S. Navy, Marine
Corps, Air Force, and
Coast Guard personnel
with concurrence of
the appropriate
Service Secretary.
DSC, SS, LM, DFC and SM.............. CG of a U.S. Army Force MG and BG commanders U.S. Army personnel and
(Serving in the rank (BG must be serving in members of the other
of General) (See note MG position), armed services and
1). commanders of separate members of the armed
units, may award the forces of forces of
BSM, AM, and ARCOM friendly foreign
(See note 2). nations in the ranks
comparable to the
grade of O-6 (COL) or
lower provided
concurrence is
obtained from that
Service or foreign
government.
BSM, AM, ARCOM....................... Senior Army Commander MG and BG (serving in U.S. Army personnel and
and commanders of a MG positions) members of the armed
separate force serving commanders of separate forces of friendly
in the rank of LTG units, may award the foreign nations in the
(see note 1). BSM, AM and ARCOM (see ranks comparable to
note 2). the grade of 0-6 (COL)
and below, provided
concurrence is
obtained from that
Service or foreign
government.
PH................................... CG of any separate unit To any field grade Member of the Army and
and Hospital commander who has member of other
commanders receiving orders issuing Services provided
casualties. authority. concurrence is
obtained from that
Service.
[[Page 17281]]
PUC, VUA, MUC........................ As provided in Sec. Not further delegated.. U.S. units and foreign
578-57; Sec. 578-58 allied units (see Sec.
and Sec. 578-59. 578-57; Sec. 578-
58; and Sec. 578-59.
Campaign Participation Credit........ Senior Army Commander Not further delegated.. Only to eligible U.S.
serving in the rank of Army units and RC
LTG or higher. units called to active
duty.
Assault landing Credit............... Senior Army Commander Not further delegated.. Only to eligible U.S.
serving in the rank of Army units and RC
LTG or higher. units called to Active
duty. (DA General
Orders Issued)
Combat Badges........................ Commanding General of To any field grade See Sec. 578.69, Sec.
any separate unit. commander who has 578.70, Sec.
orders issuing 578.71, Sec. 578.72,
authority. Sec. 578-74, Sec.
578-79, Sec. 578-84
and Sec. 578-99 for
specific elgibility
requirements for
combat requirements
for combat badges. See
also Table 9 on who
may be awarded these
badges.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes:
1. The senior Army commander (SAC) upon arrival in the theater of operations, or as soon thereafter as
practical, will submit a request to CFR, USA HRC (see Sec. 578.3(c)), requesting this delegation be
activated.
2. Authority to approve award of the ARCOM under wartime criteria may be delegated to Colonel level commanders.
Sec. 578.7 Peacetime criteria.
Peacetime criteria, by whom awarded. Awards for peacetime service
are made by the President, the Secretary of Defense, and the Secretary
of the Army. When peacetime criteria apply, authority to award
decorations is automatically delegated as shown in Table 3 below.
Table 3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Delegation of award approving authority-peacetime criteria
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commanders and principal HQDA
agency officials May award To
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chief of Staff, U.S. Army..... DSM and all less All U.S. Army
decorations. personnel and
personnel of other
Services (see note
2).
General....................... LM, MSM, ARCOM, 1. U.S. Army
and AAM. personnel.
2. U.S. Navy, Marine
Corps, and Air Force
Personnel below
brigadier general
attached to their
organizations (see
note 2).
Lieutenant General............ LM............... 1. U.S. Army
personnel upon
retirement or for
posthumous awards
only (except general
grade officers).
MSM, ARCOM, and 2. U.S. Army
AAM. personnel assigned
and attached for
duty to their
command or agency.
3. U.S. Navy, Marine
Corps, and Air Force
Personnel below
brigadier general
attached to their
organizations (see
note 2).
Major General................. LM (see note 1).. 1. U.S. Army
personnel assigned
and attached for
duty to their
command or agency.
MSM, ARCOM, and 2. U.S. Navy, Marine
AAM. Corps, and Air Force
Personnel below
brigadier general
attached to their
organizations (see
note 2).
Brigadier General............. MSM, ARCOM, and 1. U.S. Army
AAM. personnel assigned
and attached for
duty to their
command or agency.
2. U.S. Navy, Marine
Corps, and Air Force
Personnel below
brigadier general
attached to their
organizations (see
note 2).
Colonel....................... ARCOM, AAM....... 1. U.S. Army
personnel assigned
and attached for
duty to their
command or agency.
2. U.S. Navy, Marine
Corps, and Air Force
Personnel below
brigadier general
attached to their
organizations (see
note 2).
Lieutenant Colonel............ AAM.............. 1. U.S. Army
personnel assigned
and attached for
duty to their
command.
2. U.S. Navy, Marine
Corps, and Air Force
Personnel below
brigadier general
attached to their
organizations (see
note 2).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 17282]]
Table 3--Continued
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Delegation of award approving authority-peacetime criteria
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Project Managers Program
Managers, Product Managers, May award To
and Program Executive Officers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major Generals and civilian MSM, ARCOM and Service members
equivalent Senior Executive AAM. assigned to their
Service (SES). projects (see note
2).
Brigadier Generals and MSM, ARCOM and Service members
civilian equivalent SES. AAM. assigned to their
projects (see note
2).
Colonels and civilian ARCOM and AAM.... Service members
equivalent General Schedule assigned to their
(GS) 15. projects (see note
2).
Lieutenant Colonels........... AAM.............. Service members
assigned to their
projects (see note
2).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes:
1. Major Army commanders and officials of principal HQDA agencies in the
grade of Major General have authority to approve awards of the Legion
of Merit, to retiring and deceased persons, other than general
officers, assigned to their commands or agencies.
2. See paragraph 1-36, AR 600-8-22 for instructions on awarding Army
decorations to members of the other U.S. Services.
Sec. 578.8 General rules.
(a) Awards for civilian service. Awards for DA civilians are
governed by Army Regulation (AR) 672-20, Incentive Awards. AR 672-20
provides implementing instructions for incentive awards, honorary
awards and devices, awards from nonfederal organizations, and medals
for public service.
(b) Posthumous awards. Awards may be made following the death of
the person being honored in the same manner as they are made for a
living person except that the orders and citation will indicate that
the award is being made posthumously. The engraved medal and
certificate will not contain the word posthumous. Orders announcing the
award, together with the certificate, medal, citation and related
documents will be forwarded to the appropriate commander for
presentation. Eligible classes of next of kin are listed in the order
of their precedence in Sec. 578.2 (gg).
(c) Interim awards and awards of a lesser decoration. (1) To ensure
that a deserving act, achievement, or service receives recognition, the
appropriate authority may promptly award a suitable lesser military
decoration pending final action on a recommendation for a higher award,
except for retiring U.S. Army general officers. When a higher award is
approved, the approving authority will revoke the interim award in the
same orders published for the higher award. The decoration will be
returned by the recipient, unless the higher award is approved
posthumously, in which case the next of kin will be permitted to retain
both awards.
(2) The authority taking final action may award the decoration
recommended, award a lesser decoration (or consider the interim award
as adequate recognition), or in the absence of an interim award,
disapprove award of any decoration.
(d) Duplication of awards. (1) Only one decoration will be awarded
to an individual or unit for the same act, achievement, or period of
meritorious service.
(2) The award of a decoration in recognition of a single act of
heroism or meritorious achievement does not preclude an award for
meritorious service at the termination of an assignment.
Recommendations for award of a decoration for meritorious service will
not refer to acts of heroism or meritorious achievements, which have
been previously recognized by award or decoration.
(3) Continuation of the same or similar type service already
recognized by an award for meritorious service or achievement will not
be the basis for a second award. If appropriate, an award may be made
to include the extended period of service by superseding the earlier
award, or the award previously made be amended to incorporate the
extended period of service.
(e) Conversion of awards. Awards of certain decorations (Silver
Star, Bronze Star Medal, Purple Heart, and Army Commendation Medal) on
the basis of existing letters, certificates, and/or orders, as
hereinafter authorized will be made only upon letter application of the
individuals concerned to the National Personnel Records Center (NPRC),
9700 Page Avenue, St. Louis, MO 63132-5100 (Soldiers who retired or
were discharged on or after October 1, 2002 should send their requests
to the Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, St. Louis, ATTN:
AHRC-CC-B, 1 Reserve Way, St. Louis, MO 63132-5200).
(f) Character of service. No decoration shall be awarded or
presented to any individual whose entire service subsequent to the time
of the distinguished act, achievement, or service shall not have been
honorable. The Act of July 9, 1918 (40 Stat. 871) as amended (10 U.S.C.
1409); the Act of July 2, 1926 (44 Stat. 789), as amended (10 U.S.C.
1429).
(g) Time limitations. (1) Except for the provisions of 10 U.S.C.
1130 and lost awards addressed below, each recommendation for an award
of a military decoration must be entered administratively into military
channels within 2 years of the act, achievement, or service to be
honored. Submission into military channels is defined as ``signed by
the initiating official and endorsed by a higher official in the chain
of command.''
(2) Pursuant to 10 U.S.C. 1130, a Member of Congress can request
consideration of a proposal for the award or presentation of decoration
(or the upgrading of a decoration), either for an individual or unit,
that is not otherwise authorized to be presented or awarded due to
limitations established by law or policy. Based upon such review, the
Secretary of the Army shall make a determination as to the merits of
approving the award or presentation of the decoration and other
determinations necessary to comply with congressional reporting under
10 U.S.C. 1130.
(3) To be fully effective, an award must be timely. Undue delay in
submitting a recommendation may preclude its consideration. It is
highly desirable that a recommendation be placed in military channels
and acted upon as quickly as possible. If circumstances preclude
submission of a completely documented recommendation, it is best to
submit it as soon as possible and note that additional data will be
submitted later. However, to ensure prompt recognition, interim awards
should be considered and are encouraged as addressed above.
[[Page 17283]]
(4) No military decoration, except the Purple Heart and exceptions
for decorations approved under 10 U.S.C. 1130, will be awarded more
than 3 years after the act or period of service to be honored.
(5) These time limitations do not apply to retroactive and
conversion awards made in confirmation of recognition of previously
issued orders, letters, or certificates or in exchange of decorations
hereinafter authorized.
(6) In cases where it can be conclusively proven that formal
submission of a recommendation for award was not made within the time
limitations indicated above, because either the person recommending or
the person being recommended was in a prisoner of war (POW), missing in
action (MIA) or in a medically incapacitated status, award of the
Silver Star or lesser decorations may be approved without regard to
elapsed time since the act, achievement, or service occurred, that is
to be honored.
(7) If the Secretary of the Army determines that a statement
setting forth the distinguished act, achievement, or service, and a
recommendation for official recommendation recognition was made and
supported by sufficient evidence within 2 years after the distinguished
service, and that no award was made because the statement was lost, or
through inadvertence the recommendation was not acted upon; he or she
may, within 2 years after the date of the determination, award any
appropriate military decoration. In each case, the following will be
provided:
(i) Conclusive evidence of the formal submission of the
recommendation into military channels.
(ii) Conclusive evidence of the loss of the recommendation or the
failure to act on the recommendation through inadvertence.
(iii) A copy of the original recommendation, or its substantive
equivalent. As a minimum, the recommendation should be accompanied by
statements, certificates, or affidavits corroborating the events or
services involved. It is emphasized that the proponent must provide
Commander, USA HRC (see Sec. 578.3(c)), with adequate information for
Secretarial evaluation of the deed or service to determine if an award
is to be made. The person signing a reconstructed award recommendation
must be identified clearly in terms of his or her official relationship
to the intended recipient at the time of the act or during the period
of service to be recognized.
(h) U.S. awards to foreign military personnel. (1) It is the
Department of Defense (DOD) policy to recognize individual acts of
heroism, extraordinary achievement or meritorious achievement on the
part of service members of friendly foreign nations when such acts have
been of significant benefit to the United States or materially
contributed to the successful prosecution of a military campaign by
Armed Forces of the United States. Such acts or achievement shall be
recognized through the award of an individual U.S. decoration.
(2) U.S. campaign and service medals shall not be awarded to
members of foreign military establishments.
(3) Foreign military personnel in ranks comparable to the grade of
0-6 and below, at the time the act was performed and at the time the
decoration is presented, may be awarded the following decorations:
Silver Star; Distinguished Flying Cross; Bronze Star Medal; or the Air
Medal for valorous acts in actual combat in direct support of military
operation; the Soldier's Medal, for heroic acts in direct support of
operations, but not involving actual combat; and the Legion of Merit
(see Sec. 578.13 for the Legion of Merit to foreign military
personnel).
(i) Announcement of awards. (1) Decorations and the Army Good
Conduct Medal.
(i) Awards made by the President, the Secretary of Defense, and the
Secretary of the Army will be announced in DA General Orders (DAGO).
(ii) Awards of decorations and the Army Good Conduct Medal made by
principal HQDA officials will be announced in permanent orders.
(iii) Awards of decorations and the Army Good Conduct Medal made
according to delegated authority will be announced in permanent orders
by the commanders authorized to make the awards.
(2) Service medals and service ribbons. Service medals and service
ribbons are administratively awarded to individuals who meet the
qualifying criteria. Orders are not required.
(3) Badges. Permanent awards of badges, except basic marksmanship
qualification badges, identification badges, and the Physical Fitness
Badge will be announced in permanent orders by commanders authorized to
make the award or permanent orders of HQDA.
(j) Engraving of awards. The grade, name, and organization of the
awardee are engraved on the reverse of the Medal of Honor. The name
only of the awardee is engraved on the reverse side of every other
decoration, the POW Medal and the Army Good Conduct Medal. Normally
engraving will be accomplished prior to presentation. When this is
impracticable, the awardee will be informed that he or she may mail the
decoration or Army Good Conduct Medal to the Commander, U.S. Army
TACOM, Clothing and Heraldry Product Support Integration Directorate
(PSID), P.O. Box 57997, Philadelphia, PA 19111-7997, for engraving at
Government expense.
(k) Presentation of decorations. (1) The Medal of Honor is usually
presented to living awardees by the President of the United States at
the White House. Posthumous presentation to the next of kin normally is
made in Washington, DC by the President or his or her personal
representative.
(2) Other U.S. military decorations will be presented with an
appropriate air of formality and with fitting ceremony.
(3) Foreign decorations will not be presented by members of the
U.S. Army to designated recipients whether awardees or next of kin.
(4) Conversion awards, service medals, and service ribbons usually
are not presented with formal ceremony. However, such presentation may
be made at the discretion of the local commander.
(5) Whenever practical, badges will be presented to military
personnel in a formal ceremony as provided in Field Manual (FM) 3-21.5.
Presentations should be made as promptly as practical following
announcement of awards, and when possible, in the presence of the
troops with whom the recipients were serving at the time of the
qualification.
(6) Presentation of the Army Good Conduct Medal to military
personnel may be made at troop formations. (See FM 3-21.5.) Ceremonies
will not be conducted to present the Army Good Conduct Medal to former
military personnel or next of kin.
(7) The Army Lapel Button will be formally presented at troop
formations or other suitable ceremonies. The U.S. Army Retired Lapel
Button will be presented at an appropriate ceremony prior to their
departure for retirement. These buttons may be presented to a
separating soldier at the same time as the Army Good Conduct Medal and
any other approved decoration.
(l) Act of presentation. In the act of presentation, a decoration
may be pinned on the clothing of the awardee whether in uniform or
civilian clothing or on the next-of-kin in the case of a presentation
following the recipient's death; however, this will not be construed as
authority to wear the decoration for any person other than the
individual honored. As an alternative to pinning the decoration,
especially on next-of-kin, it may be handed to the
[[Page 17284]]
recipient in an opened decoration container.
Sec. 578.9 Medal of Honor.
(a) Criteria. The Medal of Honor (10 U.S.C. 3741) was established
by Joint Resolution of Congress, July 12, 1962 (amended by Act of July
9, 1918 and Act of July 25, 1963) is awarded by the President in the
name of Congress to a person who, while a member of the Army,
distinguished himself or herself conspicuously by gallantry and
intrepidity at the risk of his life above and beyond the call of duty
while engaged in an action against an enemy of the United States; while
engaged in military operations involving conflict with an opposing
foreign force; or while serving with friendly foreign forces engaged in
an armed conflict against an opposing armed force in which the United
States is not a belligerent party. The deed performed must have been
one of personal bravery or self-sacrifice so conspicuous as to clearly
distinguish the individual above his comrades and must have involved
risk of life. Incontestable proof of the performance of the service
will be exacted and each recommendation for the award of this
decoration will be considered on the standard of extraordinary merit.
Eligibility is limited to members of the Army of the United States in
active Federal military service.
(b) Description. A gold-finished bronze star, one point down, 1\9/
16\ inches in diameter with rays terminating in trefoils, surrounded by
a laurel wreath in green enamel, suspended by two links from a bar
bearing the inscription ``Valor'' and surmounted by an eagle grasping
laurel leaves in one claw and arrows in the other. In the center of the
star is the head of Minerva surrounded by the inscription ``United
States of America.'' Each ray of the star bears an oak leaf in green
enamel. On the reverse of the bar are stamped the words ``The Congress
To.'' The medal is suspended by a hook to a ring fastened behind the
eagle. The hook is attached to a light-blue moired silk neckband, 1\3/
16\ inches in width and 21\3/4\ inches in length, behind a square pad
in the center made of the ribbon with the corners turned i
